All 15 Projects

National Highways Authority of India
(Ministry of Road Transport&Highways)

Government of India
Consultancy Services for Preparation of DPR for Upgradation of

Highways (6 packages) in the state of UP.
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)
January, 2019
G-5&6, Sector-10, Dwarka-New Delhi-

110075
1
INDEX
Sl. No. Content Page No.

1 Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) 3
2 Letter of Invitation 4-18
3 Annex -I : Details of the Proposed Stretch 19
Annex-II : Procedure of Assessment of Least Cost to NHAI under

4 20-25
special circumstances
5 Data Sheet 26-35
6 Appendix - I : Terms of Reference 36-105
7 Supplement -I: Additional Requirements for Hill Roads 106-110
8 Supplement - II: Additional Requirements for Bridges 111-113
9 Supplement – III : Additional requirement for safety audit 114-118
10 Enclosure - I : Manning Schedule 119-120
11 Enclosure - II : Qualification Requirements of Key Personnel 121-130

Enclosure - III: Schedule for Submission of Reports and Documents and
12 131-133
format of submission of reports and documents.
13 Enclosure - IV: Format for submission of reports and documents 134-138
14 Appendix – II : Formats for Eligibility 139-145
15 Appendix - III : Formats for Technical Proposals 146-156
16 Appendix - IV: Formats for Financial Proposals 157-166
17 Appendix - V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria 167-186
18 Appendix - VI: Draft Contract Agreement 187-231

Appendix – VII: DPR Checklist for 8 stages [Stage 1: Inception Report,
Stage 2: Feasibility Report, Stage 3: LA & Clearances I, Stage 4: Detailed
19 Project Report, Stage 5: Technical Schedules, Stage 6: LA & Clearances 232-271
II]: Stage 7: Award Determination(Structures), Stage 8: Land Possession
Report (Structures)
20 Appendix- VIII: Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project Report 272-301
2
National Highways Authority of India (NHAI)
(Ministry of Road Transport and Highways)
Government of India
NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT)

1. NHAI has been assigned the work of Request for engagement of DPR consultant for
Upgradation of 6 Packages as per Annexure-1.
2. Proposals are hereby invited from eligible Consultants for preparation of Detailed
Project Report of <Project Description>. The Letter of Invitation (LOI) and Terms of
Reference (ToR) including Request for Proposal (RFP) is available online on e-tender
portal of https://etenders.gov.in .The document can also be downloaded from NHAI
website (www.nhai.org). Cost of the Document in the form of a Non-refundable
document fee of Rs.5,000 (Rupees Five Thousand only) in the form of Demand Draft
favoring 'National Highways Authority of India' and payable at New Delhi must
be furnished in a separate envelop while submitting the proposal.
3. The RFP has also been uploaded on “INFRACON” (www.infracon.nic.in). As such
before submitting the proposal the Consultant shall mandatorily register and enlist
themselves (the firm and all key personnel), on the MoRTH portal “INFRACON” and
furnish registration details along with its RFP. A copy of Infracon Operation
Procedure is also enclosed for bidder’s reference.
4. All the bidders registered on Infracon shall form a Team on Infracon and which
would be assigned unique Infracon Team ID. Bidders while submitting the
proposal shall quote the Infracon Team ID.
5. Bid must be submitted online at e-tender portal of NHAI https://etenders.gov.in
on or before <11:00 HRS, 11.02.2019>.
6. The following schedule is to be followed for this assignment:

i) Deadline for downloading of bid: 17:00 Hrs, 10.02.2019
ii) Last date for submission of queries: 15:00 Hrs, 30.01.2019
iii) Pre bid meeting: 15:00 Hrs, 31.01.2019
iv) Deadline for Submission of online bids : 11:00 Hrs, 11.02.2019
v) Deadline for Submission of physical bids: 11:00 Hrs, 12.02.2019
vi) Opening of Technical bids : 11:30 Hrs, 12.02.2019
Yours sincerely,
(Arun Jagga)
G-5 & 6, Sector-10
Dwarka, New Delhi-110075
Tel: 91-011-25074100/4200
Fax:91-011-25093507/3514
Email:- arunjagga@nhai.org
Website: www.nhai.org
3
Letter of Invitation (LOI)
NHAI/11013/UP/Tech./DPR/Lot-1/2019 Dated: 10.01.2019
Dear Sir,
Sub: Consultancy Services for Preparation of DPR for Upgradation of

Highways (6 packages) as per Annex-I in the state of UP.
Introduction
The National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) has been constituted through an Act
of Parliament for faster, economical and quality Road Construction work throughout
India. The National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) has been entrusted with the
assignment of Request for engagement of DPR consultant for Upgradation of of
Highways (6 packages) in the state of UP.. NHAI now invites proposal from Technical
consultants for carrying out detailed project report as per details given in Annexure-
1.
1.1 A brief description of the assignment and its objectives are given in the
Appendix-1, “Terms of Reference”.
1.2 The NHAI invites Proposals (the “Proposals”) through e-tender (on-line bid
submission) for selection of Technical Consultant (the “Consultant”) who shall
prepare detailed p r o j e c t report (DPR). The consultant should have expertise in
carrying out the similar kind of job, in similar geographical location (particularly
for hill road projects). Consultants are here by invited to submit proposal in the
manner as prescribed in the RFP document. A Consultant with “a Particular Team”
may submit proposals for more than one package. However, a Consultant is not
allowed to bid for a package with more than one team. For the sake of clarity, it
is mentioned that one consultant cannot submit two proposals/ bids for the same
package. A consultant (either as sole or as in JV/Association) can be awarded only
upto 2 packages. A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit only one “proof
of eligibility (Part 1)” and “Technical Proposal (Part II)” for any number of packages
applied for by them. However, the packages for which a Consultant with “a
Particular Team” applies should be clearly mentioned. Financial proposal for each
package are to be submitted separately. Financial proposal are only to be
submitted online and no hard copy of the financial proposal should be submitted.
The most preferred bidder (H-1) for each package would be determined on the
basis of Quality and Cost as mentioned in the RFP. Award of work to a Consultant
with “a Particular Team” either as sole or as in JV/Association shall be limited to
one package only. Joint venture shall not have more than two firms In case, a
Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-
1) in more than one package, the package which is to be awarded to this
Consultant with “a Particular Team” shall be determined on the basis of least
cost to NHAI considering the financial quote of H-1 bidder and H-2 bidder limited
4
to those packages, which shall be worked out as per the procedure given in the
RFP. The consultants are hereby invited to submit proposals in the manner
prescribed in the RFP.
1.3 The consultants shall submit proposals either in sole capacity or in JV or in

Association. . In case of Joint Venture, the maximum number of Joint Venture
partners is limited to 2 (i.e. one lead + 1 JV partner). The Applicant whether a sole
applicant or joint venture may include an Associate company also. Any entity which
has been barred by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORTH) or its
implementing agencies for the works of Expressways, National Highways, ISC and EI
Works and the bar subsists as on the date of application, would not be eligible to
submit the bid, either individually or as a member of a Joint Venture.
1.4 To obtain first hand information on the assignment and on the local conditions,
the consultants are encouraged to pay a visit to the client, local State PWDs and
the project site before submitting a proposal and attend a pre-proposal
conference. They must fully inform themselves of local and site conditions and
take them into account in preparing the proposal.
1.5 Financial Proposals will be opened only for the firms found to be eligible and
scoring qualifying marks in accordance with Para 5 hereof. The consultancy
services will be awarded to the highest ranking consultant on the basis of Quality
and Cost.
1.6 Please note that (i) costs of preparing the proposal and of negotiating the
contract, including visits to the Client, etc., are not reimbursable as a direct cost
of the assignment; and (ii) Client is not bound to accept any of the proposals
submitted and reserve the right to reject any or all proposals without assigning any
reasons.
1.7 The proposals must be properly signed as detailed below:
1.8.1 i. by the proprietor in case of a proprietary firm

ii. by the partner holding the Power of Attorney in case of a firm in
partnership (A certified copy of the Power of Attorney on a stamp paper
of Rs. 100 and duly notarized shall accompany the Proposal).
iii. by a duly authorized person holding the Power of Attorney in case of a
Limited Company or a corporation (A certified copy of the Power of
Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs. 100 and duly notarized shall accompany
the proposal).
iv. by the authorized representative in case of Joint Venture.
1.8.2 In case a Joint Venture/Association of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied

by a certified copy of legally binding Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on
a stamp paper of Rs.100, signed by all firms to the joint venture confirming the
following therein:
i. Date and place of signing
ii. Purpose of Joint Venture/Association (must include the details of contract
works for which the joint venture has been invited to bid)
iii. A clear and definite description of the proposed administrative
arrangements for the management and execution of the assignment. Name
5
of Lead Firm and other partner of JV should be clearly defined in the MOU
iv. Delineation of duties/ responsibilities and scope of work to be undertaken
by each firm along with resources committed by each partner of the
JV/Association for the proposed services
v. An undertaking that the JV firms are jointly and severally liable to the
Employer for the performance of the services
vi. The authorized representative of the joint venture/Association shall give a
Letter of Association, MOU as in i) to vi above except v, letter of
Authorization, copies of GPA/SPA for the person signing the documents and
a certificate of incorporation.
1.8.3 In case of Joint venture, one of the firms which preferably have relatively higher
experience, will act as the lead firm representing the Joint Venture. The duties,
responsibilities and powers of such lead firm shall be specifically included in the
MOU /agreement. It is expected that the lead partner would be authorized to
incur liabilities and to receive instructions and payments for and on behalf of the
Joint Venture. Payment to be made to the JV can also be made to the account of
the JV. For a JV to be eligible for bidding, the experience of lead partner and
other partner should be as indicated in data sheet.
1.8.4 A firm can bid for a project either as a sole consultant or in the form of joint
venture with other consultant or in association with any other consultant.
However, alternative proposals i.e. one as sole or in JV with other consultant and
another in association / JV with any other consultant for the same package will be
summarily rejected. In such cases, all the involved proposals shall be rejected.
1.9 Pre-proposal conference shall be held on the date, time and venue given in Data
Sheet.
1.10 Bid Security
1.10.1 The applicant shall furnish as part of its Proposal, a Bid Security of Rs.5,00,000
(Rupees Five lakhs only) in the form of a Bank Guarantee in the
prescribed format given at instruction to Consultants (Form IC-I) issued by one
of the Nationalized/Scheduled Banks in India in favour of the Chairman, National
Highway Authority of India payable at New Delhi (the “Bid Security”) valid for a
minimum period of 150 days (i.e. 30 days beyond the validity of the bid) from the
last date of submission of proposals. Demand Draft of Rs.5,00,000/- (Rupees Five
lakhs only) can also be deposited as bid security. This Bid Security is returnable not
later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of Opening of the Financial proposals
except in case of the two highest ranked Applicants. Bid Security of the Selected
Applicant and the Second ranked Team shall be returned, upon the Selected
Applicant signing the Agreement.
1.10.2 Any Bid not accompanied by the Bid Security of the required value and minimum
required validity shall be rejected by the Authority as non-responsive.
1.10.3 The NHAI shall not be liable to pay any interest on the Bid Security and the same
shall be interest free.
6
1.10.4 The Applicant, by submitting its Application pursuant to this RFP, shall be
deemed to have acknowledged that without prejudice to the NHAI's any other
right or remedy hereunder or in law or otherwise, the Bid Security shall be
forfeited and appropriated by the Authority as the mutually agreed pre-estimated
compensation and damage payable to the Authority for, inter alia the time,
cost and effort of the NHAI in regard to RFP including the consideration and
evaluation of the Proposal under the following conditions:
(a) If an Applicant withdraws its Proposal during the period of its
validity as specified in this RFP and as extended by the Applicant from time
to time.
(b) In the case of a Selected Applicant, if the Applicant fails to sign the
Agreement.
2 Documents
2.1 To enable you to prepare a proposal, please find and use the attached documents
listed in the Data Sheet.
2.2 Consultants requiring a clarification of the documents must notify the Client, in
writing, by 15:00 HRS, 30.01.2019. Any request for clarification in writing or by
telefax/e- mail must be sent to the Client’s address indicated in the Data Sheet.
The Client will upload replies to pre-bid queries on its website.
2.3 At any time before the submission of proposals, the Client may, for any reason,
whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a
Consulting firm, modify the Documents by amendment or corrigendum. The
amendment will be uploaded on NHAI website. The Client may at its discretion
extend the deadline for the submission of proposals and the same shall also be
uploaded on NHAI website.
3. Preparation of Proposal
The proposal must be prepared in three parts viz.

Part 1: Proof of eligibility
Part 2: Technical Proposal
Part 3: Financial Proposal
3.1 Document in support of proof of eligibility
3.1.1 The minimum essential requirement in respect of eligibility has been indicated
in the Data Sheet. The proposal found deficient in any respect of these
requirements will not be considered for further evaluation. The following
documents must be furnished in support of proof of eligibility as per Formats given
in Appendix-II:
(i) Forwarding letter for Proof of Eligibility in the Form-E1.
7
(ii) Firm’s relevant experience and performance for the last 7 years:
Project sheets in support of relevant experience as per Form-E2/T3
supported by the experience certificates from clients in support of
experience as specified in data sheet for the project size preferably in
terrain of similar nature as that of proposed project shall be submitted on
Infracon portal in input data sheet. Certificate should indicate clearly the
firms Design/DPR experience, in 2/4-/6- laning of highway, structures like
bridges, Viaducts, tunnels, hill slope stabilization, rock bolting, ground
improvement, etc. Scope of services rendered by the firm should be
clearly indicated in the certificate obtained from the client. The
information given in Form E2/T3 shall also be considered as part of
Technical Proposal and shall be evaluated accordingly. The Consultants are
therefore advised to see carefully the evaluation criteria for Technical
Proposal and submit the Project Sheets accordingly.
(iii) Firm’s turnover for the last 5 years: A tabular statement as in Form E3
showing the turnover of the applicant firm(s) for the last five years
beginning with the last financial year certified by the Chartered Account
along with certified copies of the audit reports shall be submitted in
support of the turnover shall be submitted on Infracon Portal in input data
sheet.
(iv) Document fee: The fee for the document amounting to Rs.5,000 (Rupees
Five Thousand only) in the form of Demand Draft favoring 'National
Highways Authority of India' payable at New Delhi must be furnished in a
separate envelope while submitting the proposal.
(v) Bid Security: Bank Guarantee in support of bid security for an amount
specified in Data Sheet and having validity for a minimum period of 150
days (i.e. 30 days beyond the validity of the bid), from the last date of
submission of proposals in the Form E4.
(vi) Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs.100 and duly notarized

authorizing to submit the proposal.
(vii) In case of Joint Venture/ Association of firms, the proposal shall be

accompanied by a certified copy of legally binding Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) on a stamp paper of Rs.100, signed by all firms to
the joint venture/ Association as detailed at para 1.8.2 above.
3.1.2 The minimum essential requirement in respect of eligibility has been indicated in
the data sheet, the proposal found deficient in any respect of these requirements
will not be considered for further evaluation.
3.2 Technical Proposal
3.2.1 You are expected to examine all terms and instructions included in the
Documents. Failure to provide all requested information will be at your own risk
and may result in rejection of your proposal.
8
3.2.2 During preparation of the technical proposal, you must give particular attention
to the following:
Total assignment period is as indicated in the enclosed TOR. A manning schedule

in respect of requirement of key personnel is also furnished in the TOR which
shall be the basis of the financial proposal. You shall make your own
assessment of support personnel both technical and administrative to undertake
the assignment. Additional support and administrative staff need to be provided
for timely completion of the project within the total estimated cost. It is
stressed that the time period for the assignment indicated in the TOR should
be strictly adhered to.
3.2.3 The technical proposal shall be submitted strictly in the Formats given in
Appendix- III And shall comprise of following documents:
i) Forwarding letter for Technical proposal duly signed by the authorized

person on behalf of the bidder, as in Form-T-1
ii) Details of projects for which Technical and Financial Proposals have been
submitted by a Consultant with a particular Team as in Form-T-2
iii) Firm’s references - Relevant Services carried out in the last seven years as
per Form- E2/T-3. This information submitted as part of Proof of Eligibility
shall be evaluated and need not be submitted again as a part of the
Technical proposal
iv) Site Appreciation: limited to four A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font
including photographs, if any (Form-T-4).
v) The composition of the proposed Team and Task Assignment to individual

personnel: Maximum three pages (Form-T-5).
vi) Proposed methodology for the execution of the services illustrated with bar
charts of activities, including any change proposed in the methodology of
services indicated in the TOR, and procedure for quality assurance: The
proposed methodology should be accompanied by the consultants initial
view, key challenges they foresee and potential solutions suggested
regarding: a) proposed alignment and bypass required, b) land acquisition
requirements, c)access control, rehabilitaton of existing road, drainage and
utilities, d) adoption of superior technology along with proof: limited to six
A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including photographs, if any for
items a to c, (Form-T-6) and information in Form-T-8 (as covered in para
viii below) for item d
vii) The proposal should clearly identify and mention the details of Material
Testing lab facilities to be used by the Consultants for the project (Form-T-
7). In this connection, the proposals of the Consultants to use in-house lab
facilities up to a distance of maximum 400 km from the project site being
feasible would be accepted. For all other cases suitable nearby material
Testing Laboratory shall be proposed before Contract Agreement is
9
executed.
viii) The proposal shall indicate as to whether the firm is having the facilities for
carrying out the following field activities or these are proposed to be
outsourced to specialized agencies in the Form- T-8.
a) Pavement Investigation
b) Geo-technical Investigation
In case the consultant envisages outsourcing any or all of the above services
to the expert agencies, the details of the same indicating the arrangement
made with the agencies need to be furnished. These agencies would
however, be subject to approval of the client to ensure quality input by
such agencies before award of the work. For out-sourced services, proposed
firms/consultants should have such experience on similar projects
ix) Details of office equipment and software owned by the firm in Form-T9
x) CVs of 4 (four) Key Personnels (Team Leader cum Senior Highways

Engineers, Senior Bridge Engineer, Highway cum Pavement Engineer &
Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert) in Form–T-10 to be
submitted only through Infracon and Team ID must be submitted in physical
form. For remaining 6 (six) key personnels, the CVs need to be submitted
for approval prior to signing of contract.
3.2.4 CVs of Key Persons:
i) The CVs of the four key personnel (Team leader cum Senior Highway
Engineer, Senior Bridge Engineer, Highway cum Pavement Engineer & Traffic
/ Road Signage / Marking and Safety expert) in the format as per Form T-10
is to be furnished on Infracon portal. It may please be ensured that the
format is strictly followed and the information furnished therein is true and
correct. The CV must indicate the work in hand and the duration till which
the person will be required to be engaged in that assignment. If any
information is found incorrect, at any stage, action including termination
and debarment from future NHAI projects for a minimum period of 2 years
may be taken by NHAI on the personnel and the Firm.
ii. No alternative to key personnel may be proposed and only one CV

may be submitted for each position. The minimum requirements of
Qualification and Experience of all key personnel are listed in Enclosure-II
of TOR. CV of a person who does not meet the minimum experience
requirement as given at enclosure-II of TOR shall be evaluated and the
marks obtained shall be taken into consideration during evaluation of
Technical Proposal (except Team leader). However if a firm with such key
personnel is declared the “most preferred bidder” for a particular package,
such key personnel should be replaced before signing of contract with a
person meeting requirements of Qualification and Experience as given at
enclosure-II of TOR and whose CV secures 75 % marks and above. If a
proposed key personnel does not possess the minimum (essential)
educational qualification as given at enclosure-II of TOR, Zero marks shall
10
be assigned to such CV and such CV shall not be evaluated further. The CV
of the proposed Team Leader should score at least 75 % marks otherwise
the entire proposal shall be considered to have failed in the evaluation
of Technical Proposals and shall not be considered for opening of Financial
Proposals.
iii. Team Leader, Highway cum Pavement Engineer, Bridge Engineer, Geo-
technical cum material engineer and Senior Survey Engineer should be
available from beginning of the project. 3 Key Personnel namely
Environmental Specialist, Quantity Surveyor/Documentation expert and
Traffic/ Road Signage/Marking and safety Expert are allowed to be
deployed/proposed in 2 teams at a time. If same CV is submitted by two
or more firms, zero marks shall be given for such CV for all thefirms.
iv. The availability of key personnel must be ensured for the duration of the
project as per proposed work programme. If a firm claims that a key
personnel proposed by them is a permanent employee of the firm (the
personnel should have worked in the firm continuously for a period of at
least 1 year), a certificate to the effect be furnished by the firm.
v. The age limit for key personnel is 65 years as on the date of bid submission.
The proof of age and qualification of the key personnel must be furnished
in the technical proposal.
vi. An undertaking from the key personnel must be furnished that he/she
will be available for entire duration of the project assignment and will not
engage himself/herself in any other assignment during the period of his/her
assignment on the project. After the award of work, in case of non-
availability of key personnel in spite of his/her declaration, he/she shall
be debarred for a period of two years for all projects of NHAI and MoRTH.
vii. Age limit for supporting staff to be deployed on project is 65 years as on
the date of bid submission.
viii. A good working knowledge of English Language is essential for key

professional staff on this assignment. Study reports must be in English
Language.
ix. Photo, contact address and phone/mobile number of key personnel
should be furnished in the CV.
x. Availability of few key personnel engaged for preparation of Detailed

Project Report for the envisaged project may be ensured during first 3 to 4
months after start of the civil work at site during the period of survey and
review of DPR by the Supervision consultant/Authority Engineer. For this
purpose, payment shall be made as per actual site deployment of the key
personnel at the man month rates quoted by the firm in their financial
proposal.
11
xi. It may please be noted that in case the requirement of the ‘Experience’ of
the firm/consortium as mentioned in the “Proof of Eligibility’ is met by any
foreign company, their real involvement for the intended project shall be
mandatory. This can be achieved either by including certain man-months
input of key experts belonging to the parent foreign company, or by
submitting at least the draft feasibility report and draft DPR duly reviewed
by the parent firm and their paying visit to the site and interacting with
NHAI. In case of key personnel proposed by the foreign company, they
should be on its pay roll for at least last six months (from the date of
submission).
xii. In case a firm is proposing key personnel from educational/research
institutions, a ‘No Objection Certificate’ from the concerned institution
should be enclosed with the CV of the proposed key personnel committing
his services for the instant project.
3.2.5 The technical proposal must not include any financial information.
3.3 Financial Proposal
3.3.1 The Financial proposal should include the costs associated with the assignment.
These shall normally cover: remuneration for staff (foreign and local, in the field,
office etc.), accommodation, transportation, equipment, printing of documents,
surveys, geotechnical investigations etc. This cost should be broken down into
foreign and local costs. Your financial proposal should be prepared strictly using,
the formats attached in Appendix – IV. Your financial proposal should clearly
indicate the amount asked for by you without any assumptions of conditions
attached to such amounts. Conditional offer or the proposal not furnished in the
format attached in Appendix-IV shall be considered non- responsive and is liable to
be rejected.
3.3.2 The financial proposal shall take into account all types of the tax liabilities and
cost of insurance specified in the Data Sheet.
3.3.3 Costs shall be expressed in Indian Rupees in case of domestic as well as for
foreign Consultant. The payments shall be made in Indian Rupees by the
National Highways Authority of India and the Consultant themselves would be
required to obtain foreign currency to the extent quoted and accepted by NHAI.
Rate for foreign exchange for payment shall be at the rate established by RBI
applicable at the time of making each payment installment on items involving
actual transaction in foreign currency. No compensation done to fluctuation of
currency exchange rate shall be made.
12
3.3.4 Consultants are required to charge only rental of equipments / software(s) use
so as to economize in their financial bid.
4 Submission of Proposals
4.1 The Applicants shall submit the proposal (Proof of Eligibility and Technical
Proposal) in hard bound form with all pages numbered serially and by giving and
index of submissions. Applications submitted in other forms like spiral bound form;
loose form etc shall be rejected. Copies of Applications shall not be submitted and
considered. A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit only one hard copy
(in original) of “proof of eligibility (Part 1)” and “Technical Proposal (Part II)” to
NHAI for all the packages applied by them with a particular team on or before
the deadline of submission of bids. A consultant can apply for a particular package
with one team only. The packages for which a Consultant with “a Particular
Team” applies should be clearly mentioned in their proposal. However,
Consultants are required to submit a copy of Proof of Eligibility and Technical
Proposal online separately for each package. Financial proposal for each package
are to be submitted separately. Financial proposal are only to be submitted online
and no hard copy of the financial proposal should be submitted.
4.2 You must submit original proposal as indicated in the Data Sheet. “Proof
of Eligibility” in original and hard bound should be enclosed in an envelope which
should be marked as “Part-I – Proof of Eligibility”. Similarly, “Technical Proposal”
in original and hard bound should be enclosed in an envelope which should be
marked as “Part-II – Technical Proposal” The proposal will be sealed in an
outer envelope which will bear the address and information indicated in the
Data Sheet and shall be submitted to NHAI on or before the deadline for
submission of bids. The envelope must be clearly marked:
Consultancy Package Nos. ……….. Project Name …………………………..
Do not open, except in presence of the evaluation committee
4.2.1 This outer envelope will contain three separate envelopes. The first envelope
containing “Proof of Eligibility” (which should be clearly marked), the second
envelope containing “Technical Proposal” (which should be clearly marked) and the
third envelope containing a demand draft of Rs.5,000/- (cost of RFP), Bid Security
of required amount and validity as mentioned in the RFP. Only one bid security and
one DD of Rs.5,000/ (as cost of Document) may be submitted by a consultant
applying with a particular team for a number of packages. However for consultants
applying with 2 teams, 2 nos. of Bid Security of Rs 5 lakhs each and 2 no’s of DD of
Rs.5,000/ each as mentioned in RFP have to be submitted.
4.2.2 The proposal must be prepared in indelible ink and must be signed by the
authorized representative of the consultants. The letter of authorization must be
confirmed by a written power of attorney accompanying the proposals. All pages
of the Proof of Eligibility and Technical Proposal must be initialed by the person
or persons signing the proposal.
13
4.3 The proposal must contain no interlineations or overwriting except as necessary to
correct errors made by the Consultants themselves, in which cases such corrections
must be initialed by the person or persons signing the proposal.
4.4 Your completed Proof of eligibility and Technical proposal (in hard copy) must
be delivered on or before the scheduled time and date at the address stated in
Data Sheet. Proof of Eligibility, Technical Proposal and Financial Proposal for each
package shall have to be submitted online also on or before the time and date at
the address stated in Data Sheet
4.5 Your proposal must be valid for the number of days stated in the Data Sheet
from the closing date of submission of proposal.
5 Proposal Evaluation
5.1 Stage I- Proof of Eligibility

The proposals would be evaluated by a Committee constituted by Chairman,
NHAI. A three-stage procedure will be adopted in evaluating the proposal. In the
first stage- Proof of Eligibility, it will be examined as to whether:
i) The proposal is accompanied by Document fee

ii) The Proposal is accompanied by Bid Security of required value and of
validity equal or more than the minimum required validity
iii) The firms(s) have required experience
iv) The firms(s) have required turnover
v) The documents are properly signed by the authorized signatories and
whether the proposal contains proper POA as mentioned at para 1.8.1 above
vi) The proposals have been received on or before the dead line of
submission.
vii) In case a Joint Venture/Association of firms, the proposal shall be
accompanied by a certified copy of legally binding Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) on a stamp paper of Rs.100, signed by all firms to the
joint venture/Association as detailed at para 1.8.2 above
In case answers to any of the above items is ‘No’ the bid shall be declared as non-
responsive and shall not be evaluated further.
A Consultant satisfying the minimum Eligibility Criteria as mentioned in the Data

sheet and who had submitted the above mentioned documents shall be declared
“pass” in Proof of Eligibility and the Technical Proposals of only those consultants
shall be opened and evaluated further.
5.2 Stage II- Technical evaluation

In the second stage the Technical proposal shall be evaluated as per the
detailed evaluation criteria given in Data Sheet.
A proposal securing 75 points shall be declared pass in the evaluation of Technical

Proposal .The technical proposal should score at least 75 points out of 100 to
be considered for financial evaluation. The CV of the proposed Team Leader
should score at least 75 % marks otherwise the entire proposal shall be
14
considered to have failed in the evaluation of Technical Proposals and shall not
be considered for opening of Financial Proposals.
5.3 Stage III- Evaluation of Financial Proposal
5.3.1 In case for a particular package, only one firm is eligible for opening of
Financial Proposals, the Financial Proposal shall not be opened, the bids for that
package shall be cancelled and NHAI shall invite fresh bids for this package. For
financial evaluation, total cost of financial proposal excluding Goods & Service Tax
shall be considered. Goods & Service Tax shall be payable extra.
5.3.2 The evaluation committee will determine whether the financial proposals
are complete (i.e. whether they have included cost of all items of the
corresponding proposals; if not, then their cost will be considered as NIL but the
consultant shall however be required to carry out such obligations without any
compensation. In case, if client feels that the work cannot be carried out within
overall cost of financial proposal, the proposal can be rejected. The client shall
correct any computational errors and correct prices in various currencies to the
single currency specified in Data Sheet. The evaluation shall exclude those taxes,
duties, fees, levies and other charges imposed under the applicable law & applied
to foreign components/ resident consultants.
5.3.3 For a package, the procedure as mentioned at Clauses 5.3.4, 5.4 and, 5.5 as
mentioned below shall be followed for determining the “most preferred bidder (H-
1 bidder)” for this package.
5.3.4 The lowest financial proposal (FM) will be given a financial score (SF) of 100 points.
The financial scores of other proposals will be computed as follows:
SF = 100xFM/F
(SF = Financial Score, FM= Amount of lowest bid, F= Amount of financial
proposal converted in the common currency)
5.4 Combined evaluation of Technical and Financial Proposals.

Proposals will finally be ranked according to their combined technical (ST) and
Financial (SF) scores using the weights indicated in the Data Sheet:
S= STxT + SFxf
Where,
S= Combined Score,
ST= Technical Score out of 100
SF= Financial Score out of 100
T and f are values of weightage for technical and financial proposals

respectively as given in the Data Sheet.
5.5 Most Preferred Bidder (H-1).

For a particular package, a Consultant with a “particular Team” having the
maximum Combined score (S) shall be declared as the most preferred bidder (H-
1).
15
5.6 In case work has to be awarded for multiple packages, award of work to a
Consultant with “a Particular Team” either as sole or as in JV/Association shall
be limited to one package only. At first, Consultants who become H-1 in one
package each shall be assigned the respective package. Then packages in which a
Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-
1) in more than one package shall be considered. In case, a Consultant with “a
Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than
one package, the package which is to be awarded to this team of a consultant shall
be determined on the basis of least cost to NHAI considering the Financial Quote
of H-1 bidder and H-2 Bidder limited to those packages. Procedure to be followed
for awarding work based on QCBS including assessment of least cost to NHAI under
special circumstances i.e. When a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out
to be the most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than one package is given at given
at Annex-II.
6 Performance Security
6.1 The consultant will furnish within 15 days of the issue of Letter of Acceptance
(LOA), an unconditional Bank Guarantee equivalent to 10% of the total contract
value from a Nationalized Bank, IDBI or ICICI/ ICICI Bank/ Foreign Bank/ EXIM Bank
/ Any Scheduled Commercial Bank approved by RBI having a net worth of not less
than Rs.500 crore as per latest Annual Report of the Bank. In the case of a Foreign
Bank (issued by a Branch in India) the net worth in respect of Indian operations
shall only be taken into account. In case of Foreign Bank, the BG issued by
Foreign Bank should be counter guaranteed by any Nationalized Bank in India. In
case of JV, the BG shall be furnished on behalf of the JV or by the lead member
of the JVs for an amount equivalent to 10% of the total contract value to be
received by him towards Performance Security valid for a period of three years
beyond the date of completion of services, or end of civil works contract,
whichever earlier. The Bank Guarantee will be released by NHAI upon expiry of
3 years beyond the date of completion of services, or end of civil works
contract, whichever earlier, provided rectification of errors if any, found
during implementation of the contract for civil work and satisfactory report by
NHAI in this regard is issued. However, if contract is foreclosed / terminated by
NHAI at Inception Stage, with no fault of Consultant, Performance Security shall
be released within three months from date of forecloser / termination. If a
Consultant fails to submit the Performance Security (as specified above), it shall
attract penalty –encashment of Bid Security submitted by the Consultant.
6.2 As an alternative to the contents of Para 1.10 and Para 6.1 above, a single Bank
Guarantee to cover for the performance of all projects under NHAI may also be
deposited as tabulated below, at the discretion of the consultant, instead of
depositing separately again and again. The Consultant may initially provide the
Performance Security for a period of two years provided that it shall procure the
extension of the validity of the Performance Security at least one month prior to
the date of expiry thereof. Once the appropriate single Bank Guarantee for
Performance Security has been submitted by the Consultant, the existing BGs shall
be returned. The Bank Guarantee be submitted in prescribed Performa.
16
Performance Security
Remaining cumulative Value of Consultancy Fee as per BG Value (in Rs. Crores.)
Contracts under a Agency (NHAI) (Cr)
0-20 0.5
20-40 1
40-100 2.50
100-200 4.0
Beyond 200 5.0
7. Penalty
The consultant will indemnify for any direct loss or damage that accrue due to
deficiency in services in carrying out Detailed Project Report. Penalty shall be
imposed on the consultants for poor performance/ deficiency in service as
expected from the consultant and as stated in General Conditions of Contract.
8. Award of Contract
The Client shall issue letter of award to selected Consultant and ask the Consultant
to provide Performance Security as in Para 6 above. If the selected Consultant fail
to provide performance security within the prescribed time or the Consultant
fail to sign the Contract Agreement within prescribed time the Client may invite
the 2nd highest ranking bidder Consultant and follow the procedure outlined in
Para 8 and 9 of this Letter of Invitation.
9. Signing of Contract Agreement
After having received the performance security and verified it, the Client shall
invite the selected bidder for signing of Contract Agreement on a date and time
convenient to both parties within 15 days of receipt of valid Performance Security.
10. The Client shall keep the bidders informed during the entire bidding process
and shall host the following information on its website:
i) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT)

ii) Request For Proposal (RFP)
iii) Replies to pre-bid queries, if any
iv) Amendments / corrigendum to RFP
v) List of bidders who submitted the bids up to the deadline of submission
vi) List of bidders who did not pass the eligibility requirements, stating the
broad deficiencies
vii) List of bidders who did not pass the Technical Evaluation stating the reasons.
viii) List of bidders along with the technical score, who qualified for opening
the financial bid
ix) Final Score of qualified bidders
ix) Name of the bidders who is awarded the Contract
17
11. Confirmation
We would appreciate you informing us by facsimile/e-mail whether or not

you will submit a proposal.
Thanking you.
Encl. as above
18
Annex-1
Details of the stretch proposed for DPR preparationin the State of UP
Tentative
S. Package No. Name of Project Length (in
No. km)
1 2 3 4
(i) Package 1 (i) Unnao-Bangarmau-Bilgram-Shahjahanpur-Bisalpur-Pilibhit (i)124.00
(ii) Balrampur-Utraula-Bewa charwaha road (Pilibhit basti (ii) 49.00
road)
(ii) Package 2 (i) Badaun Bijnor road (SH-51) (i) 66.00
(ii) Meerut Badaun Road (SH-18) (ii) 65.00
(iii) Bijnor Mandawar Madawali Road (iii) 39.00
(iii) Package 3 (i) Aligarh –Ramghat Road (i) 51.00
(ii) Bulandsahar-Shyana-Garh Road (SH-65) (ii)50.00
(iii) Ghajuranla-Chandpur-Noorpur-dhampur road (iii)74.00
(iv) Kotwali-Nethaur-Noorpur-Amroha Joya road (iv)74.00
9iv) Package 4 (i) Etawah –Mainpuri-Kurawali Road (SH), (i) 73.00
(ii) EairchGursarai Mauranipur (MDR-31) (ii)71.00
(iii) Mathura-Gowardhan Deeng-Bharatpur road to Agra (iii)26.00
Jaipur Road (NH road)
(iv) Mathura-Gowardhan-Sonkh-Gunsara Road to Bharatpur- (iv)33.00
Agra Jaipur road
(v) Package 5 (i)Bilraya-Panwari road (SH-21) 320.00
(vi) Package 6 Katra-Bilhaur Highway (MDR-25) per Bilgram, Harpalpur, 230.00

Rajepur, Badaun,Moradabad
19
Annex-II
Procedure of Awarding Work based on QCBS including Assessment of Least Cost
to NHAI under Special Circumstances i.e. When a Consultant with a particular
team becomes H-1 bidder in more than one package
A Consultant with a particular Team can apply for any number of packages with one
team. However, Award of work to a Consultant with “a Particular Team” either as sole
or as in JV/Association shall be limited to one package only. Following procedure shall
be followed for the selection of the most preferred bidder for the consultancy
assignment:
1. At first, Consultants who become H-1 in one package each shall be assigned
the respective package. Then packages in which a Consultant with “a Particular
Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than one package
shall be considered. In case, a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to
be the most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than one package, the package which
is to be awarded to this team of a consultant shall be determined on the basis of
least cost to NHAI considering the Financial Quote of H-1 bidder and H-2 Bidder
limited to those packages which shall be worked out as per procedure illustrated
with an example as mentioned below.
2. Suppose there are 8 packages namely Package-1, Package-2, Package -3,
Package-4, Package -5, package -6,Package-7,Package-8 respectively. It is also
assumed that 10 consultants namely P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X and Y has applied
for these packages. It is also assumed that three Consultants namely P, R and U
has applied with two Teams and the remaining Consultants have applied with
only one team. It is also assumed that the following is the position of various
firms after opening of the Financial proposals (and after arithmetic corrections if
any of the Financial bids) of the packages and after applying QCBS
H-1 H-2 H-3 H-4 H-5 H-6
Package no. Name of Consultants and Financial Quotes (Rs in lakhs)
Package-1 P (team-1) Q W X T Y
230 lakhs 200 lakhs 240 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs 230 lakhs
Package-2 V U(team-1) X P (team-2) T Y
Package-3 V P(team-1) U(team-1) R (team-2) X Y
Package-4 R (team-1) T U (team-2) P (team-2) Y X
Package-5 R (team-1) V S U(team-2) W T
Package-6 Q T S P (team-2) W U (team-2)
Package-7 R (team-1) U (team-1) Q S W Y
Package-8 V R(team-1) W S P (team-1) Y
20
The different packages shall be awarded to consultants as mentioned below:
2.1 Step-1:
In this case, Consultants P (team-1) and Q are the H-1 in only one package each
namely package-1 and package-6 respectively. Consultant V is H-1 in 3 packages
namely Package-2, Package-3 and Package-8 respectively. Consultant R (team-1) is
H-1 in 3 packages namely Package-4, Package-5 and Package-7 respectively. Since
Consultant P (team-1) is H-1 in Package-1 only and Consultant Qis H-1 in Package-
6 only, Consultant P (team-1) shall be awarded Package-1 and Consultant Q
shall be awarded Package-6.
2.2 Step-2:
After Consultant P (team-1) is awarded Package-1 and Consultant Qis awarded

Package-6, the scenario for the remaining 6 packages is as given below .P (team-
1) and Q occurring anywhere else stands deleted as they have already been awarded
one work each
H-1 H-2 H-3 H-4 H-5 H-6

Package No. Name of Consultants and Financial Quotes (Rs in lakhs)
Package-2 V U(team-1) X P (team-2) T Y
Package-3 V U(team-1) R (team-2) X Y
200 lakhs 250 lakhs 230 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs
Package-4 R (team-1) T U (team-2) P (team-2) Y X
Package-5 R (team-1) V S U (team-2) W T
Package-7 R (team-1) U (team-1) S W Y
Package-8 V R(team-1) W S Y
Consultant V shall be awarded only one package out of the 3 packages for which it is H-1
namely Package-2, Package-3 and Package-8 respectively. Similarly Consultant R (team-1)
shall be awarded only one package out of the 3 packages for which it is H-1 namelyPackage-
4, Package-5 and Package-7 respectively. The determination of package to be awarded to
Consultant V and Consultant R (team-1) shall be worked out in a single step (i.e. one at a
time) .New H-1 for the remaining packages (4 packages) shall be worked out only after
determination of packages to be awarded to the H-1 bidders at this stage [i.e. Consultant V
and R (Team-1) in the instant case] in one step . Determination of Package to be awarded
to each of Consultant V and Consultant R (team-1) shall be worked out as follows
21
(i) After the award of Package-1 to Consultant –P (team-1) and Package -6 to
Consultant –Q and also considering that a Consultant with a particular team can be
awarded only one work, the details of H-1 and H-2 / New H-2 in the remaining
6 packages are as mentioned below .Since V is H-1 in more than one package
and shall be awarded one of these packages, V has been deleted from all other
packages .Similarly, since R(Team-1) in more than one package and shall be
awarded one of these packages, R (Team-1) has been deleted from all other
packages
H-1 H-2 / New Remarks
H-2
Package-2 V U(team-1)
240 lakhs 210 lakhs
Package-3 V U(team-1) Since Consultant P (Team-1) is awarded
200 lakhs 250 lakhs Package-1, Consultant U (team-1) becomes the new H-
2
Package-4 R (team-1) T
250 lakhs 220 lakhs
Package-5 R (team-1) S
220 lakhs 260 lakhs
Package-7 R (team-1) U (team-1)
200 lakhs 220 lakhs
Package-8 V W Consultant-R(team-1) has not been considered as H-2
190 lakhs 220 lakhs since Consultant –C (team-1) is to be awarded one
package out of the packages 4,5 and 7 in which it is H-1.
Hence Consultant – W is the new H-2
(ii) Package to be awarded to Consultant –V who is H-1 in three packages namely

Package - 2, 3 and 8 respectively shall be determined on the basis of least cost to
NHAI considering the Financial Quote of H-1 bidder and H-2 Bidder limited tothose
packages The situation for least cost to NHAI shall be when the firm with
Consultant –G is awarded the package for which Financial Bid of second ranked
team (H-2) minus Financial Bid of the first ranked team (H-1) is maximum. The
same is illustrated as given below
H-1 H-2 / New Financial Bid of H-2/ Remarks
H-2 New H-2 minus
Financial Bid of H-1
Package-2 V U(team-1) 210-240 = (-) 30 lakhs
240 lakhs 210 lakhs
Package-3 V U(team-1) 250 – 200 = (+) 50 H-2 minus H-1 is
200 lakhs 250 lakhs lakhs Maximum. Hence
Consultant V shall be
awarded Package-3
Package-8 V W 220 – 190 = (+) 30
lakhs
22
In a similar way, Package to be awarded to Consultant – R (team-1) who is H-1 in three
packages namely Package -4, 5 and 7 respectively shall be determined as illustrated
below:

H-2 New H-2 minus
Package-4 R (team-1) T 220-250 = (-) 30 lakhs
250 lakhs 220 lakhs
Package-5 R (team-1) S 260 – 220 = (+) 40 H-2 minus H-1 is Maximum.
220 lakhs 260 lakhs lakhs Hence Consultant – R
(team- 1) shall be
awarded Package- 5
Package-7 R (team-1) U (team-1) 220 – 200 = (+) 20

200 lakhs 220 lakhs lakhs
2.3 Step-3
(i) After the award of the above mentioned 4 packages namely, Package-1 to
Consultant–P (team-1), Package -6 to Consultant –Q, Package -3 to Consultant –
V, Package -5 to Consultant –R (team-1) and also considering that a Consultant
with a particular team can be awarded only one work, the details of new H-1 and
New H-2 in the remaining 4 packages are as mentioned below
H-1 (New H-2 (New Remarks

H-1) H-2)
Package-2 U(team-1) X Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3 , Consultant
210 lakhs 240 lakhs U (team-1) becomes the new H-1 and Consultant X
becomes the new H-2
Package-4 T U (team-2) Since Consultant -R(team-1) is awarded Package-5
220 lakhs 240 lakhs , Consultant T becomes the new H-1 and Consultant
U (team-2) becomes the new H-2
Package-7 U (team-1) S Since Consultant R(team-1) is awarded Package-5

220 lakhs 255 lakhs , Consultant U (team-1) becomes the new H-1 and
Consultant S becomes the new H-2
Package-8 W S Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3 , Consultant

220 lakhs 240 lakhs W becomes the new H-1 and Consultant S becomes
the new H-2
(ii) Consultant T is the new H-1 for only one package namely Package-4.
Similarly Consultant W is the new H-1 for only one package namely Package-8.
Accordingly Package- 8 shall be awarded to Consultant–W and Package -4 shall
be awarded to Consultant–T.
23
2.4 Step-4:
Consultant U (team-1) is the new H-1 for package- 2 and Package-7 respectively and
Consultant U (team-1) shall be awarded only one package out of this 2 packages. Package
to be awarded to Consultant –U (team-1) shall be determined as illustrated below
H-2 New H-2 minus
Package-2 U(team-1) X 240-210 = (+)
210 lakhs 240 lakhs 30
lakhs
Package-7 U (team-1) S 255 – 220 = (+) 35 H-2 minus H-1 is Maximum.
220 lakhs 255 lakhs lakhs Hence Consultant – U (team- 1)
shall be awarded Package- 7
2.5 Step-5 :
(i) After the award of the above mentioned 7 packages namely, Package-1 to
Consultant–P (team-1) , Package -6 to Consultant –Q, Package -3 to Consultant
–V, Package -5 to Consultant –R (team-1), Package-4 to Consultant -T, Package -8
to Consultant-W, package-7 to Consultant –U (team-1) team and also considering
that a Consultant with a particular team can be awarded only one work , the
details of new H-1 and / New H-2 in the remaining package i.e. package -2 is
as mentioned below
H-1 (New H-2 (New Remarks

H-1) H-2)
Package-2 X A (team-2) Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3 and
240 lakhs 220 lakhs Consultant U (team-1) is awarded package- 7 , Consultant X
becomes the new H-1 and Consultant P(team-2) becomes the
new H-2
(ii) Consultant X is the new H-1 for only one package namely Package-2.
Accordingly, Package -2 shall be awarded to Consultant –X.
3. Thus as per the above mentioned procedure the 8 packages are awarded
to the following Consultant at the Financial Quoted (after arithmetic
Corrections) by them for the respective packages
Package No. Name of Consultants awarded packages

Package-1 Consultant- P (team-1)
Package-2 Consultant- X
Package-3 Consultant- V
24
Package-4 Consultant- T
Package-5 Consultant- R (team-1)
Package-6 Consultant- Q
Package-7 Consultant- U (team-1)
Package-8 Consultant- W
25
DATA SHEET
I (References to corresponding paragraphs of LOI are mentioned alongside)
1. The Name of the Assignment and description of project as mentioned in

Annex-I
(The Name of project and Package No. should be indicated in the format given
in the technical proposal)
2. The name of the Client is : Chairman

G5&6, Sector-10, Dwarka
New Delhi-110075
3. Duration of the Project: 300 days
4. Date, Time and Venue of Pre-Proposal Conference
Date: 31.01.2019
Time: 15:00 Hrs
Venue: National Highways Authority of India
G5&6, Sector-10
Dwarka-New Delhi-110075, India (Ref. Para 1.9)
5. The Documents are:

i. Appendix-I: Terms of Reference (TOR)
ii) Appendix-II Formats for Proof of Eligibility
iii. Appendix-III: Formats for Technical Proposal
iv. Appendix-IV: Formats for Financial Proposal
v. Appendix-V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria
vi. Appendix -VI Draft Contract Agreement
vii. Appendix -VII DPR Checklist
viii. Appendix -VIII Sample Executive Summary
(Ref. Para 2.1)
6. Bid Security: Rs.5 Lakhs (Ref Para 1.10)
7. Tax and Insurance (Ref. Para 3.3.2)
(i). The Consultants and their personnel shall pay all taxes (including G o o d s
& service tax), custom duties, fees, levies and other impositions levied
under the laws prevailing seven days before the last date of submission of
the bids. The effects of any increase / decrease of any type of taxes
levied by the Government shall be borne by the Client / Consultant, as
appropriate.
(ii). Limitations of the Consultant’s Liability towards the Client shall be as per
Clause 3.4 of Draft Contract Agreement
26
(iii). The risk and coverage shall be as per Clause 3.5 of Draft Contract Agreement.
8. The number of copies of the proposal required to be submitted: 1 no. (ref. para
4.1)
9. The address is --- (Ref. para 4.2)

(Arun Jagga)
General Manager (Tech.)
G5&6, Sector-10
Dwarka-New Delhi-110075
Tel: 011 25074100/4200 Extn. 1719
The envelopes must be clearly marked:
i. Original Proposal;
ii. Documents in proof of eligibility and technical proposal as appropriate; and,
iii. Do not open, except in presence of the evaluation committee on the
outer envelope.
iv. Consultancy Package No. :----------
v. Project Name: ------------
vi. Name and Address of Consultant
10. The date, time and Address of proposal submission are

Date 12.02.2019
Time 11:00 Hrs
Address National Highways Authority of India (NHAI)
G-5&6, Sector-10
Dwarka-New Delhi-10075
(Ref. Para 4.4)
11. Proposal Validity period (Number of days): 120 days (Ref. Para 4.5)
12. Evaluation criteria: (Ref. Para 3 & 5)
12.1 First stage evaluation – eligibility requirement. (Ref. Para 3.1 & 5.1)
27
Table-1: Minimum Eligibility Requirements
Sr. No. Minimum experience and performance of Annual average turnover

Preparation of DPR of Highways / Bridges in the last
7 years (NH/SH/Equivalent) (for past performance attach
undertaking for any litigation history/ and arbitration).
1 A Firm applying for a package should have Experience of Annual a v e r a g e t u r n o v e r f o r
preparation of Detailed Project Report of two/four/six lane / last 5 years of the firm should be equal
Feasibility of Two/ four/ six lane projects of aggregate length to or more than Rs.5.00 Crores.
equal to the indicative length of the package (i.e. 100km if the
indicative length of the package is 100 km). Firm should have
also prepared DPR for at least one project of 2/4/6laning of
minimum 40% of the indicative length of the package (i.e.40
km if the indicative length of the package is 100 km )or
Feasibility Study of two/four/six laning of minimum 60% of the
indicative length of the package (i.e. 60 km if the indicative
length of the package is 100 km )
Note: The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a

private concessionaire/contractor shall be considered only if
the experience certificate is authenticated by the concerned
competent Government department / Authority.
i) The sole applicant shall fulfill all the requirements given in Table-1.
(ii) In case of JV, the Lead Partner should fulfill at least 75% of all eligibility
requirements and the other partner shall fulfill at least 50% of
all eligibility requirements.
(iii) If the applicant firm has / have prepared the DPR/FS projects solely on
its own, 100% weightage shall be given. If the applicant firm has prepared
the DPR/FS projects as a lead partner in a JV, 75% weightage shall be given.
If the applicant firm have prepared the DPR projects as the other partner
(not lead partner) in a JV 50% weightage shall be given. If the applicant
firm have prepared the DPR/FS projects as an associate, 25%
weightage shall be given.
(iv) Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP
is invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered
with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be
considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects,
experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.4,
but only for those 2 lane projects whose cost of consultancy services was
more than Rs.1.0 crore
28
12.2 Second stage technical evaluation (Refer 5.2)
S. No. Description Points

1 Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years 25
2 Adequacy of approach and methodology 5
Material testing, survey & investigation, equipment and software
3 20
proposed to be used
4 Qualification and Relevant experience of the proposed key personnel 50
Total 100
29
Further break-up of each criteria has been detailed out below:
A. Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years (25)
For standard highways, the following is the break-up:
S. No. Description Maximum Sub-Points

Points
1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to the 15
assignment for eligibility
Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 lane
1.1 8
projects
1.1.1 More than the indicative Length of the package applied for 5
1.1.2 More than 2 times the indicative length of the package applied for 7
1.2 DPR for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more than 40 % 7
of indicative length of a package applied for (or Feasibility
Study for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more than 60 %
of indicative length of a package applied for)
1.2.1 1 project 4
1.2.2 2 projects 5
1.2.3 3 or more projects 7
2 DPR of Bridge having length more than 200 m 5
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
2.3 3 bridges 3
2.4 4 bridges 4
2.5 5 or more bridges 5
3 Specific experience of firms in terms of turnover 5
3.1 Firm’s Average Turnover of last 5 years > 50 crore 5
3.2 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years
20 - 50 crore 4
3.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years
5 – 20 crore 3
30
For special projects such as special bridges, tunnels and expressways that
require specialized capabilities and skill sets, the following is the break-up:

Points
1.1 Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 lane 7
projects
1.2 DPR for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more than 40 7
% of indicative length of a package applied for (or Feasibility
Study for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more than 60
% of indicative length of a package applied for)
1.2.1 1 project 4
1.2.2 2 projects 6
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
3.2 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years 20-50 crore 2.5
3.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years 5 - 20 crore 2
4 DPR for special category projects (Special bridges/ tunnels
or expressways, whichever applicable). It is to be noted that
either 4.1 or 4.2 shall be applicable, and not both.
4.1 DPR of number of special bridges/ tunnels (if applicable) 5
4.1.1 1 project 1
4.1.2 2 projects 2
4.1.3 3 projects 3
4.1.4 4 projects 4
4.2 Aggregate length of DPR/ Feasibility study for expressways 5
31
Points
4.2.1 Upto 50 km 2
4.2.2 50km to 100 km 3
4.2.3 100km to 150 km 4
4.2.4 More than 150 Km 5
Note: In case feasibility study is a part of DPR services the experience shall be counted in
DPR only. In case bridge is included as part of DPR of highway the experience will be (1)
and (2)
B. Adequacy of approach and methodology (5)
S. No Description Points
1 Site appreciation 1
2 Team composition and task assignment 1
3 Methodology* 3
Approach and initial view on project plan including key
3.1
challenges envisaged and potential solutions for
Proposed alignment and bypasses required and land acquisition
3.1.1 1
requirements
3.1.2 Access control, rehabilitation of existing road, drainage and utilities 1
Adoption of superior technology along with proof of past use
3.1.3 1
vendor association
Total 5
*Higher marks for adoption of superior technology in data collection, processing and report
may be given. Documents for association with vendors supplying LiDAR or better technology
and GPR/ Induction Locator or better technology shall be furnished.
C. Material testing, survey and investigation, equipment and software

proposed to be used (20)

Points
1 Availability of in-house material testing facility 3
1.1 Available 3
1.2 Outsourced
(a) Through NABL accredited labs / IIT / NIT labs 2
(b) Other than (a) 1
2 Field Investigation Facilities 2
2.1 Available (Created in-house at site) 2
32
Points
2.2 Outsourced
(a) Through NABL accredited labs / IIT / NIT labs 1
3 Office Equipment and Software 3
3.1 High Level (More than 75% as per ToR requirement) 3
3.2 Medium Level (Between 75%-50% as per ToR requirement) 2
3.3 Low Level (Less than 50% as per ToR requirement) 1
4 Experience in LiDAR or better technology for topographic 5
survey (Infrastructure sector)
4.1 1-2 projects 1
4.2 3-5 projects 2
4.3 6-10 projects 3
4.4 >10 projects 5
5 Experience in using GPR and Induction Locator or better 4
technologies for detection of sub-surface utilities
(Infrastructure sector)
5.1 1-2 projects 1
5.2 3-5 projects 2
5.3 >5 projects 4
6 Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land surveys 3
6.1 Project of area upto 100 ha 1
6.2 Project of area between 100-500 ha 2
6.3 Project of area between 500 ha 3
Note: The experience of firm in LiDar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator
or equivalent technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land
acquisition shall be supported by experience certificate. The experience of a firm in LiDar
or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or equivalent technologies and
Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition for a private
concessionaire/contractor shall be considered only if the experience certificate is
authenticated by the concerned competent Government department/authority.
33
D. Qualification and relevant experience of the proposed key personnel (50)
The weightage for various key staff is as under:
S. No. Key personnel Points

1 Team Leader- Senior Highway Engineer 15
2 Senior Bridge Engineer 12
3 Highway cum Pavement Engineer 12
4 Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert 11
Total 50
The number of points assigned during the evaluation of qualification and competence of
key staff are as given below:
S. No. Description Maximum Sub-

Points Points
1 General Qualification 25
1.1 Essential education qualification 20
1.2 Desirable education qualification 5
2 Relevant experience and adequacy for the project 70
2.1 Total professional experience 15
2.1 Experience in Highway Projects 25
(Bridge Projects for Senior Bridge
Engineer )
2.2 Experience in Similar Capacity 30
3 Employment with the Firm 5
3.1 Less than 1 year 0
3.2 1 year to 2 years 2.5
3.3 > 2 years 5
34
12.3 Detailed evaluation criteria which is to be used for evaluation of technical
bids is as indicated at Appendix-V.
The Consultant should carryout self-evaluation based on the evaluation criteria

at Appendix-V. While submitting the self-evaluation along with bid, Consultant
shall make references to the documents submitted in their proposal which
have been relied upon in self-evaluation Result of technical evaluation shall
be made available on the website giving opportunity to the bidders to
respond within 7 days in case they have any objection
12.4 Third stage – Evaluation of Financial proposal
Financial Proposals of all Qualified Consultants in accordance with clause 5.2 and
5.3 of Letter of Invitation shall be opened.
The consultancy services will be awarded to the consultant scoring highest marks
in combined evaluation of Technical and Financial proposals in accordance with
clause 1.3 and 5.4 hereof.
The Factors are:
The weight given to Technical Proposal (T) = 0.80
The weight given to Financial Proposal (f) = 0.20
13. The common currency is “Indian Rupee”. (Ref. Para 3.3.3)
Consultant have to quote in Rupees both for domestic Consultant as well as Foreign
Consultants
14. Commencement of Assignment (Date, Location): The Consultants shall commence

the Services within fifteen days of the date of effectiveness of the contract at
locations as required for the project stretch stated in TOR. (Ref. Para 1.2 of LOI
and 2.3 of GCC/SC)
35
APPENDIX-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

Consultancy Services for Preparation of DPR for Upgradation of (i) Etawah-Mainpur-Kurawali Road
(SH) (ii) Aligarh-Ramghat Road (iii) Bulandshahar to Badaun in the State of Uttar Pradesh
Terms of Reference for Consultancy Services (TOR)
1. General
NHAI has been assigned the work of Request for engagement of DPR consultant for
Upgradation (i) Etawah-Mainpur-Kurawali Road (SH) (ii) Aligarh-Ramghat Road (iii) Bulandshahar to
Badaun in the State of Uttar Pradesh. NHAI now invites proposal from Technical
consultants for carrying out detailed project report as per details given in
Annexure-1.
1.1 NHAI w i l l be the employer and executing agency for the consultancy services
and the standards of output required from the appointed consultants are of
international level both in terms of quality and adherence to the agreed time
schedule. The consultancy firm will solely be responsible for submission of quality
work in stipulated period.
1.2 Ministry has recently awarded works of consultancy services for construction of
ROBs for replacing level crossings in various states. In case a level crossing exists
in a project reach, consultant is required to co-ordinate with those consultants and
finalize the alignment & configuration of road accordingly. However, if the same
is not covered in the above assignment of DPR/feasibility study awarded by
Ministry, the consultant under this assignment shall be responsible for preparing
DPR for such level crossings.
2. Objective
2.1 The main objective of the consultancy service is to establish the technical,
economical, and financial viability of the project and prepare detailed project
reports for rehabilitation and upgrading of the existing road to 4-lane
configuration.
2.2 The viability of the project shall be established taking into account the
requirements with regard to rehabilitation, upgrading and improvement based on
highway design, pavement design, provision of service roads wherever
necessary, type of intersections, rehabilitation and widening of existing and/or
construction of new bridges and structures, road safety features, quantities of
various items of works and cost estimates and economic analysis within the
given time frame.
2.3 The Detailed Project Report (DPR) would inter-alia include detailed highway
design, design of pavement and overlay with options for flexible or rigid
pavements, design of bridges and cross drainage structures and grade
36
separated structures, design of service roads, quantities of various items,
detailed working drawings, detailed cost estimates, economic and financial
viability analyses, environmental and social feasibility, social and environmental
action plans as appropriate and documents required for tendering the project on
commercial basis for international / local competitive bidding.
2.4 The DPR consultant should ensure detailed project preparation incorporating
aspects of value engineering, quality audit and safety audit requirement in design
and implementation. The Consultant shall ensure to carry out Road Safety Audit at
various stages as per supplement-III (Additional Requirement for Safety Audit) of
TOR.
2.5 The consultant should, along with Feasibility Report, clearly bring out through
financial analysis the preferred mode of implementation on which the Civil Works
for the stretches are to be taken up. The consultant should also give cost estimates
along with feasibility report/ detailed Project Report.
2.6 If at inception stage or feasibility stage, employer desires to terminate the

contract, the contract will be terminated after payment up to that stage.
3. Scope of Services
The general scope of services is given in the sections that follow. However, the
entire scope of services would, inter-alia, include the items mentioned in the Letter
of Invitation, terms of reference, general contract and any supplements and
appendices to these documents.
3.1 RoW and Land related aspects
3.1.1 The land for any Expressway will be acquired with a RoW of 100 mtrs.
3.1.2 As for the four-lane / six-lane Highway Road Projects, experience shows that all the
existing two-lane Roads requiring upgradation to 4/6-lane involve acquisition of
land, shifting of utilities, felling of trees and other statutory clearances etc. As
such, keeping in view a futuristic approach, it has been decided that the land for
any 4/6 lane Highway Road will be acquired with a RoW of 60 mtrs irrespective of
the width of the carriageway. Further, efforts shall be made to design the road for
upgradation from 2 lane to 4 lane in such a way that the existing 2 lane shall be
retained for one way traffic and separate one way 2 lane greenfield shall be
provided at an appropriate distance from existing 2 lane road with interlinking in
between, to avoid higher LA cost, avoiding shifting of utilities and felling of trees
depending upon specific site conditions and economic considerations.
3.1.3 All efforts shall be made to avoid any road alignment through National Parks and
Wildlife Sanctuaries, even if it requires taking a longer route / bypass. However,
where it becomes absolutely unavoidable and necessary to keep the alignment
through such reserve forest / restricted areas, land would be acquired with RoW of
not more than 30 mtrs. The cross-section in such areas may be kept as 3.25m,
(shoulder / Utility Corridor) + 10.5m (three-lane one side carriageway) + 2.5m
(Median) + 10.5m (2nd three-lane carriageway) + 3.25m (shoulder / Utility Corridor).
37
3.1.4 Similarly, though it may be difficult, while determining the alignment for any
bypass, efforts be made to see if these could be along the revenue boundaries of
two revenue estates thereby minimizing the compulsions of land owners / farmers
for cross-overs to the other side. In case such an alignment is not found feasible, it
should be ensured that access to common facilities for the local people (e.g.
schools, Healthcare facilities etc.) is maintained only on one side of the alignment,
thereby minimizing the need for cross-over for day-to-day life.
3.1.5 Protection of the acquired RoW against any possible encroachments is extremely
important. Boundary stones be provided at the end of the RoW as per Clause 9.8 of
IRC:SP:84-2014 and also supplemented as per Circular dated 08.12.2015 issued by
NHAI. The boundary pillars alone, which are subject to removal with passage of
time, may not be enough to save against encroachments. As such, the typical cross-
section of a Highway Road is being re-visited separately with the intention of
providing permanent features in this behalf. For a typical RoW of 60 mtrs, starting
from one end, these will require the following:
(a) Use barricading of the RoW with plantation of hedge-like species (Ficus /
Poplars) within a 3m wide strip area, dug up to 0.6 to 0.9 mtrs, of which 2.0
mtrs to serve as a Utility Corridor.
(b) Provision of a Service Road (along the inhabited area) with its drainage slope
towards the drain / area reserved for Strip Plantation, for a width of 9.0
mtrs.
(c) Earmark width of 1.5 mtrs for construction of a drain so as to be able to

capture the rainwater flow from the Service Road (wherever provided) and
the main carriageway.
(d) Three lane with paved shoulders: Main carriageway – 10.5 mtrs, paved
shoulder – 1.5 mtr and earthen shoulder – 2.0 mtr (Total – 14 mtr).
(e) Median – 5.0 mtrs (effective width 4.5 m), and
(f) A Mirror Image on the other end.
3.2 Provisions of short bypasses, service roads, alignment corrections, improvement of

intersections shall be made wherever considered necessary, practicable and cost
effective. However, bypasses proposals should also be considered, wherever in
urban areas, improvement to <lane> of the existing road is not possible.
3.3 The Consultant shall furnish land acquisition details as per revenue records/maps
for further processing of land acquisition. Consultant shall also submit 3a, 3A and
3D draft notification for acquisition of land.
38
3.3.1 Support in land Acquisition process till the receipt of land possession certificate
from CALA
i. The Consultant shall identify all land parcels needing to be acquired as part
of project RoW and shall furnish land acquisition details as per revenue
records/maps for further processing of land acquisition.
ii. Assist CALA in preparation and verification of draft 3A/3D/3G/3H
notifications, collecting information/documents, claims hearing etc.
iii. Liaison with state departments like land revenue department and registrar's
office for collection and verification of revenue records, surveys, sale deeds,
circle rates and for valuation of land related assets.
iv. Conduct all required surveys/valuation including joint measurement survey
and valuation of land assets.
v. Support CALA by providing technical manpower (like Amins) clerical
manpower and other resources (like vehicles, printers)
vi. Assist PIU in verification of 3A/3D/3G/3H drafts from CALA , drafting of
documents (to be forwarded to RO/HQ), receipt of land possession
certificate and in related activities till award of civil work
vi. Assist PIU in all official communications with CALA and other State
department
3.4 Approach to the provision and specifications for Structures:

3.4.1 The structures on roads viz. Bridges, ROBs (Road Over Bridges, and Flyovers), RUBs
(Road Under Bridges) etc. are designed for more than 50 years. It is difficult to
increase the width of the structures at a later date which may also have larger
financial implications apart from construction related issues in running traffic.
Therefore, it has been decided to keep provision for all the structures including
approaches comprising of retaining structures as 6-lane (length of such approaches
shall, in no case, be less than 30m on either side) on all the four-lane highways
except in the following cases (i) Reserve Forest (ii) Wild life Areas (iii) Hilly Areas
(iv) Urban Areas where site condition do not permit this. Wherever elevated
sections are designed through any inhabited areas, these should be six-lane
structures supported on single piers so that the road underneath serves as effective
service roads on both sides.
3.4.2 Highway projects shall be designed for separation of local traffic especially for
Vulnerable Road Users (VRUs), for longitudinal movements and crossing facilities
through viaduct(s) located at convenient walking distance. Provision of PUPs and
CUPs with size of 7.0m x 3.0m, as specified in para 2.10 of the IRC specifications,
has proved to be insufficient keeping in view the increased use of mechanization
in agriculture practices. These structures do not support the easy passage / crossing
for the tractors with trolleys so often used for agricultural operations. As traffic on
cross roads is increasing day-by-day, it has been decided to substitute the provision
of Pedestrian Underpass (PUP) / Cattle Underpass (CUP) [for para 2.10 of IRC
specifies the dimensions of 7.0m x 3.0m] with a VUP Grade-II with a minimum size
of 12m (lateral clearance) x 4m (vertical clearance). Out of 12m lateral width,
2.5m width on one side shall be raised for pedestrian sidewalks with grills to make
pedestrian movement convenient and safe. These structures shall be located at the
most preferred place of pedestrian / cattle / day-to-day crossings. Depending on
the site conditions, feasibility of clubbing the crossing facilities through service
roads shall also be explored. Further, the bed level of these crossings shall not be
39
depressed as any such depression, in the absence of proper drainage facilities
becomes water-logged rendering the same unusable. Ideally, the bed level of the
crossings should be a bit higher with proper connectivity to a drain, which could
serve the drainage requirements of the main carriageway, the underpass and the
service road as well.
3.4.3 Wherever the alignment of 4-lane Highway road project is retained in-situ while
passing through inhabited areas (e.g. villages), it should be ensured that Service
Roads are provided on both sides of the carriageway, connected underneath with
a cross-over structure (VUP/PUP/CUP). Thus each habitation should preferably
have crossing facility at the highways with a vertical clearance of 4 mtrs.
3.4.4 To ensure that bypass once constructed serves the intended purpose during its life,
all the bypasses shall be well designed and access controlled. The entry / exit from
/ to side roads shall be controlled such that they are grade separated at major
roads or at spacing not less than 5 kms. Side roads at closer spacing shall be
connected to the service roads on either side and taken to major roads for provision
of grade separated interchange.
3.5 The provision of embankments shall be kept minimum so as to save land as well as
earth which are scarce resources. This can be decided on case to case basis with
due deliberations. However, economic considerations may also be given due
weightage before deciding the issue.
3 . 6 The Consultant shall study the possible locations and design of toll plaza if
applicable to the project. Wayside amenities Land (minimum 5 acres, length and
depth preferably in the ratio of 3:2) shall also be acquired for establishment of
Way-side amenities at suitable locations at distances varying between 30 to 50 kms
on both sides of the Highway. The local and slow traffic may need segregation
from the main traffic and provision of service roads and fencing may be considered,
wherever necessary to improve efficiency and safety.
3.7 The Consultant will also make suitable proposals for widening/improvement of the
existing road and strengthening of the carriageways, as required at the
appropriate time to maintain the level of service over the design period. The
Consultants shall prepare documents for EPC/PPP contracts for each DPR
assignment.
3.8 All ready to implement ‘good for construction’ drawings shall be prepared
incorporating all the details.
3.9 Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Management Plan and
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Studies shall be carried out by the Consultant
meeting the requirements of the lending agencies like ADB/ World Bank/JICA, etc.
3.10 Wherever required, consultant will liaise with concerned authorities and
arrange all clarifications. Approval of all drawings including GAD and detail
engineering drawings will be got done by the consultant from the Railways.
However, if Railways require proof checking of the drawings prepared by the
consultants, the same will be got done by NHAI and payment to the proof consultant
shall be made by NHAI directly. Consultant will also obtain final approval from
Ministry of Environment and Forest for all applicable clearances. Consultant will
40
also obtain approval for estimates for shifting of utilities of all types from the
concerned authorities and NHAI. Consultant is also required to prepare all Land
Acquisition papers (i.e. all necessary schedule and draft 3a, 3A, and 3D, 3G
notification as per L.A. act) for acquisition of land either under NH Act or State
Act.
3.11 The DPR consultant may be required to prepare the Bid Documents, based
on the feasibility report, due to exigency of the project for execution if desired by
NHAI.
3.12 Consultant shall obtain all types of necessary clearances required for
implementation of the project on the ground from the concerned agencies. The
client shall provide the necessary supporting letters and any official fees as per
the demand note issued by such concerned agencies from whom the clearances
are being sought to enable implementation.
3.13 The consultant shall prepare separate documents for BoT as well as EPC
contracts at Feasibility stage / DPR stage. The studies for financing options like
BoT, Annuity, EPC will be undertaken in feasibility study stage.
3.14 The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/ Contract
Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual of Specifications
and Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways published by IRC (IRC:SP:73 or
IRC:SP:84 or IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along with relevant IRC codes for design of
long bridges.
3.15 The consultant shall prepare the bid documents including required schedules (as
mentioned above) as per EPC/ PPP documents. For that it is suggested that
consultant should also go through the EPC/PPP documents of ministry before
bidding the project. The Consultant shall assist the NHAI and the Legal Adviser by
furnishing clarifications as required for the financial appraisal and legal scrutiny of
the Project Highway and Bid Documents.
3.16 Consultant shall be responsible for sharing the findings from the preparation stages
during the bid process. During the bid process for a project, the consultant shall
support the authority in responding to all technical queries, and shall ensure
participation of senior team members of the consultant during all interaction with
potential bidders including pre-bid conference, meetings, site visits etc. In
addition, the consultant shall also support preparation of detailed responses to the
written queries raised by the bidders.
4. General
4.1 Primary Tasks
General Scope of Services shall cover but be not limited to the following major
tasks (additional requirements for Preparation of Detailed Project Report for Hill
Roads and Major Bridges are given in Supplement I and II respectively):
i. Review of all available reports and published information about the

project road and the project influence area;
ii. Environmental and social impact assessment, including such as related to
41
cultural properties, natural habitats, involuntary resettlement etc.
ii (a). Public consultation, including consultation with Communities located along

the road, NGOs working in the area, other stake-holders and relevant
Government departments at all the different stages of assignment (such
as inception stage, feasibility stage, preliminary design stage and once
final designs are concretized).
iii. Detailed Reconnaissance;
iv. identification of possible improvements in the existing alignment and

bypassing congested locations with alternatives, evaluation of different
alternatives comparison on techno-economic and other considerations and
recommendations regarding most appropriate option;
v. traffic studies including traffic surveys and Axle load survey and
demand forecasting for next thirty years;
vi. Inventory and condition surveys for road;
vii. Inventory and condition surveys for bridges, cross-drainage structures,

other Structures, river Bank training/Protection works and drainage
provisions;
viii. Detailed topographic surveys using LiDAR equipped with minimum

engineering grade system or any other better technology having output
accuracy not less than (a) specified in IRC SP 19 (b) Total Station (c) GPS/
DGPS. The use of conventional high precision instruments i.e Total Station
or equivalent can be used at locations such as major bypasses, water bodies
etc. where it may not be possible to survey using LiDAR. Use of mobile /
Aerial LiDAR survey is preferable.
ix. Pavement investigations;
x. Sub-grade characteristics and strength: investigation of required sub-grade

and sub-soil characteristics and strength for road and embankment design
and sub soil investigation;
xi. Identification of sources of construction materials;
xii. Detailed design of road, its x-sections, horizontal and vertical alignment
and design of embankment of height more than 6m and also in poor soil
conditions and where density consideration require, even lesser height
embankment. Detailed design of structures preparation of GAD and
construction drawings and cross-drainage structures and underpasses etc.
xiii. Identification of the type and the design of intersections;
xiv. Design of complete drainage system and disposal point for storm water
42
xv. Value analysis / value engineering and project costing;
xvi. Economic and financial analyses;

xvii. Contract packaging and implementation schedule.
xviii Strip plan indicating the scheme for carriageway widening, location
of all existing utility services (both over- and underground) and the scheme
for their relocation, trees to be felled, transplanted and planted and land
acquisition requirements including schedule for LA: reports documents and
drawings arrangement of estimates for cutting/ transplanting of trees
and shifting of utilities from the concerned department;
xix Develop 3D engineered models of terrain and elevation, as-is project

highway, proposed and project highway along with all features, current and
proposed structures, current and proposed utilities and land acquisition
plans.
xx To find out financial viability of project for implementation and suggest the
preferred mode on which the project is to be taken up.
xxi. Preparation of detailed project report, cost estimate, approved for

construction Drawings, rate analysis, detailed bill of quantities, bid
documents for execution of civil works through budgeting resources.
xxii. Design of toll plaza and identification of their numbers and location and
office cum residential complex including working drawings
xxiii. Design of weighing stations, parking areas and rest areas.
xxiv. Any other user oriented facility en-route toll facility.
xxv. Tie-in of on-going/sanctioned works of MORT&H/ NHAI/ other agencies.
xxvi. Preparation of social plans for the project affected people as per policy
of the lending agencies/ Govt. of India R&RPolicy.
4.2 While carrying out the field studies, investigations and design, the development
plans being implemented or proposed for future implementation by the local
bodies, should be taken into account. Such aspect should be clearly brought out in
the reports and drawings.
4.3 The consultant shall study the possible locations and design of toll plaza,
wayside amenities required and arboriculture along the highway shall also be
planned.
4.4 The local and slow traffic may need segregation from the main traffic and
provision of service roads and physical barrier including fencing may be
considered, wherever necessary to improve efficiency and safety.
4.5 Standards and Codes of Practices
43
1. All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall be
done as per the latest guidelines/ circulars of MoRT&H and relevant
publications of the Indian Roads Congress (IRC) and Bureau of Indian
Standards (BIS). For aspects not covered by IRC and BIS, international
standards practices, may be adopted. The Consultants, upon award of the
Contract, may finalize this in consultation with NHAI and reflect the same
in the inception report.
2. All notations, abbreviations and symbols used in the reports, documents

and drawings shall be as per IRC:71.
4.6 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP)
1.(i) The Consultants should have detailed Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for all
field studies including topographic surveys, traffic surveys, engineering
surveys and investigations, design and documentation activities. The
quality assurance plans/procedures for different field studies, engineering
surveys and investigation, design and documentation activities should be
presented as separate sections like engineering surveys and investigations,
traffic surveys, material geo-technical and sub-soil investigations, road
and pavement investigations, investigation and design of bridges &
structures, environment and R&R assessment, economic & financial
analysis, drawings and documentation, preparation, checking, approval
and filing of calculations, identification and tractability of project
documents etc. Further, additional information as per format shall be
furnished regarding the details of personal who shall be responsible for
carrying out/preparing and checking/verifying various activities forming
part of feasibility study and project preparation, since inception to the
completion of work. The detailed Draft QAP Document must be discussed
and finalised with the concerned NHAI officers immediately upon the award
of the Contract and submitted as part of the inception report.
(ii) It is imperative that the QAP is approved by NHAI before the Consultants
start the field work.
2. Data formats for report and investigation results
i. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are
discussed in Enclosure IV: Formats for submission of Reports and Documents.
ii. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field
studies and investigations not covered in enclosure IV.
iii. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of NHAI
after the commencement of services.
4.7 Review of Data and Documents

1. The Consultants shall collect the available data and information relevant
for the Study. The data and documents of major interest shall include, but
not be limited to, the following:
44
i. Climate;
ii. Road inventory
iii Road condition, year of original construction, year and type of major
maintenance/rehabilitation works;
iv. Condition of bridges and cross-drainage structures;
v. sub-surface and geo-technical data for existing bridges;
vi. Hydrological data, drawings and details of existing bridges;
vii Existing geological maps, catchment area maps, contour plans etc. for the
project area
viii Condition of existing river bank / protection works, if any.
ix. Details of sanctioned / on-going works on the stretch sanctioned by
MoRT&H/other agencies for Tie-in purposes
x. Survey and evaluation of locally available construction materials;
xi. Historical data on classified traffic volume (preferably for 5 years or
more);
xii. Origin-destination and commodity movement characteristics; if available
xiii. Speed and delay characteristics; if available;
xiv. Commodity-wise traffic volume; if available;
xv. Accident statistics; and,
xvi. Vehicle loading behavior (axle load spectrum), if available.
xvii Type and location of existing utility services (e.g. Fibre Optical Cable,
O/H and U/G Electric, Telephone line, Water mains, Sewer, Trees etc.)
xviii Environmental setting and social baseline of the project.
4.8. Social Analysis

The social analysis study shall be carried out in accordance with the
MORT&H/World Bank/ADB Guidelines. The social analysis report will, among other
things, provide a socio-economic profile of the project area and address in
particular, indigenous people, communicable disease particularly HIV/AIDS
poverty alleviation, gender, local population, industry, agriculture, employment,
health, education, health, child labor, land acquisition and resettlement .
4.9 Traffic Surveys

All traffic surveys and studies will be completed in feasibility studies.
4.9.1 Number and Location of Survey Stations
1. The type of traffic surveys and the minimum number of survey stations
shall normally be as under, unless otherwise specifically mentioned.
Number of Survey
Sl.NR. Description Stations
1. Classified Traffic Volume Count 3

2. Origin-Destination and Commodity Minimum 2
Movement Characteristics
3. Axle Loading Characteristics 2
45
4. Intersection Volume Count All Major Intersections
5. Speed-Delay Characteristics Project Road Section
6. Pedestrian/animal cross traffic count All major inhabitations along the
highway
7. Turning movement surveys For all major intersections
2. The number of survey locations indicated in the table above are indicative
only for each road stretch under a package. The Consultants shall,
immediately upon award of the work, submit to NHAI, proposals regarding
the total number as well as the locations of the traffic survey stations as of
inception report. Suitable maps and charts should accompany the
proposals clearly indicating the rationale for selecting the location of
survey Station.
3. The methodology of collection and analysis of data, number and

location of traffic survey stations shall be finalized in consultation with
NHAI prior to start of the trafficsurvey.
4.9.2. Classified Traffic Volume Count Survey
1. Consultant shall make use of traffic survey done by Indian Highways

Management Company Limited (IHMCL) using ATCC systems. However in
isolated locations where there are site constraints, manual counting can be
done. If required, especially in cases where a particular stretch is not
covered by IHMCL, DPR consultant should carry out classified traffic volume
count survey using ATCC systems or latest modern technologies.
2. Consultant shall use ATCC systems that can meet the following accuracy
levels after validation/ calibration:
(a) Classification of vehicles: better than 95%

(b) Counting of vehicles: better than 98%
Before validation and calibration, the ATCC system shall meet the following
accuracy levels:
(a) Classification of vehicles: better than 90%

(b) Counting of vehicles: better than 95%
For verification of above accuracy levels, audit of raw ATCC shall be done
by the consultant on a sampling basis and should submit a certificate in this
regard.
3. ATCC systems such as Pneumatic Tube Detector, Inductive Detector Loop,

Video Image Detection, and Infrared Sensor or latest technologies shall be
adopted.
46
4. The classified traffic volume count surveys shall be carried out for
7 days (continuous, direction-wise) at the selected survey stations. The
vehicle classification system as given in relevant IRC code may be
followed. However, the following generalized classification system is
suggested in view of the requirements of traffic demand estimates and
economic analysis:
Motorised Traffic Non-Motorised Traffic

2-Wheeler Bi-Cycle
3-Wheeler Cycle-Rickshaw
Passenger Car Animal Drawn Vehicle (ADV)
Utility Vehicle (Jeep, Van etc.) Hand Cart
Other Non-Motorised Vehicle
Bus Mini Bus
Standard Bus
LCV LCV-Passenger
LCV-Freight
Truck MCV : 2-Axle Rigid Chassis
HCV : 3-Axle Rigid Chassis
MAV Semi Articulated
Articulated
5. All results shall be presented in tabular and graphical form. The survey data
shall be analyzed to bring out the hourly and daily variations. The traffic
volume count per day shall be averaged to show a weekly average daily
traffic (ADT) by vehicle type. The annual average daily traffic (AADT) shall
be worked out by applying seasonal factors.
6. The consultant shall compile the relevant traffic volume data from
secondary sources also. The salient features of traffic volume
characteristics shall be brought out and variations if any, from the traffic
census carried out by the State PWD shall be suitably explained.
4.9.3. Origin Destination and Commodity Movements Surveys
1. The consultants shall carry out 1-day (24 hour, both directions) O-D and
commodity movement surveys at locations finalized in consultation with
NHAI. These will be essentially required around congested towns to
delineate through traffic. The road side interviews shall be carried out on
random sample basis and cover all four-wheeled vehicles. The location of
the O-D survey and commodity movement surveys shall normally be same
as for the classified traffic count.
2. The location of origin and destination zones shall be determined in relation

to each individual station and the possibility of traffic diversion to the
Project Road from/to other road routes including bypasses.
47
3. The trip matrices shall be worked out for each vehicle type information on
weight for trucks should be summed up by commodity type and the results
tabulated, giving total weight and average weight per truck for the various
commodity types. The sample size for each vehicle type shall be indicated
on the table and also in the graphical representations.
4. The data derived from surveys shall also be analyzed to bring out the
lead and load characteristics and desire line diagrams. The data analysis
should also bring out the requirement for the construction of bypasses.
5. The distribution of lead and load obtained from the surveys should be
compared. The axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load
pads or other sophisticated instruments. The location(s) of count
station(s) and the survey with those derived from the axle load studies.
6. The commodity movement data should be duly taken into consideration

while making the traffic demand estimates.
4.9.4. Turning Movement Surveys
1. The turning movement surveys for estimation of peak hour traffic for the
design of major and minor intersections shall be carried out for the
Study. The details regarding composition and directional movement of
traffic shall be furnished by the Consultant.
2. The methodology for the surveys shall be as per IRC: SP: 41-1994. The details
including location and duration of surveys shall be finalized in consultation
with NHAI officials. The proposal in response to this TOR shall clearly
indicate the number of locations that the Consultants wish to conduct
turning movement surveys and the rationale for the same.
3. The data derived from the survey should be analyzed to identify

requirements of suitable remedial measures, such as construction of
underpasses, fly-overs, interchanges, grade-separated intersections along
the project road alignment. Intersections with high traffic volume requiring
special treatments either presently or in future shall be identified.
4.9.5. Axle Load Surveys
1. Axle load surveys in both directions shall be carried out at suitable

location(s) in the project road stretch on a random sample basis normally
for trucks only (both empty and loaded trucks) for 2 normal days - (24
hours) at special count stations to be finalized in consultation with NHAI.
However, a few buses may be weighed in order to get an idea about their
loading behavior. While selecting the location(s) of axle load survey
station(s), the locations of existing bridges with load restrictions, if any,
should be taken into account and such sites should be avoided.
48
2. Axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load pads or other
sophisticated instruments. The location(s) of count station(s) and the survey
methodology including the data formats and the instrument type to be used
shall be finalized before taking up the axle load surveys
3. The axle load data should be collected axle configuration-wise. The number
of equivalent standard axles per truck shall be calculated on the basis of
results obtained. The results of the survey should bring out the VDF for each
truck type (axle configuration, if the calculated VDF is found to be below
the national average, then national average shall be used. Furthermore, the
data from axle load surveys should be analyzed to bring out the Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) and Single Axle Load (SAL) Distributions by truck type
(axle configuration).
4. The C o n s u l t a n t shall ascertain from local enquiries about the exceptional

live loads that have used the highway in the past in order to assess the
suitability of existing bridges to carry such loads.
4.9.6. Speed-Delay Surveys
The Consultants shall carry out appropriate field studies such as moving car
survey to determine running speed and journey speed. The data should be
analyzed to identify sections with typical traffic flow problems and congestion.
The objective of the survey would be to recommend suitable measures for
segregation of local traffic, smooth flow of through traffic and traffic safety.
These measures would include the provision of bypasses, under-passes, fly-overs,
interchanges, grade-separated intersections and service roads.
4.9.7 Pedestrian / animal cross traffic surveys:
1. These shall be conducted to determine if provision of viaduct for

pedestrians/animals is necessary to improve the traffic safety.
2. Consultant shall leverage information from local consultations, inputs from
local governmental/ non-governmental agencies in selecting sites for
checking pedestrian/ animal crossing traffic surveys.
3. Surveys for provision of pedestrian crossings shall minimum be conducted
at all junctions being replaced by grade separators.
4.9.8 Truck Terminal Surveys
The data derived from the O-D, speed-delay, other surveys and also
supplementary surveys should be analyzed to assess requirements for present and
future development of truck terminals at suitable locations en route.
4.10. Traffic Demand Estimates

1. The consultants shall make traffic demand estimates and establish possible
traffic growth rates in respect of all categories of vehicles, taking into
account the past trends, annual population and real per capita growth
rate, elasticity of transport demand in relation to income and estimated
annual production increase. The other aspects including socio-economic
49
development plans and the land use patterns of the region having impact
on the traffic growth, the projections of vehicle manufacturing industry in
the country, development plans for the other modes of transport, O-D and
commodity movement behavior should also be taken into account while
working out the traffic demand estimates.
2. The values of elasticity of transport demand shall be based on the

prevailing practices in the country. The Consultants shall give complete
background including references for selecting the value of transport
demand elasticity.
3. It is envisaged that the project road sections covered under this TOR would
be completed and opened to traffic after 3 years. The traffic demand
estimates shall be done for a further period of 30 years from completion of
two/four lane. The demand estimates shall be done assuming three
scenarios, namely, optimistic, pessimistic and most likely traffic growth.
The growth factors shall be worked out for five-yearly intervals.
4. Traffic projections should be based on sound and proven forecasting

techniques. In case traffic demand estimated is to be made on the basis of
a model, the application of the model in the similar situation with the
validation of the results should be established. The traffic projections
should also bring out the possible impact of implementation of any
competing facility in the near future. The demand estimates should
also take into account the freight and passenger traffic along the major
corridors that may interconnect with the project. Impact of toll charges on
the traffic estimates should be estimated.
5. The methodology for traffic demand estimates described in the preceding

paragraphs is for normal traffic only. In addition to the estimates for normal
traffic, the Consultants shall also work out the estimates for generated,
induced and diverted traffic.
6. The traffic forecasts shall also be made for both diverted and generated
traffic.
7. Overall traffic forecast thus made shall form the basis for the design of
each pavement type and other facilities/ancillary works.
4.11. Engineering Surveys and Investigations
4.11.1. Reconnaissance and Alignment
1. The Consultants should make an in-depth study of the available land

width (ROW) topographic maps, satellite imageries and air photographs of
the project area, geological maps, catchment area maps, contour plans,
flood flow data and seismological data and other available relevant
information collected by them concerning the existing alignment.
Consultant himself has to arrange the required maps and the information
needed by him from the potential sources. Consultant should make efforts
for minimizing land acquisition. Greater use of technology for LA be
adopted by the consultant at the DPR stage so as to have a precise land
50
acquisition process.
2. The detailed ground reconnaissance may be taken up immediately after the

study of maps and other data. The primary tasks to be accomplished during
the reconnaissance surveys include;
i. topographical features of the area;

ii. typical physical features along the existing alignment within and outside
ROW i.e. land use Pattern;
iii. possible alignment alternatives, vis-a-vis, scheme for the construction of
additional lanes parallel to the existing road;
iv. realignment requirements including the provision of bypasses, ROBs
/ Flyovers and via-duct for pedestrian crossings with possible alignment
alternatives;
v. preliminary identification of improvement requirements including
treatments and measures needed for the cross-roads;
vi. traffic pattern and preliminary identification of traffic homogenous links;
vii. sections through congested areas;
viii. inventory of major aspects including land width, terrain, pavement type,
carriageway type, bridges and structures (type, size and location),
intersections(type, cross-road category, location) urban areas (location,
extent), geologically sensitive areas, environmental features:
ix. critical areas requiring detailed investigations; and,
x. Requirements for carrying out supplementary investigations.
xi. soil (textural classifications) and drainage conditions
xii. Type and extent of existing utility services along the alignment (within
ROW).
xiii. Typical physical features along the approach roads
xiv. Possible bridge locations, land acquisition problems, nature of crossings,
likely length of approaches and bridge, firmness of banks, suitability of
alignment of approach roads.
3. The data derived from the reconnaissance surveys are normally

utilized for planning and programming the detailed surveys and
investigations. All field studies including the traffic surveys should be
taken up on the basis of information derived from the reconnaissance
surveys.
4. The data and information obtained from the reconnaissance surveys

should be documented. The data analysis and the recommendations
concerning alignment and the field studies should be included in the
Inception Report. The data obtained from the reconnaissance surveys
should form the core of the database which would be supplemented
and augmented using the data obtained from detailed field studies and
investigations.
5. The data obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should be compiled

in the tabular as well as graphical (chart) form indicating the major physical
features and the proposed widening scheme for NHAI's comments. The data
and the charts should also accompany the rationale for the selection of
traffic survey stations.
51
4.11.2. Topographic Surveys
1. The basic objective of the topographic survey would be to capture the

essential ground features along the alignment in order to consider
improvements and for working out improvements, rehabilitation and
upgrading costs. The detailed topographic surveys should normally be taken
up after the completion of reconnaissance surveys.
2. The carrying out of topographic surveys will be one of the most important
and crucial field tasks under the project. Technologies which can meet the
following accuracy levels shall be adopted. For land based surveys (a)
Fundamental horizontal accuracy of 5cm or better (b) Fundamental vertical
accuracy of 5cm or better (c) More than 50 points shall be measured per sq.
m and for aerial based surveys (a) Fundamental horizontal accuracy of 5 cm
or better (b) Fundamental vertical accuracy of 5 cm or better (c) More than
10 points shall be measured per sq. m. To establish accuracy, a check point
survey using DGPS (for horizontal accuracy) and Auto Level (for vertical
accuracy) shall be carried out to establish the fundamental horizontal and
vertical accuracy. A minimum of 25 check points, or check points once every
4 km should be established, and these should be strictly different from any
geo-referencing or control network points.
3. The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after
completion of survey:
(a) Raw DGPS data for the entire highway length and adjoining areas of
interest
(b) Point cloud data or equivalent for the entire highway length and
adjoining areas of interest in a format/ platform as per industry good
practice which shall be amenable to operations by NHAI/ Consultant. NHAI
may decide about format/ platform of point cloud data
(c) Topographic map of scale 1:1000 of the entire highway length and
adjoining areas of interest
(d) Contour map of 50 cm of entire highway length and adjoining areas

of interest
(e) Cross section of the highway at every 50 m in drawing format.
(f) Develop a digital elevation/surface model (bare earth model from

survey data) digital terrain model combining topographic data from LiDAR,
road inventory and other available sources of data for use while modeling
the road alignment and road and structure design.
4. For land based surveys, Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or
better technology that can meet above requirements shall be adopted. For
aerial based surveys, Aerial Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or
better technology that can meet above requirements shall be adopted.
52
Where possible, mobile/terrestrial LiDAR and total station or better studies
should be used to supplement aerial LiDAR for the final alignment chosen.
Aerial based surveys shall be used as the primary source of topographical
data only in cases where a new/green field alignment is being planned
and/or major junctions are being planned where it is necessary to
significantly increase the survey corridor beyond the capabilities of mobile
LiDAR. In shadow areas such as invert levels below culverts, terrestrial
LiDAR shall be used where LiDAR or better technologies cannot survey
accurately, traditional methods of Total Station/ Auto Level shall be used
to complete the study.
5. In case of mobile LiDAR or better technology, 360 degree panoramic images

of the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest shall be
submitted. In case of aerial LiDAR or better technology, ortho-images of the
entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest shall be submitted.
6. The detailed field surveys would essentially include the following activities:
i. Topographic Surveys along the Existing Right of Way (ROW): Carrying out
topographic survey using LiDAR or better technology along the existing road
and realignments, wherever required and properly referencing the same
with reference pillars fixed on either side of the centre-line at safe places
within the ROW
ii. The detailed field surveys would essentially include the topographic surveys
along the proposed location of bridge and alignment of approach road.
iii. The detailed topographic surveys should be carried out along the approach
roads alignment and location of bridge approved by NHAI.
iv. Collection/ Extraction of details for all features such as structures (bridges,
culverts etc.) utilities, existing roads, electric and telephone
installations (both O/H as well as underground), huts, buildings, fencing
and trees (with girth greater than 0.3metre) oil and gas lines etc. falling
within the extent of survey.
7. The width of survey corridor will generally be as given under:
i. The width of the survey corridor should take into account the layout of the
existing alignment including the extent of embankment and cut slopes and
the general ground profile. While carrying out the field surveys, the
widening scheme (i.e. right, left or symmetrical to the centre line of the
existing carriageway) should be taken into consideration so that the
topographic surveys cover sufficient width beyond the centre line of the
proposed divided carriageway. Normally the surveys should extend a
minimum of 30 m beyond either side of the centre line of the proposed
divided carriageway or land boundary whichever is more
ii. In case the reconnaissance survey reveals the need for bypassing the
congested locations, the traverse lines would be run along the possible
alignments in order to identify and select the most suitable alignment for
53
the bypass. The detailed topographic surveys should be carried out along
the bypass alignment approved by NHAI. At locations where grade separated
intersections could be the obvious choice, the survey area will be suitably
increased. Field notes of the survey should be maintained which would
also provide information about traffic, soil, drainage etc.
iii. The width of the surveyed corridor will be widened appropriately where
developments and / or encroachments have resulted in a requirement for
adjustment in the alignment, or where it is felt that the existing alignment
can be improved upon through minor adjustments.
iv Where existing roads cross the alignments, the survey will extend a
minimum of100 m either side of the road centre line and will be of sufficient
width to allow improvements, including at grade intersection to be
designed.
8. The surveyed alignment shall be transferred on to the ground as under:
i. Reference Pillar and Bench Mark / Reference pillar of size 15 cm X 15 cm X

45cm shall be cast in RCC of grade M 15 with a nail fixed in the centre of
the top surface. The reference pillar shall be embedded in concrete upto a
depth of 30cm with CC M10 (5 cm wide all around). The balance 15 cm
above ground shall be painted yellow. The spacing shall be 250m apart,
incase Bench Mark Pillar coincides with Reference Pillar, only one of the
two need be provided.
ii. Establishing Bench marks at site connected to GTS Bench marks at a

interval of250 metres on Bench mark pillar made of RCC as mentioned above
with RL and BM No. marked on it with red paint.
iii. Boundary Pillars- Wherever the proposed alignment follows the existing
alignment, the boundary pillars shall be fixed by the DPR consultant at an
interval of 200m on either side of proposed Right of Way. Wherever there
is a proposal of realignment of the existing Highway and/or construction of
New Bypasses, Consultant shall fix boundary pillars along the proposed
alignment on the extreme boundary on either side of the project Highway
at 50 m interval. Boundary pillars shall be strictly provided as per
IRC:25:1967.
4.11.2.1 Longitudinal and Cross-Sections

The topographic surveys for longitudinal and cross-sections shall cover the
following:
i. Longitudinal section levels along final centre line shall be taken at every 10
m interval. The levels shall be taken at closer intervals at the curve points,
small streams, and intersections and at the locations of change in elevation.
The interval shall also be modified as per IRC:SP-19 for rolling, mountainous
& steep terrain.
ii. Cross sections at every 50 m interval in full extent of survey covering
sufficient number of spot levels on existing carriageway and adjacent
54
ground for profile correction course and earth work calculations. Cross
sections shall be taken at closer interval at curves. The interval shall be
modified as per IRC SP 19 for rolling, mountainous & steep terrain.
iii. Longitudinal section for cross roads for length adequate for design and
quantity estimation purposes.
iv. Longitudinal and cross sections for major and minor streams shall cover
Cross section of the channel at the site of proposed crossing and few cross
sections at suitable distance both upstream and downstream, bed level upto
top of banks and ground levels to a sufficient distance beyond the edges of
channel, nature of existing surface soil in bed, banks & approaches,
longitudinal section of channel showing site of bridge etc. These shall be as
per recommendations contained in IRC Special Publication No. 13
(Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and Culverts) and provisions of
IRC:5 (“Standard Specifications & Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section
1 – General Features of Design”).
2. At feasibility study stage cross sections at 50m interval may be taken.
3. Consultants shall also develop an as-is map of the road including:

i. Geo-referenced digital map of as-is project highway
ii. Earth surface, road layers, utilities, buildings and trees with feature data
extracted and mapped in layers, marked on the map and tabulated data
provided separately.
iii. All road, surface, sub surface inventory, pavement investigation and soil
survey data to be super-imposed as layers using geo-referencing data
4.11.2.2 Details of utility Services and Other Physical Features
1. The Consultants shall collect details of all important physical features

along the alignment. These features affect the project proposals and
should normally include buildings and structures, monuments, burial
grounds, cremation grounds, places of worship, railway lines, stream / river
/ canal, water mains, sewers, gas/oil pipes, crossings, trees, plantations,
utility services such as electric, and telephone lines (O/H & U/G) and poles,
optical fibre cables (OFC) etc. The survey would cover the entire right-of-
way of the road on the adequate allowance for possible shifting of the
central lines at some of the intersections locations.
2. Consultant shall also map out sub-surface utilities. Accurate mapping and
resolution of all sub-surface utilities up to a depth of 4 m shall be carried
out. Differentiation between sub-surface utilities such as live electric
cables, metallic utilities and other utilities shall be indicated and sub-
surface utilities radargrams further processed into utility maps in formats
such as PDF, JPEG and AutoCAD shall be furnished. To meet the accuracy
levels, consultant shall use Ground Penetrating Radar, Induction Locatoror
better technologies.
55
3. The information collected during reconnaissance and field surveys shall be
shown on a strip plan so that the proposed improvements can be
appreciated and the extent of land acquisition with LA schedule, utility
removals of each type etc. assessed and suitable actions can be initiated.
Separate strip plan for each of the services involved shall be prepared for
submission to the concerned agency.
4.11.3. Road and Pavement Investigations
The Consultants shall carry out detailed field studies in respect of road and
pavement. The data collected through road inventory and pavement investigations
should be sufficient to meet the input requirements of HDM-IV.
4.11.3.1 Road Inventory Surveys
1. Detailed road inventory surveys shall be carried out to collect

details of all existing road and pavement features along the existing road
sections. The inventory data shall include but not limited to the following:
i. Terrain (flat, rolling, mountainous);
ii. Land-use ( agricultural, commercial, forest, residential etc) @ every

kilometre;
iii. Carriageway width, surfacing type @ every 500m and every change of
feature whichever is earlier;
iv. Shoulder surfacing type and width @ every 500m and every change of
feature whichever is earlier;
v. Sub-grade / local soil type (textural classification) @ every 500m and

every change of feature whichever is earlier;
vi. Horizontal curve; vertical curve
vii. Road intersection type and details, at every occurrence;
viii. Retaining structures and details, at every occurrence;
ix. Location of water bodies (lakes and reservoirs), at every occurrence;
x. Height of embankment or depth of cut @ every 200m and every change of

feature whichever is earlier.
xi. Land width i.e. ROW
xii. Culverts, bridges and other structures (type, size, span arrangement and
location)
xiii. Roadside arboriculture
56
xiv. Existing utility services on either side within ROW. There shall be a provision
of utility corridor for appropriate categories / combination of utilities in the
construction of new 4/6 laning of National Highways. Such structures shall
be located at appropriate location preferably as close to the extreme edge
of Right of Way (RoW). In this connection, guidelines contained in IRC:98
shall be followed.
xv. General drainage conditions
xvi. Design speed of existing road
2. The data should be collected in sufficient detail. The data should be

compiled and presented in tabular as well as graphical form. The inventory
data would be stored in computer files using simple utility packages, such
as EXCEL.
4.11.3.2 Pavement Investigation
1. Pavement Composition
i. The data concerning the pavement composition may be already available

with the PWD. However, the consultants shall make trial pits to ascertain
the pavement composition. The test pit interval will be as per Para 4
below.
ii. For each test pit, the following information shall be recorded:
 test pit reference (Identification number, location):
 pavement composition (material type and thickness); and
 subgrade type (textural classification) and condition (dry, wet)

 embankment (composition and geometry)
57
2. Road and Pavement Condition Surveys
i. Detailed field studies shall be carried out to collect road and pavement
surface conditions. The data should generally cover:
 pavement condition (surface distress type and extent);

 shoulder condition;
 embankment condition; and
 drainage condition
Pavement Condition
 cracking (narrow and wide cracking), % of pavement area

affected;
 raveling, % of pavement area affected;
 potholing, % of pavement area affected;
 edge break, length (m); and,
 rut depth, mm
Shoulder Condition
 Paved: Same as for pavement
 Unpaved: material loss, rut depth and corrugation,
 Edge drop, mm.
Embankment Condition
 general condition; and

 extent of slope erosion
ii. The objective of the road and pavement condition surveys shall be to
identify defects and sections with similar characteristics. All defects shall
be systematically referenced, recorded and quantified for the purpose of
determining the mode of rehabilitation.
iii. In addition to visual means, the pavement condition surveys shall be carried
out using Network Survey vehicles mounted with equipments such as high
resolution cameras, digital laser profilometer, transverse profiler- the data
from which should be geo-referenced using a DGPS receiver and in vehicle
data processing software or equivalent technology to accurately measure
the pavement surface properties covered earlier. This pavement condition
survey shall also be used as a repository for civil work and shall be carried
out as per the directions of NHAI.
iv. Supplemented by actual measurements and in accordance with the widely

accepted methodology (AASHTO, IRC, OECD, TRL and World Bank
Publications) adapted to meet the study requirements. The measurement
of rut depth would be made using standard straight edges.
v. The shoulder and embankment conditions shall be evaluated by visual

means and the existence of distress modes (cuts, erosion marks, failure,
58
drops) and extent (none, moderate, frequent and very frequent) of such
distress manifestations would be recorded.
vi. For sections with severe distresses, additional investigations as
appropriate shall be carried out to determine the cause of such distresses.
vii. Middle 200m could be considered as representative sample for each one km.
of road and incase all other things are considered similar.
Drainage Condition
 General condition
 Connectivity of drainage turnouts into the natural topography
 Condition in cut sections
 Condition at high embankments
The data obtained from the condition surveys should be analyzed and the road
segments of more or less equal performance may be identified using the criteria
given in IRC: 81-1997.
3. Pavement Roughness
i. The roughness surveys shall be carried out using a network survey vehicle
mounted laser profilometer or better technology with specifications as
described in para 2 above
i(a) In addition, the following criteria should be met by the process of defect
detection:
 Roughness measurement with outputs of both raw longitudinal
profiles and IRI calculation shall be reported at 100m referenced to
the preceding LRP. The roughness must meet ASTM-E950 (equivalent
to Class I road profiler).
 The IRI shall be determined for both wheelpaths over a minimum
length of 250m for a minimum of 6 calibration sites with a roughness
range between 2m/km and 8m/km. Calibration shall be made for
speeds of 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 km/h.
ii. The surveys shall be carried out along the outer wheel paths. The surveys
shall cover a minimum of two runs along the wheel paths for each direction.
iii. The results of the survey shall be expressed in terms of BI and IRI and shall
be presented in tabular and graphical forms. The processed data shall be
analyzed using the cumulative difference approach to identify road
segments homogenous with respect to surface roughness.
4. Pavement Structural Strength
1 The Consultants shall carry out structural strength surveys for existing
pavements using Falling Weight Deflectometer metre (FWD) in accordance
with IRC 115 or IRC 117 as the case may be.
i. It is suggested that the deflection surveys may be carried out as per the
59
scheme given below:
 mainline testing; and,

 Control section testing.
ii. The deflection tests for the mainline shall be carried out at every 500 m
along the road sections covered under the study. The control section testing
shall involve carrying out deflection testing for each 100 m long
homogenous road segment along the road sections. The selection of
homogenous segment shall be based on the data derived from pavement
condition surveys. The total length of such homogenous segments shall not
be less than 100 m per kilometre. The deflection measurements for the
control section testing should be at an interval of not more than 10 m.
iii. Test pits shall be dug at every 500 m and also along each homogeneous
road segment to obtain pavement composition details (pavement course,
material type and thickness) so as to be able to study if a correlation exists
between deflection and composition. If so, the relationship may be used
while working out the overlay thickness for the existing pavement.
iv. Falling weight deflectometre surveys may not be carried out for severely
distressed sections of the road warranting reconstruction. The Consultants,
immediately upon the award of the contract, shall submit to NHAI the
scheme describing the testing schedule including the interval. The testing
scheme shall be supported by data from detailed reconnaissance surveys.
v. It is mandatory for the consultant to use Falling weight deflectometre or

alternative better technique for the evaluation of pavement strength,
details of such methods or innovative features for deflection testing using
Falling weight deflectometre along with the methodology for data
analysis, interpretation and the use of such data for pavement overlay
design purposes using IRC or any other widely used practices, such as
AASHTO guidelines, should be got approved by NHAI. The sources of such
methods should be properly referenced.
4.11.3.3 Subgrade Characteristics and Strength
1. Based on the data derived from condition (surface condition, roughness)

and structural strength surveys, the project road section should be divided
into segments homogenous with respect to pavement condition and
strength. The delineation of segments homogenous with respect to
roughness and strength should be done using the cumulative difference
approach (AASHTO, 1993).
2. The data on soil classification and mechanical characteristics for soils

along the existing alignments may already be available with the PWD. The
testing scheme is, therefore, proposed as given under:
i. For the widening (2-Laning) of existing road within the ROW, the
Consultants shall test at least three sub-grade soil samples for each
homogenous road segment or three samples for each soil type encountered,
whichever is more.
60
ii. For the roads along new alignments, the test pits for sub grade soil shall
be @5km or for each soil type, whichever is more. A minimum of three
samples should be tested corresponding to each homogenous segment.
3. The testing for subgrade soil shall include:
i. in-situ density and moisture content at each test pit
ii. Field CBR using DCP at each test pit
iii. Characterization (grain size and Atterberg limits) at each test pit and,
iv. Laboratory moisture-density characteristics (modified AASHTOcompaction);
v. Laboratory CBR (unsoaked and 4-day soak compacted at three energy levels)
and swell.
4. For problematic soils, the testing shall be more rigorous. The

characteristics with regard to permeability and consolidation shall also be
determined for these soils. The frequency of sampling and testing of these
soils shall be finalized in consultation with the NHAI officers after the
problematic soil types are identified along the road sections.
5. The laboratory for testing of material should be got approved from NHAI
before start of work.
61
4.11.4 Investigations for Bridges and Structure
4.11.4.1 Inventory of Bridges, Culverts and Structures
The Consultants shall make an inventory of all the structures (bridges, viaducts,
ROBs/RUB and other grade separated structures, culverts, etc.) along the road
under the project. The inventory for the bridges, viaducts and ROBs shall include
the parametres required as per the guidelines of IRC-SP:35. The inventory of
culverts shall be presented in a tabular form covering relevant physical and
hydraulic parametres.
4.11.4.2 Hydraulic and Hydrological Investigations
1. The hydrological and hydraulic studies shall be carried out in accordance

with IRC Special Publication No. 13 (“Guidelines for the Design of Small
Bridges and Culverts”) and IRC:5 (“Standard Specifications & Code of
Practice for Road Bridges, Section I General Feature of Design”). These
investigations shall be carried out for all existing drainage structures along
the road sections under the study.
2. The consultant shall also collect information on observed maximum

depth of scour.
3. In respect of major bridges, history of hydraulic functioning of existing

bridge, if any, under flood situation, general direction of river course
through structure, afflux, extent and magnitude of flood, effect of
backwater, if any, aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc.
shall be used to augment the available hydrological data. The presence of
flood control/ irrigation structures, if affecting the hydraulic characteristics
like causing obliquity, concentration of flow, scour, silting of bed, change
in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied and considered in design of
bridges. The details of any future planned work that may affect the river
hydraulics shall be studied and considered.
4. The Consultants shall make a desk study of available data on topography

(topographic maps, stereoscopic aerial photography), storm duration,
rainfall statistics, top soil characteristics, vegetation cover etc. so as to
assess the catchment areas and hydraulic parametres for all existing and
proposed drainage provisions. The findings of the desk study would be
further supplemented and augmented by a reconnaissance along the area.
All-important hydrological features shall be noted during this field
reconnaissance.
5. The Consultants shall collect information on high flood level (HFL),

low water levels (LWL), high tide level (HTL), low tide level (LTL) where
applicable, discharge velocity etc. from available past records, local
inquiries and visible signs, if any, on the structural components and
embankments. Local inquiries shall also be made with regard to the road
sections getting overtopped during heavy rains.
62
6. Conducting Model studies for bridges is not covered in the scope of
consultancy services. If Model study is envisaged for any bridge,
requirement of the same shall be spelt out in the RPF documents
separately indicating scope and time frame of such study. Salient features
of the scope of services to be included for model study are given in the
supplement- II Terms of Reference.
4.11.4.3 Condition Surveys for Bridges, Culverts and Structures
1. The Consultants shall thoroughly inspect the existing structures and shall
prepare a report about their condition including all the parametres given
in the Inspection pro-forma of IRC-SP:35. The condition and structural
assessment survey of the bridges / culverts / structures shall be carried
out by senior experts of the Consultants.
2. For the bridges identified to be in a distressed condition based upon

the visual condition survey, supplementary testing shall be carried out as
per IRC-SP:35 and IRC-SP:40. Selection of tests may be made based onthe
specific requirement of the structure.
3. The assessment of the load carrying capacity or rating of existing bridges

shall be carried out under one or more of the following scenarios:
i. when the design live load is less than that of the statutory commercial
vehicle plying or likely to ply on bridge;
ii. if during the condition assessment survey and supplementary testing the
bridge is found to indicate distress of serious nature leading to doubt
about structural and / or functional adequacy, and
iii. Design live load is not known nor are the records and drawings available
4. The evaluation of the load carrying capacity of the bridge shall be carried
out as per IRC-SP:37 (“Guidelines for Evaluation of Load Carrying Capacity
of Bridges”). The analytical and correlation method shall be used for the
evaluation of the load carrying capacity as far as possible. When it is not
possible to determine the load carrying capacity of the bridge using
analytical and correlation method, the same shall be carried out
using load testing. The consultant has to exhaust all other methods of
evaluation of strength of bridges before recommending to take up load
testing of bridges. Road closure for testing if unavoidable shall be
arranged by NHAI for limited duration say 12 hours or so.
5. Consultant shall carryout necessary surveys and investigations to

establish the remaining service life of each retainable bridge or structure
with and without the proposed strengthening and rehabilitation according
to acceptable international practice in this regard.
63
4.11.4.4 Geo-technical Investigations and Sub-Soil Exploration
1. The Consultants shall carry out geo-technical investigations and sub-

surface explorations for the proposed Bridges / Road over bridges/
tunnels/ viaducts/ interchanges etc., along high embankments and any
other location as necessary for proper design of the works and conduct all
relevantlaboratory and field tests on soil and rock samples. The minimum
scope of geo-technical investigations for bridge and structures shall be as
under:
S. No. Description Location of Boring

1 Overall length = 6 – 30 m One abutment location and at least one
intermediate location between abutments for structures
having more than one span
2 Overall length = 30 – 60 m One abutment location and at least one
intermediate location between abutments for structures
having more than one span.
3 Overall length >60 m Each abutment and each pier locations.
2. The deviation(s), if any, by the Consultants from the scheme presented

above should be approved by NHAI.
3. However, where a study of geo-technical reports and information

available from adjacent crossings over the same waterway (existing
highway and railway bridges) indicates that subsurface variability is such
that boring at the suggested spacing will be insufficient to adequately
define the conditions for design purposes, the Consultants shall review
and finalize the bore hole locations in consultation with the NHAI officers.
4. Geotechnical Investigations and Sub soil Explorations hall be carried

out to determine the nature and properties of existing strata in
bed, banks and approaches with trial pits and bore hole sections showing
the levels, nature and properties of various strata to a sufficient depth
below the level suitable for foundations, safe intensity of pressure on the
foundation strata, proneness of site to artesian conditions, seismic
disturbance and other engineering properties of soil etc. Geotechnical
investigation and Sub-soil Exploration will be done as per IRC 78.
5. The scheme for the borings locations and the depth of boring shall be
prepared by the Consultants and submitted to NHAI for approval. These
may be finalized in consultation with NHAI.
6. The sub-soil exploration and testing should be carried out through

the Geotechnical Consultants empanelled by MORT&H. The soil testing
reports shall be in the format prescribed in relevant IRC Codes.
64
7. For the approach road pavement, bore holes at each major change in
pavement condition or in deflection readings or at 2 km intervals
whichever is less shall be carried out to a depth of at least 2 m below
embankment base or to rock level and are to be fully logged. Appropriate
tests to be carried out on samples collected from these bore holes to
determine the suitability of various materials for use in widening of
embankments or in parts of new pavement structure.
4.11.5. Material Investigations
1. The Consultants shall identify sources (including use of fly-ash/ slag),

quarry sites and borrow areas, undertake field and laboratory testing of
the materials to determine their suitability for various components of
the work and establish quality and quantity of various construction
materials and recommend their use on the basis of techno-economic
principles. The Consultants shall prepare mass haul diagram for haulage
purposes giving quarry charts indicating the location of selected borrow
areas, quarries and the respective estimated quantities.
“Environment friendly materials”
“As per MORTH circular No. RW /NH-33044/53/2013-S&R(R) dated 20th

November, 2013, alternative pavement materials and technologies for road
construction shall be assessed and compared in the design stage. The
alternative resulting in substantial reduction in GHG emission and with least
life cycle cost shall be recommended for implementation.
Technical and economic feasibility of using industrial byproducts,

recyclable and waste materials shall be assessed depending on their
availability in the concerned region.
2. It is to be ensured that no material shall be used from the right-of-way

except by way of leveling the ground as required from the construction
point of view, or for landscaping and planting of trees etc. or from the
cutting of existing ground for obtaining the required formation levels.
3. Environmental restrictions, if any, and feasibility of availability of these

sites to prospective civil works contractors, should be duly taken into
account while selecting new quarry locations.
4. The Consultants shall make suitable recommendations regarding making the

borrow and quarry areas after the exploitation of materials for construction
of works.
5. The Material Investigation aspect shall include preparation and

testing of bituminous mixes for various layers and concrete mixes of
different design mix grades using suitable materials (binders, aggregates,
sand filler etc.) as identified during Material Investigation to conform to
latest MoRT&H specification.
65
4.12 Detailed Design of Road and Pavements, Bridges, Structures
4.12.1. General
1. The Consultants are to carryout detailed designs and prepare working

drawings for the following:
i. High speed highway with divided carriageway configuration complete in

all respects with service roads at appropriate locations;
ii. Design of pavement for the additional lanes and overlay for the existing
road, paved shoulders, medians, verges;
iii. Bridges, viaduct/subways and other grade separated structures including

ROBs/RUBs etc.
iv. At-grade and grade-separated intersections, interchanges (if required);
v. ROB for railway crossings as per the requirement and the standards of
the Indian Railways; and,
vi. Prepare alignment plans, longitudinal sections and cross-sections@

50mintervals;
vii. Designs for road furniture and road safety/traffic control features;
viii. Designs and drawings for service road/under passes/overpass / cattle

passes tree planting/fencing at locations where necessary / required
ix.. Toll plazas and office-cum-residential complex for PIU (one for each civil
contract package)
x Short bypasses at congested locations
xi. Drainage design showing location of turnouts, out falling structures,

separate drawings sheet for each 5 km. stretch.
xii. Bridges and structures rehabilitation plan with design and drawings
xiii. Traffic amenities (Parking Areas, Weighing Station and Rest Areas, etc.).
xiv Design of pavement for approach road
xv Design of river bank protection / training works. Innovative type of

structures with minimum joints, aesthetically, pleasing and appropriate to
the topography of the region shall be designed wherever feasible.
66
4.12.2. Design Standards
1. The Consultants shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications

for the Study primarily based on IRC publications, MoRT&H Circulars and
relevant recommendations of the international standards for approval by
NHAI.
2. The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of
detailed design including the design of geometric elements, pavement
design, bridges and structures, traffic safety and materials.
4.12.3. Geometric Design
1. The design of geometric elements shall, therefore, take into account the
essential requirements of such facilities.
2. Based on the data collected from reconnaissance and topographic

surveys, the sections with geometric deficiencies, if any, should be
identified and suitable measures for improvement should be suggested for
implementation.
3. The data on accident statistics should be compiled and reported showing

accident type and frequency so that black spots are identified along
the project road section. The possible causes (such as poor geometric
features, pavement condition etc.) of accidents should be investigated into
and suitable cost-effective remedial measures suggested for
implementation.
4. The detailed design for geometric elements shall cover, but not be limited
to the following major aspects:
i. horizontal alignment;
ii. longitudinal profile;
iii. cross-sectional elements, including refuge lane (50m) at every 2kms.
iv. junctions, intersections and interchanges;
v. bypasses; and,
vi. service roads as and when require i.e built up area..
5. The alignment design shall be verified for available sight distances as

per the standard norms. The provision of appropriate markings and signs
shall be made wherever the existing site conditions do not permit the
adherence to the sight distance requirements as per the standard norms.
67
6. The consultants shall make detailed analysis of traffic flow and level of
service for the existing road and workout the traffic flow capacity for
the improved project road. The analysis should clearly establish the
widening requirements with respect to the different horizon periods taking
into account special problems such as road segments with isolated steep
gradients.
7. In the case of closely spaced cross roads the Consultant shall examine
different options such as, providing grade separated structure for some of
them with a view to reduce number of at-grade crossings, services roads
connecting the cross-roads and closing access from some of the
intersections and prepare and furnish appropriate proposals for this purpose
keeping in view the cost of improvement, impact on traffic movement and
accessibility to cross roads. The detailed drawings and cost estimate should
include the provisions for realignments of the existing cross roads to allow
such arrangements.
8. The Consultant shall also prepare design of grade separated

pedestrian crossings (viaducts) for large cross traffic of pedestrians and /
or animals on the basis of passenger and animal cross traffic surveys
conducted.
9. The Consultant shall also prepare details for at-grade junctions, which
may be adopted as alternative to the grade separated structures. The
geometric design of interchanges shall take into account the site conditions,
turning movement characteristics, level of service, overall economy and
operational safety.
10. The Consultants shall prepare design and other details in respect of the
parallel service roads in urbanized locations and other locations to
cater to the local traffic, their effect of the viability of the project on
commercial basis if service roads are constructed as part of the project
and the implications of not providing the service roads.
11. The consultant shall prepare complete road and pavement design including
drainage for new bypass option identified around congested town en-route.
4.12.4. Pavement Design
1. The detailed design of pavement shall involve:
i. strengthening of existing road pavement and design of the new pavement if

any, if the findings of the traffic studies and life-cycle costing analysis
confirm the requirement for widening of the road beyond 2lane undivided
carriageway standard;;
ii. pavement design for bypasses; and,
iii. design of shoulders.
68
2. The design of pavement shall primarily be based on IRC publications.
3. The design of pavement shall be rigorous and shall make use of the latest
Indian and International practices. The design alternatives shall include
both rigid and flexible design options. The most appropriate design,
option shall be established on life-cycle costing and techno-economic
consideration.
4. For the design of pavement, each set of design input shall be decided on
the basis of rigorous testing and evaluation of its suitability and relevance
in respect of in-service performance of the pavement. The design
methodology shall accompany the design proposals and shall clearly bring
out the basic assumptions, values of the various design inputs, rationale
behind the selection of the design inputs and the criteria for checking and
control during the implementation of works. In other words, the design of
pavement structure should take due account of the type, characteristics of
materials used in the respective courses, variability of their properties and
also the reliability of traffic predictions. Furthermore, the methodology
adopted for the design of pavement shall be complete with
flowcharts indicating the various steps in the design process, their
interaction with one another and the input parametre required at each
step.
5. For the design of overlays for the existing 2-lane pavement, the
strengthening requirement shall duly take into account the strength of the
existing pavement vis-à-vis the remaining life. The overlay thickness
requirements shall be worked out for each road segment homogenous with
respect to condition, strength and sub- grade characteristics. The
rehabilitation provisions should also include the provision of regulating
layer. For existing pavement with acceptable levels of cracking, provision
of a crack inhibiting layer should also be included.
5 (a) For rehabilitation and strengthening, consultant shall consider the

alternatives of rehabilitating the existing pavement, overlaying with the
same or alternate pavement type (e.g. white/black topping) and also the
option of removal and replacement of existing pavement layers and chose
the best alternative basis lifecycle costing, and any local considerations
such as material availability, time available for construction etc.
6. Latest techniques of pavement strengthening like provision of geo-

synthetics and cold/hot pavement recycling should be duly considered by
the consultant for achieving economy. The use of technology particularly
environment friendly technology viz. recycling of bituminous mixes, warm
mixes and soil stabilization etc. should be adopted wherever feasible. Clause
519 of the “Specifications for Road and Bridge Works” (Fifth Revision) covers
specifications for recycling of existing bituminous pavement materials to
upgrade the pavements. These provisions notwithstanding, recycling of
existing bituminous materials is yet to be implemented in most of the NHAI
projects. The reclaiming and reprocessing of pavement materials involve
both design (how the pavement should be designed using reclaimed
69
materials with the given properties) and technology (the methods to reclaim
and reprocess, equipment, knowhow and quality) issues. After addressing
these issues, the recycling of pavements will be environmentally and
economically better option for rehabilitation, repair or reconstruction
compared to the use of fresh or virgin materials. Indian Road Congress has
published IRC: 120-2015 on “recommended practice for recycling of
bituminous pavements” giving a detailed procedure for its implementation
7. The paved shoulders shall be designed as integral part of the pavement

for the main carriageway. The design requirements for the carriageway
pavement shall, therefore, be applicable for the design of shoulder
pavements. The design of granular shoulder should take into account the
drainage considerations besides the structural requirements.
8. The pavement design task shall also cover working out the maintenance
and strengthening requirements and periodicity and timing of such
treatments.
4.12.5. Design of Embankments
1. The embankments design should provide for maximum utilization of

locally available materials consistent with economy. Use of fly ash
wherever available with in economical leads must be considered. In
accordance with Government instructions, use of fly ash within 300 km
from Thermal Power Stations is mandatory as per extra ordinary Gazette
Notification No. S.O. 254 (E) Part Section – III – Sub Section (ii) dated 25th
January, 2016 and subsequent amendment, if any of Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate change, New Delhi.
2. The Consultants shall carry out detailed analysis and design for all
embankments of height greater than 6 m based on relevant IRC publications.
3. The design of embankments should include the requirements for protection

works and traffic safety features.
4.12.6. Design of Bridges and Structures
1. The data collected and investigation results shall be analyzed to

determine the following:
i. HFL
ii. LWL
iii. LBL
iv. Erodibility of bed/scour level
v. Design discharge
vi. Linear waterway and effective linear waterway
vii. Likely foundation depth
viii. Safe bearing capacity
ix. Engineering properties of sub soil
x. Artesian conditions
70
xi. Settlement characteristics
xii. Vertical clearance
xiii. Horizontal clearance
xiv. Free board for approach road
xv. Severity of environment with reference to corrosion
xvi. Data pertaining to seismic and wind load
xvii. Requirement of model study etc.
2. The Consultant shall prepare General Arrangement Drawing (GAD)

and Alignment Plan showing the salient features of the bridges and
structures proposed to be constructed / reconstructed along the road
sections covered under the Study. These salient features such as alignment,
overall length, span arrangement, cross section, deck level, founding level,
type of bridge components(superstructure, substructure, foundations,
bearings, expansion joint, return walls etc.) shall be finalized based
upon hydraulic and geo-technical studies, cost effectiveness and ease of
construction. The GAD shall be supplemented by Preliminary designs. In
respect of span arrangement and type of bridge a few alternatives with
cost-benefit implications should be submitted to enable NHAI to approve
the best alternative. After approval of alignment and GAD the Consultant
shall prepare detailed design as per IRC codes /guidelines and working
drawings for all components of bridges and structures.
3. The location of all at-grade level crossings shall be identified falling

across the existing level crossings for providing ROB at these locations. The
Consultants shall prepare preliminary GAD for necessary construction
separately to the Client. The Consultant shall pursue the Indian Railways
Authorities or/and any statutory authority of State/Central Government for
approval of the GAD from concerned Authorities.
4. GAD for bridges/structures across irrigation/water way channels shall be
got approved from the concerned Irrigation/Water way Authorities.
Subsequent to approval of GAD and alignment plan by NHAI, the Consultants
shall prepare detailed design as per IRC codes/guidelines for all components
of the bridges and structures.
5. Subsequent to the approval of the GAD and Alignment Plan by NHAI

and Railways, the Consultant shall prepare detailed design as per IRC and
Railways guidelines and working drawings for all components of the bridges
and structures. The Consultant shall furnish the design and working
drawings for suitable protection works and/or river training works wherever
required.
6. Dismantling/ reconstruction of existing structures shall be avoided as

far as possible except where considered essential in view of their poor
structural conditions/ inadequacy of the provisions etc.
7. The existing structures having inadequate carriageway width shall be

widened/reconstructed in part or fully as per the latest MoRT&H guidelines.
The Consultant shall furnish the detailed design and working drawings
for carrying out the above improvements.
71
8. Suitable repair / rehabilitation measures shall be suggested in respect
of the existing structures as per IRC-SP:40 along with their specifications,
drawings and cost estimate in the form of a report. The rehabilitation or
reconstruction of the structures shall be suggested based on broad
guidelines for rehabilitation and strengthening of existing bridges contained
in IRC-SP:35 and IRC-SP:40.
9. Subsequent to the approval of the GAD and the alignment plan by NHAI,
detailed design shall also be carried out for the proposed underpasses,
overpasses and interchanges.
10. The Consultants shall also carry out the design and make
suitable recommendations for protection works for bridges and drainage
structures.
11. In case land available is not adequate for embankment slope, suitable
design for RCC retaining wall shall be furnished. However, RES wall may
also be considered depending upon techno-economic suitability to be
approved by NHAI.
12. All the bridge structures having a length of 100 m or less can be used for
tapping of water for serving dual purpose i.e., to cross the water body or to
store water, if technically feasible. Therefore, such structures shall be
designed as bridge cum barrage structures (bridge cum bandhara). Ministry’s
guidelines in this regard issued vide letter no. RW/NH-34066/89/2015-
S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be referred.
4.12.7. Drainage System
1. The requirement of roadside drainage system and the integration of the

same with proposed cross-drainage system shall be worked out for the
entire length of the project road section.
2. In addition to the roadside drainage system, the Consultants shall

design the special drainage provisions for sections with super-elevated
carriageways, high embankments and for road segments passing through
cuts. The drainage provisions shall also be worked out for road segments
passing through urban areas.
3. The designed drainage system should show locations of turnouts/outfall

points with details of outfall structures fitting into natural contours. A
separate drawing sheet covering every 5 km. stretch of road shall be
prepared.
4. The project highway shall be designed to have well designed efficient

drainage system, which shall be subsurface, as far as possible. While
constructing the underpasses, the finished road level shall be determined
so as to ensure that the accumulation of rain water does not take place and
run-off flows at the natural ground level. The drains, wherever constructed,
72
shall be provided with proper gradient and connected to the existing outlets
for final disposal.
5. The rain water harvesting requirements be assessed taking into
consideration the Ministry of Environment & Forest Notification Dt.
14.01.1997 (as amended on 13.01.1998, 05.01.1999 & 06.11.2000). The
construction of rainwater harvesting structure is mandatory in and around
water scarce / crisis areas notified by the Central Ground Water Board. The
provisions for rainwater harvesting be executed as per the requirements of
IRC:SP:42-2014 (Guidelines for Road Drainage) and IRC:SP:50-2013
(Guidelines on Urban Drainage).
6. All the bridge structures having a length of 100m or less can be used for
tapping of water for serving dual purpose i.e. to cross the water body and
to store water, if technically feasible. Therefore, such structures should be
designed as bridge cum barrage structures (bridge cum bandhara). Ministry’s
guidelines in this regard issued vide letter no. RW/NH-34066/59/2015-
S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be referred.
7. The locations of the culverts should be planned in such a way that the
proposed culvert covers optimum catchment area & the location shall be
decided on the basis of topographical survey, local rainfall data, gradient of
natural ground and enquiry from the local habitants. All culverts should
preferably be box culverts as pipe culverts get filled up with silt, which is
rarely cleared.
4.12.8. Traffic Safety Features, Road Furniture and Road Markings
1. The Consultants shall design suitable traffic safety features and road
furniture including traffic signals, signs, markings, overhead sign boards,
crash barriers, delineators etc. The locations of these features shall be
given in the reports and also shown in the drawings.
2. The Consultant should make the provisions for “the overhead (gantry-
mounted) signs on roads with two or more lanes in the same direction” as
per provisions of IRC-67. The minimum height of gantry mounted sign be 5.5
m above the highest point at the carriageway.
3. Road safety shall be the focus of design. The roads shall be forgiving, having
self-explaining alignment, safe designed intersections / interchanges
segregation and safe crossing facilities for VRUs with crash barriers at
hazardous locations. The details of traffic signs and pavement markings with
their locations, types and configuration shall be shown on the plan so that
they are correctly provided.
4. DPR shall undergo the exercise of Road Safety Audit through the Road Safety
Auditor (separate from design team) and recommendations mentioned be
incorporated.
5. Road markings and proper signage constitute another important aspect of

the Road safety. The DPR shall contain a detailed signage plan, indicating
the places, directions, distances and other features, duly marked on the
73
chainage plan. It shall specify the suitable places where FoBs are to be
provided. Road marking and signage plan shall be included in DPR and shall
be specifically approved by the NHAI.
6. Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) shall be in place for all 4/6
lane roads of NHAI being put to tolling. This would provide real time
information, guidance and emergency assistance to users. ATMS would
include outdoor equipment including emergency call boxes, variable
message sign systems, meteorological data system, close circuit TV camera
(CCTV) system in addition to any other equipment required to meet the
objective. Indoor equipment would include large display board, central
computer with Network Management System, CCTV monitor system and
management of call boxes system with uninterrupted power supply, all
housed in a central control centre. In this connection, NHAI’s policy circular
no.11041/218/2007-Admn dated 15.09.2016 may be referred.
7. As availability of suitable sight distance has a large effect on road safety,

the alignment of all the NHs should be finalized in such a way so as to have
double the stopping sight distance available to the road users at all
locations.
4.12.9. Arboriculture and Landscaping

The Consultants shall work out appropriate plan for planting of trees (specifying
type of plantation), horticulture, floriculture on the surplus land of the right-
of way with a view to beautify the highway and making the environment along the
highway pleasing. These activities should be included in the TOR for
contractor/concessionaire and the cost of these activities shall also be added
to the total project cost for civil works. The existing trees / plants shall be
retained to the extent possible. The Transplantation of trees shall also be proposed
wherever feasible.
4.12.10. Toll Plaza
1. The Consultants shall identify the possible toll plaza location(s) based on
the data and information derived from the traffic studies and a study of
the existing physical features including the availability of land. The location
of the plaza should keep in view that the project road is to be developed
as a partially access controlled highway facility and it is required to collect
toll on rational basis from as much of the vehicular traffic as possible
consistent with economy of collection and operations. The location of the
toll plaza should be finalized in consultation with NHAI.
2. The minimum number of toll lanes at the toll plazas should be carefully
designed taking into consideration the projected peak hour tollable traffic,
permissible service time, adopted toll collection system and the capacity of
service lanes. The number of lanes at any toll plaza would, however, be not
less than four times the number of lanes for which the highway has been
designed. Eventually, all the lanes have to be designed / equipped with
Electronic Toll Collection (ETC) systems and one lane at the extreme outer
side for Over Dimensioned Vehicles (ODV) should be earmarked in each
74
direction.
3. Car lanes and lanes for commercial vehicles shall be earmarked at the toll
plaza with outer lanes earmarked for the commercial vehicles. At least 50%
of the total lanes on each side shall be equipped with weigh-in-motion
facility for dedicated use by commercial vehicles followed by a static weigh
bridge on either side. Number of lanes with weigh-in-motion facility may be
suitably increased depending on proportion of commercial vehicles in total
traffic. Provision should be kept for acquisition and earmarking of about
one acre area for parking of the overloaded vehicles.
4. Toll Plaza shall be designed as per IRC 84.
4.12.11. Weighing Station, Parking Areas and Rest Areas
1. The consultant shall select suitable sites for weighing stations, parking
areas and rest areas and prepare suitable separate designs in this regard.
The common facilities like petrol pump, first-aid medical facilities, police
office, restaurant, vehicle parking etc. should be included in the general
layout for planning. For petrol pump, the guidelines issued by OISD of
Ministry of Petroleum shall be followed. The facilities should be planned to
be at approximately 50 km interval. At least each facility (1 no.) is foreseen
to be provided for this project stretch. Weighing stations can be located
near toll plazas so that overloaded vehicles can be easily identified and
suitably penalized and unloaded before being allowed to proceed further.
The type of weighing system suitable for the project shall be brought out
in the report giving merits of each type of the state-of-the art and basis
of recommendations for the chosen system.
2. The Consultant should take into consideration the provisions for persons
with disabilities (PwD) in way side amenity centres / rest areas and provide
ramp facilities, exit / entrance door with minimum clear opening of 900 mm
and special toilet facilities for use of handicapped persons. The consultant
shall also take into consideration, the provisions for Pedestrians facilities as
per IRC-103.
4.12.12 Miscellaneous Works
1. The Consultants shall make suitable designs and layout for miscellaneous
works including rest areas, bus bays, vehicle parking areas,
telecommunication facilities etc. wherever appropriate.
2. The Consultants shall prepare the detailed scheme and lay out plan for
the works mentioned in Para 1.
3. The Consultants shall prepare detailed plan for the traffic management
and safety during the construction period.
75
4.13 Environment and Social Impact Assessment
The consultant shall under take the detailed environmental and social impact
assessment in accordance with the standard set by the Government of India for
projects proposed to be funded by MORT&H/NHAI. In respect of projects
proposed to be funded by ADB loan assistance, Environmental Assessment
Requirements, Environmental Guidelines for selected infrastructure projects, 1993
of Asian Development Bank shall be followed. Similarly, for projects proposed to
be funded by World Bank loan assistance, World Bank Guidelines shall be
followed.
4.13.1 Environmental Impact Assessment
Environment impact assessment or initial environment examination be carried

out in accordance with ADB’s Environmental Assessment Requirements
of ADB 1998 guidelines for selected infrastructure projects 1993 as amended
from time to time /World Bank Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as
applicable
1. The consultant should carry out the preliminary environmental screening to

assess the direct and induced impacts due to the project.
2. The consultant shall ensure to document baseline conditions relevant

to the project with the objective to establish the benchmarks.
3. The consultant shall assess the potential significant impacts and identify
the mitigation measures to address these impacts adequately.
4. The consultant shall do the analysis of alternatives incorporating

environmental concerns. This should include with and without scenario and
modification incorporated in the proposed project due to environment
considerations.
5. The consultant shall give special attention to the environmental

enhancement measures in the project for the following:
(a) Cultural property enhancement along the highways

(b) Bus bays and bus shelters including a review of their location,
(c) Highway side landscape and enhancement of the road junctions,
(d) Enhancement of highway side water bodies, and
(e) Redevelopment of the borrow areas located on public land.
6. The consultant shall prepare the bill-of-quantities (BOQ) and

technical specifications for all items of work in such a way that these may
be readily integrated to the construction contracts.
7. The consultant shall establish a suitable monitoring network with regard

to air, water and noise pollution. The consultant will also provide additional
inputs in the areas of performance indicators and monitoring mechanisms
for environmental components during construction and operational phase
76
of the project.
8. The consultant shall provide the cost of mitigation measures and ensure
that environmental related staffing, training and institutional
requirements are budgeted in project cost.
9. The consultant shall prepare the application forms and obtain

forestry and environmental clearances from the respective authorities
including the SPCBs and the MOEF on behalf of NHAI. The consultants
will make presentation, if required, in defending the project to the MOEF
Infrastructure Committee.
10. The consultant shall identify and plan for plantation and Transplantation
of the suitable trees along the existing highway in accordance with IRC
guidelines.
11. The consultant shall assist in providing appropriate input in

preparation of relevant environment and social sections of BPIP.
12 Provision should be made for Noise Barriers wherever (especially where

project highway passes through dense habitation) required as a mitigation
measure against noise pollution and nuisance. Their location, dimension,
type, material and shapes should be determined and defined in environment
impact assessment studies forming part of DPR.
77
4.13.2 Social Assessment
1 The consultant would conduct base line socio-economic and census

survey to assess the impacts on the people, properties and loss of
livelihood. The socioeconomic survey will establish the benchmark for
monitoring of R&R activities. A social assessment is conducted for the entire
project to identify mechanisms to improve project designs to meet
the needs of different stakeholders. A summary of stakeholder
discussions, issue raised and how the project design was developed to meet
stakeholders need would be prepared.
2 The consultant shall prepare Land Acquisition Plan and assist NHAI in
acquisition of land under various Acts.
4.13.3 The consultant would prepare Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan and
assess feasibility and effectiveness of income restoration strategies and
suitability and availability to relocation sites. The resettlement plan which
accounts for land acquisition and resettlement impacts would be based on
a 25% socio-economic survey and 100 % census survey of project affected
people which provides the complete assessment of the number of affected
households and persons, including common property resources. All
untitled occupants are recorded at the initial stages and identify cards
will be issued to ensure there is no further influx of people in to the project
area. All consultations with affected persons (to include list of
participants) should be fully documented and records made available to
NHAI.
 Assessment on the impact of the project on the poor and vulnerable

groups along the project road corridor.
 Based on the identified impacts, developing entitlement matrix
for the project affected people.
 Assessment on social issues such as indigenous people,
gender, HIV/AIDS, labourers including child labour.
 Implementation budgets, sources and timing of funding and
schedule of tasks.
 Responsibility of tasks, institutional arrangements and personnel for
delivering entitlement and plans to build institutional capacity.
 Internal and external monitoring plans, key monitoring indicators
and grievance redress mechanism.
 Incorporating any other suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank/ NHAI,
till the acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World Bank/ NHAI
4.13.4 Reporting Requirements of EIA
 The consultant would prepare the stand-alone reports as per the

requirement of the ADB/World Bank /NHAI, as applicable, with
contents as per the following:
 Executive Summary
 Description of the Project
 Environmental setting of the project.
78
 Identification and categorization of the potential impacts (during pre-
construction, construction and operation periods).
 Analysis of alternatives (this would include correlation amongst the
finally selected alternative alignment/routing and designs with the
avoidance and environmental management solutions).
 The public consultation process.
 Policy, legal and administrative framework. This would include
mechanisms at the states and national level for operational policies.
This would also include a description of the organizational and
implementation mechanism recommended for this project.
 Typical plan or specific designs for all additional environmental
items as described in the scope of work.
 Incorporating any other as per the suggestions of the ADB/
World Bank / NHAI, till the acceptance of the reports by the ADB/
World Bank /NHAI, as applicable.
 EMP Reports for Contract Package based on uniform methodologyand
processes. The consultant will also ensure that the EMP has all the
elements for it to be a legal document. The EMP reports would
include the following:
o Brief description of the project, purpose of the EMP,
commitments on incorporating environmental considerations in the
design, construction and operations phases of the project and
institutional arrangements for implementing the EMP.
o A detailed EMP for construction and operational phases with
recourse to the mitigation measures for all adverse impacts.
o Detailed plans for highway-side tree plantation (as part of
the compensatory afforestation component).
o Environmental enhancement measure would be incorporated.
o Enhancement measures would include items described in the
scope of work and shall be complete with plans, designs, BOQ and
technical specifications.
o Environmental monitoring plans during and after construction
including scaling and measurement techniques for the performance
indicators selected for monitoring.
o The EMP should be amendable to be included in the contract
documents for the works.
o Incorporating any other as per the suggestions of the ADB/ World
Bank/ NHAI, till the acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World
Bank /NHAI as applicable.
4.13.5 Reporting requirements of RAP

Analysis on the resettlement plan be conducted based on ADBs Hand Book on
Resettlement, A Guide to Good practice 1998 as amended time to time/ World
Bank Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as applicable.
 Executive summary
 Description of project
 Objectives of the project.
 The need for Resettlement in the Project and evaluation of measures to
minimize resettlement.
79
 Description and results of public consultation and plans for
continued participation of PAPs.
 Definition of PAPs and the eligibility criteria.
 Census and survey results-number affected, how are they affected
and what impacts will they experience.
 Legal and entitlement policy framework-support principles for
different categories of impact.
 Arrangements for monitoring and evaluation (internal and external)
 Implementation schedule for resettlement which is linked to the civil works
contract
 A matrix of scheduled activities linked to land acquisition procedures to
indicate clearly what steps and actions will be taken at different stages and
the time frame
 The payment of compensation and resettlement during the acquisition
process
 An itemized budget (replacement value for all assets) and unit costs for
different assets
5.1 Land acquisition process

5.1.1 Conduct all required surveys/valuation
1. Identify all land parcels that need to be acquired as part of project road
2. Conduct Joint measurement survey in conjunction with CALA, NHAI and Land
revenue department to verify land records.
3. Conduct valuation of land related assets (Structures, trees, crops etc.) and
liaison with respective State authority for authentication of the valuation
5.1.2 Digitization of cadastral maps
1. Consultants shall procure or create digitised, geo-referenced cadastral/ land
revenue maps for the purposes of land acquisition activities.
2. Where state governments or local agencies have already digitised cadastral
maps, the consultant shall arrange to acquire these maps.
3. For acquired maps, the consultant shall check and verify the level of
accuracy in the maps and their suitability for the purposes of supporting the
land acquisition effort for the project road in terms of both dimensional
accuracy and details available.
4. Where digitised land maps are unavailable or are deemed to be insufficient
for the purposes of this project, the consultant shall digitize the cadastral/
land revenue maps of the area falling in and surrounding the existing and
proposed road RoW, keeping the following in mind:
i. The digitized map shall exactly match the original map, like a contact print,
ince the dimensions and area of plots, or the whole village is to be extracted
from the map itself.
ii. An accuracy of 1mm or higher in a 1:1000 scale map shall be ensured, as this
translates into an accuracy of 1 m or higher on ground.
iii. In addition, ground control points will be used to adjust the digitized map
to exactly match the ground situation.
iv. Geo-location information from the control points should be added to the
digitized map to allow for import into a GIS system. Suitable land details and
features should also be added to the GIS system to enable review of
individual land parcels.
80
v. In digitization and feature addition, the consultant shall endeavor to follow
any standards, requirements and formats laid down by the relevant state/
central government agency for land ownership and revenue management or
that set by the authority involved in digitization of land records.
5. Where applicable, the consultant must then share back the digitised
cadastral maps with the relevant local agency or state government.
5.1.3 Liaison with relevant state departments throughout process
1. The consultant should liaison with State' departments including but not
limited to Land Revenue Office (or Tehsil), Registrar office and with other
State departments (like Public works department, horticulture department
etc.) to expedite the Land acquisition process.
2. The consultant should co-ordinate collection of all the necessary land record
documents and information required to support CALA/CALA staff during the
LA process.
5.1.4 Facilitate communication between NHAI (PIU) and CALA
1. The consultant should ensure prompt official communication (including
delivery of documents) between Competent Authority for Land Acquisition
(CALA) and NHAI.
5.1.5 Support CALA with manpower and resources
1. The consultant should provide adequate technically qualified manpower
including but not limited to ex -Amin/Surveyor or equivalent and ex-Land
Revenue Inspector or equivalent - to support Competent Authority of Land
Acquisition (CALA) / CALA staff in the LA process corresponding to respective
project. The engagement of retired Revenue Officer with Team (Kanoongo/
Girdawar or equivalent and Patwari) should be in such a way that one
Revenue officer be responsible for 100 km length of DPR or part thereof.
These support staff shall be deployed until 3(E), G and H are completed.
2. The consultant should provide adequate clerical manpower like assistant,
peon, computer operator as required to support CALA/CALA staff in the LA
process corresponding to respective project.
3. The consultant should provide adequate resources including vehicles,
laptop/desktop, and stationeries as required to support CALA/CALA staff in
the LA process corresponding to respective project.
5.1.6 Assist NHAI (PIU) and CALA in the publishing of 3A notification
1. Provide copy of 3a notification to CALAs and District Collector
2. Co-ordinate collection all the relevant land revenue records (including
Khasra maps, khatiyan, Jamabandi etc.) from land revenue department
required for preparation of 3A draft
3. Prepare and submit 3A draft and LA plan in the format prescribed by NHAI
4. Co-ordinate submission of copies of LA plan and Alignment map to CALA
offices through PIU required for verification of 3A draft
5. Facilitate CALA staff in verification of the draft 3A version
6. Assist CALA staff in preparation of 3A notification, preamble and forwarding
letter to be forwarded to PIU
7. Co-ordinate delivery of 3A notification (declared by CALA) along with
preamble and forwarding letter to PIU
81
8. Assist PIU in preparing 3A notification (English & Hindi version) and
corresponding check-list documents in format prescribed to be sent for
approval to NHAI HQ
5.1.7 Assist CALA and NHAI (PIU) in the publishing of 3D notification
1. Provide copy of 3A Gazette notification to CALA
2. Support CALA staff to draft 3C notification and 3A notification to be
published in 2 newspapers : 1 Vernacular + 1 other
3. Co-ordinate with NHAI/CALA on publishing of 3C and 3A notifications in 2
local newspapers - 1 vernacular and 1 other
4. Provide copies of newspaper publication of 3C and 3A notification to the
CALA
5. Assist CALA staff in receiving and compiling of public objections
6. Co-ordinate with CALA for scheduling public hearings
7. Assist CALA staff for sending notices to petitioners on respective hearing
dates
8. Assist CALA during objection hearings, recording of hearings , ensuring
compliance of corresponding orders and notification of final CALA order to
petitioners
9. Plant boundary stones/peg-marking along the alignment
10. Conduct Joint measurement survey in conjunction with CALA, NHAI and Land
revenue department to verify land records. Prepare and submit Joint
Measurement Survey Report along with updated alignment sketches of each
survey and village to PIU
11. Co-ordinate collection of all relevant land records including but not limited
to Khatiyaan, Jamabandi, Chakbandi and other relevant records required for
preparation of 3D draft
12. Prepare draft 3D based on JMS report and collected records
13. Co-ordinate submission of draft 3D to CALA office through PIU
14. Assist CALA staff in verification of draft 3D and preparation of draft 3D
declared
15. Assist CALA staff in preparation of draft 3D notification, preamble and
forwarding letter to be forwarded to PIU
16. Co-ordinate delivery of 3D notification (declared by CALA) along with
preamble and forwarding letter to PIU
17. Assist PIU in verification of 3D notification (declared by CALA)
18. Assist PIU in preparing Draft 3D (English & Hindi version) and corresponding
check-list documents in format prescribed to be sent for approval to NHAI
HQ
5.1.8 Assist the CALA in the declaration of award (3G)
1. Provide copy of 3D Gazette notification to CALA.
2. Assist CALA in drafting public notice inviting claims (under sub-section 3 of
section 3G) from all persons interested in the land to be acquired and 3D
notification to be published in 2 local newspaper - 1 vernacular and 1 other.
3. Co-ordinate with NHAI/CALA on publishing of 3D and claim invitation
notification in 2 local newspapers - 1 vernacular and 1 other.
4. Provide 1 copy of newspaper notification of 3D and claim invitation to CALA,
Ward, Panchayat, Circle office, police station and Collector office.
82
5. Assist CALA during claim hearings, record hearings and compliance of
corresponding orders.
6. Conduct valuation of land related assets (Structures, trees, crops etc.) and
liaison with respective State authority for authentication of the valuation.
7. Co-ordinate collection of documents including but not limited to sale deeds,
circle rate and other information required by CALA to prepare 3G award
8. Assist CALA in 3G award preparation and in drafting 3G award documents
9. Deliver 3G award to PIU for approval along with valuation details
10. Assist CALA staff in preparation of field book which contains award by each
beneficiary after 3G award is declared based on 3A, 3D and 3G notification
5.1.9 Assist NHAI in obtaining possession of land
1. Co-ordinate delivery of confirmation letter of deposit from PIU to CALA
2. Assist CALA staff in drafting notification for beneficiaries for award
collection and vacating the land within 60 days (under section 3E)
3. Co-ordinate serving of notice to all beneficiaries for collection of award and
to vacate the land within 60 days (under section 3E)
4. Co-ordinate collection of certificate of possession from CALA
5.1.10 Publication of Gazette Notifications relating to Land Acquisition
Cost for publication of Gazette Notifications relating to land acquisition in
Newspapers shall be borne by the NHAI.
5.2 Utility shifting proposal and estimates
5.2.1 Identify type and location of all existing utilities within the
proposed ROW
1. Consultant will review information available with all utilities agencies in the
region, consult maps/plans available with NHAI, MoRTH and state road
agencies, consult with locals and municipal bodies to ascertain the presence
and location of utilities , including but not limited to water-mains, gas,
telephone, electricity and fiber-optic installations in and around the project
road
2. Deploy ground penetrating radar, inductor locators or better technology to
accurately map the location, type and size of utilities in the ROW of the
project road as required in the section of this TOR
3. Develop a detailed strip plan and digitized maps showing:
i. type, size and current location of all the utilities identified
ii. relative offset from the centerline
iii. existing right of way
5.2.2 Plan for utilities in future road design
1. Consultants need to identify utilities that will require shifting to enable
construction of the proposed project road
2. Incorporate space required for elevated and under-ground utilities corridors
and utilities crossings as required for existing and future utilities in
consultation with user departments
5.2.3 Develop a utilities relocation plan
1. Consultants need to develop and submit a utilities relocation plan in
consultation with NHAI and user departments clearly identifying current
utilities and suggested relocations along with crossings as required
83
2. Plan and conduct discussions, consultations and joint site visits required for
the planning of utilities shifting and the development of required drawings
and proposals
3. Prepare necessary details, documents and suggested relocation plan to be
submitted to user department
4. Develop initial cost estimates based on suggested relocation plan and the
latest available schedule of rates for inclusion in the cost of the project at
the time of approval
5.2.4 Estimates and approvals
1. Consultants need to obtain draft utilities shifting proposal from user
departments for all utilities identified for shifting along project road
2. Prepare utility shifting cost estimates using latest schedule of rates and
obtain approval from user departments
3. Review final designs submitted, cost estimates, complete checklist, obtain
required declarations and submit to PIU for approval
4. Work with user department, PIU and RO as required to incorporate any
changes requested in shifting proposal and cost estimate by RO and NHAI
HQ
5. Obtain all required utilities shifting proposal estimates and required
approvals from both user departments and NHAI within the time stipulated
in DPR contract
5.3 Estimation of Quantities and Project Costs

1. The Consultants shall prepare detailed estimates for quantities
(considering designs and mass haul diagram) and project cost for the entire
project (civil packages wise), including the cost of environmental and social
safeguards proposed based on MoRT&H’s Standard Data Book and
market rate for the inputs. The estimation of quantities shall be based
on detailed design of various components of the projects. The estimation
of quantities and costs would have to be worked out separately for civil
work Package as defined in this TOR.
2. The Consultants shall make detailed analysis for computing the unit rates
for the different items of works. The unit rate analysis shall duly take
into account the various inputs and their basic rates, suggested location
of plants and respective lead distances for mechanized construction. The
unit rate for each item of works shall be worked out in terms of manpower,
machinery and materials.
3. The project cost estimates so prepared for NHAI/ADB/WB projects are to

be checked against rates for similar on-going works in India under
NHAI/ World Bank/ ADB financed road sector projects.
4. The Consultant should work out the quantity of Bitumen, Steel and Cement
likely to be used in the project and indicate in the summary sheet.
6. Viability and Financing Options and Bidding process

1. The Project Road should be divided into the traffic homogenous links
based on the findings of the traffic studies. The homogenous links of the
Project Road should be further subdivided into sections based on physical
84
features of road and pavement, sub-grade and drainage characteristics etc.
The economic and commercial analysis shall be carried out separately for
each traffic homogenous link as well as for the Project Road.
2. The values of input parametres and the rationale for their selection for
the economic and commercial analyses shall be clearly brought out and got approved by
NHAI.
3. For models to be used for the economic and the commercial

analyses, the calibration methodology and the basic parametres adapted
to the local conditions shall be clearly brought out and got approved by
NHAI.
4. The economic and commercial analyses should bring out the priority
of the different homogenous links in terms of project implementation.
6.1. Economic Analysis

1. The Consultants shall carry out economic analysis for the project. The
analysis should be for each of the sections covered under this TOR. The
benefit and cost streams should be worked out for the project using HDM-
IV or other internationally recognized life-cycle costing model.
2. The economic analysis shall cover but be not limited to be following aspects:
i. assess the capacity of existing roads and the effects of capacity constraints
on vehicle operating costs (VOC);
ii. calculate VOCs for the existing road situation and those for the project;
iii. quantify all economic benefits, including those from reduced congestion,
travel distance, road maintenance cost savings and reduced incidence of
road accidents; and,
iv. estimate the economic internal rate of return (EIRR) for the project over a
30-year period. In calculating the EIRRs, identify the tradable and non-
tradable components of projects costs and the border price value of the
tradable components.
v. Saving in time value.
3. Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) and Net Present Value

(NPV), “with “and “without time and accident savings” should be worked
out based on these cost-benefit stream. Furthermore, sensitivity of EIRR
and NPV worked out forth different scenarios as given under:
Scenario – I Base Costs and Base Benefits

Scenario - II Base Costs plus 15% and Base Benefits
Scenario - III Base Costs and Base Benefits minus 15%
Scenario - IV Base Costs plus 15% and Base Benefits minus 15%
The sensitivity scenarios given above are only indicative. The Consultants shall
select the sensitivity scenarios taking into account possible construction delays,
construction costs overrun, traffic volume, revenue shortfalls, operating costs,
85
exchange rate variations, convertibility of foreign exchange, interest rate
volatility, non-compliance or default by contractors, political risks and force
majeure.
4. The economic analysis shall take into account all on-going and future
road and transport infrastructure projects and future development plans in
the project area.
6.2 Financial Analysis

6.2.1 Need for financial analysis
1. It is envisaged that project stretches should be implemented in a
commercial, PPP funded format
2. Therefore, the Consultant will need to study the financial viability of
the project under various available commercial formats and suggest a
mode of funding and execution that is most likely to be successful
3. The consultant shall study the financial viability of the project under
several different traffic volume, user fee scenarios and funding options
to arrive at the optimal execution mode and funding modalities
6.2.2 Financial analysis of the project

1. The Consultants shall in consultation with NHAI finalize the format for
the analysis and the primary parameters and scenarios that should be
taken into account while carrying out the commercial analysis
2. The Financial analysis for the project should cover financial internal
rate of return, projected income statements, balance sheets and fund
flow statements and should bring out all relevant assumptions.
3. The financial analysis should cover identification, assessment, and
mitigating measures for all risks associated with the project. The
analysis shall cover, but be not limited to, risks related to construction
delays, construction costs overrun, traffic volume, revenue shortfalls,
operating costs, exchange rate variations, convertibility of foreign
exchange, interest rate volatility, non-compliance or default by
contractors, political risks and force majeure.
4. The sensitivity analysis should be carried out for a number of probabilistic
scenarios.
6.2.3 Outputs from financial analysis

1. The financial model so developed shall be handed over to and be the
property of NHAI.
2. The consultant shall also suggest positive ways of enhancing the project
viability and furnish different financial models for implementing on BOT
format
6.3 Bidding process
6.3.1 Consultant shall assist the authority in preparing the required bid documents
and support the authority through the bidding process
6.3.2 Preparation of documents
86
1. The consultant shall prepare all required bid documents and technical schedules
required for the bidding of the project
2. The Consultants shall prepare separate documents for each type of contract
(EPC/PPP) for each package of the DPR assignment
3. The consultant shall assist authority in reviewing bid documents and in making
any changes required basis their findings or the and finalising bid documents
4. The consultant shall assist the authority in collecting and providing all required
supporting documents for initiating bid as defined by the SOP for contracting
5. The DPR consultant may be required to prepare the Bid Documents, based
on the feasibility report, due to exigency of the project for execution if desired
by NHAI.
a. To enable this, consultant should study the financial viability and
financial options for the project for modes such as BOT Toll/ Annuity
during the feasibility stage.
6. Provide any and all clarifications required by the authority or other functionaries
such as the financial consultant and legal advisor as required for the financial
appraisal and legal scrutiny of the Project Highway and Bid Documents.
7. The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/
Contract Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual of
Specifications and Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways published by
IRC (IRC:SP:73 or IRC:SP:84 or IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along with relevant IRC
codes for design of long bridges.
a. It is suggested that consultant should go through the EPC/ PPP
documents of ministry before bidding the project.
6.3.3 Support during the bidding process
1. Consultant shall support NHAI through the entire bid process and shall be
responsible for sharing the findings from the preparation stages during the bid
process
2. The consultant shall ensure participation of senior team members of the
consultant during all interaction with potential bidders including pre-bid
conference, meetings, site visits etc.
3. During the bid process for a project, the consultant shall support the authority
in:
a. Responding to all pre-bid technical queries
b. Preparation of detailed responses to the written queries raised by the
bidders
4. The consultant shall assist NHAI and its functionaries as needed in the evaluation
of technical bids
7. Time period for the service
1. Time period envisaged for the study of the project is indicated in LOI.
The final reports, drawings and documentation shall be completed within
this time schedule.
2. NHAI shall arrange to give approval on all sketches, drawings, reports

and recommendations and other matters and proposals submitted for
decision by the Consultant in such reasonable time so as not to delay or
disrupt the performance of the Consultant’s services.
87
8. Project Team and Project Office of the Consultant
1. The Consultants shall be required to form a multi-disciplinary team for

this assignment. The consultants’ team shall be manned by adequate
number of experts with relevant experience in the execution of similar
detailed design assignments.
2. List of suggested key personnel to be fielded by the consultant with

appropriate man-month of consultancy services is given in Enclosure-I as
per client's assessment.
3. A Manning Schedule for key personnel mentioned above is enclosed as

Enclosure-I along with broad job- description and qualification as
Enclosure-II. The information furnished in Enclosures-I & II are to assist the
Consultants to understand the client’s perception about these requirements
and shall be taken by the Consultants for the purpose of Financial Proposal
and deployment schedule etc. in technical proposal to be submitted by
them. Any deviation proposed may be recorded in the comments on TOR.
All the key personnel mentioned will be evaluated at the time of evaluation
of technical proposal. Consultants are advised in their own interest to frame
the technical proposal in an objective manner as far as possible so that
these could be properly assessed in respect of points to be given as part of
evaluation criteria as mentioned in Data sheet. The bio-data of the key
personnel should be signed on every sheet by the personnel concerned and
the last sheet of each bio-data should also be signed by the authorized
signatory of the Consultants.
4. The Consultants shall establish an office at the project site manned by

senior personnel during the course of the surveys and investigations. All the
project related office work shall be carried out by the consultant in their
site office unless there are special reasons for carrying out part of the office
work elsewhere for which prior approval of NHAI shall be obtained. The
address of the site office including the personnel manning it including their
Telephone and FAX numbers will be intimated by the Consultant to NHAI
before commencement of the services.
5. All key personnel and sub professional staff of the DPR consultants shall
use the fingerprint based (biometric) attendance system for marking their
daily attendance. Attendance shall be marked at least once a day and
anytime during the day. Biometric Attendance system shall be installed by
the DPR Consultants at its own cost at the site office and design office in
order to facilitate the attendance marking. A copy of attendance records
shall be attached at the time of submission of their bills to the NHAI from
time to time. Proposer justification shall be provided for cases of absence
of key personnel/sub-professional staff which do not have prior approval
from Project Director of Concerned Stretch. If NHAI so desires, it shall
facilitate electronic linking of the attendance system with the Central
Monitoring System of NHAI.
88
9. Reports to be submitted by the Consultant to NHAI
9.1 All reports, documents and drawings are to be submitted separately for each of
the traffic homogenous link of the Project Road. The analysis of data and the design
proposals shall be based on the data derived from the primary surveys and
investigations carried out during the period of assignment. The sources of data and
model relationships used in the reports shall be indicated with complete details for
easy reference.
89
9.2 Project preparation activities will be split into eight stages as brought out
below.
No Stage Key activities Report/deliverable submitted
1 Inception Project planning and mobilization Inception Report and QAP
2 Feasibility Alignment finalization, preliminary Alignment Options Report and
surveys Feasibility Report
3 LA and Clearances I LA, utilities identification; creation ofStrip Plan, LA Report (3a, 3A),
draft notifications and proposals Clearances and Utility Shifting
proposals
4 DPR Detailed design of highway, Draft DPR Report, Final DPR Report,
preparation of detailed project report documents and drawings
with drawings
5 Technical Schedules Preparation of bid documents and Civil Works Contract Agreement and
technical schedules Schedules
6 (i) LA II Land acquisition process, obtaining JMS and 3D Report, Final Project
(ii) Project final utilities estimates and required Clearances and Utilities Report
Clearances clearances
7 LA III- Award Land acquisition award determination 3G Report
Determination
8 LA IV- Possession Obtaining possession of land Land Possession Report
Preliminary design work should commence without waiting for feasibility study to be
completed. Stage 3, 5 and 6 shall run in parallel with Stage 2 and 4
For stages 7 and 8 consultant will be required to submit a report at the completion of 90%
of the activities for that stage. In addition, an updated report will need to be submitted at
the completion of all land acquisition activities covering receipt of 100% of the land
possession certificates for the land parcels pertaining to the project road.
9.3 Timelines for the submission of reports and documents
Consultant shall be required to complete, to the satisfaction of the client, all the
different stages of study within the time frame indicated in the schedule of
submission in para 10 pertaining to Reports and Documents for becoming eligible
for payment for any part of the next stage.
10 Reports and Documents to be submitted by the Consultant to NHAI
1. The Consultant shall submit to the client the reports and documents in
bound volumes (and not spiral binding form) after completion of each stage
of work as per the schedule and in the number of copies as given in
Enclosure-III. Further, the reports shall also be submitted in floppy
diskettes / CD’s in addition to the hardcopies as mentioned in Enclosure-
III. Consultant shall submit all other reports mentioned specifically in the
preceding paras of the TOR.
2. The time schedule for various submissions prescribed at Sl. No.1 above shall
be strictly adhered to. No time overrun in respect of these submissions will
90
normally be permitted. Consultant is advised to go through the entire terms
of reference carefully and plan his work method in such a manner that
various activities followed by respective submissions as brought out at
Sl.No.1 above are completed as stipulated. Consultant is, therefore, advised
to deploy sufficient number of supporting personnel, both technical and
administrative, to undertake the project preparation activities in
construction package (Section) simultaneously. As far as possible, the
proposal should include complete information such as number of such
persons, name, position, period of engagement, remuneration rate etc. The
Consultant is also advised to start necessary survey works from the
beginning so as to gain time in respect of various other activities in that
stage.
3. DPR Deliverables in each stage of project

1. The key stages, activities and deliverables for the detailed project report
are as described in these documents
2. The following section describes the detailed requirements for each
report that needs to be submitted
3. Consultants are also advised to refer to Enclosure IV: Formats for
submission of Reports and Documents to understand any additional
format and content requirements
4. All reports must be submitted along with the relevant checklist form
completed and signed off by the consultant
STAGE 1
10.1 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) Document
1. Immediately upon the award, the Consultants shall submit four copies
of the QAP document covering all aspects of field studies, investigations
design and economic financial analysis. The quality assurance
plans/procedures for different field studies, engineering surveys and
investigation, design and documentation activities should be presented as
separate sections like engineering surveys and investigations, traffic
surveys, material geo-technical and sub-soil investigations, road and
pavement investigations, investigation and design of bridges
&structures, environment and R&R assessment, economic & financial
analysis, drawings and documentation; preparation, checking, approval and
filing of calculations, identification and traceability of project documents
etc. Further, additional information as per format shall be furnished
regarding the details of personnel who shall be responsible for carrying
out/preparing and checking/verifying various activities forming part of
feasibility study and project preparation, since inception to the completion
of work. The field and design activities shall start after the QAP is approved
by NHAI.
2. Data formats for report and investigation result submission

i. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are
discussed in Enclosure IV: Formats for submission of Reports and Documents.
91
ii. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field
studies and investigations not covered in enclosure IV.
iii. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of NHAI
after the commencement of services.
10.2 Inception Report (IR)
1. The report shall cover the following major aspects:
i. Project appreciation;
ii. Detailed methodology to meet the requirements of the TOR finalized in
consultation with the NHAI officers; including scheduling of various sub
activities to be carried out for completion of various stages of the work;
stating out clearly their approach & methodology for project preparation
after due inspection of the entire project stretch and collection/
collation of necessary information;
iii. Task Assignment and Manning Schedule;
iv. Work programme;
v. Proforma for data collection;
vi. Design standards and proposed cross-sections;
vii. Key plan and Linear Plan;
viii. Development plans being implemented and / or proposed for
implementation in the near future by the local bodies and the possible
impact of such development plans on the overall scheme for field work and
design for the study;
ix. Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) finalized in consultation with NHAI;
x. Draft design standards; and
2. The requirements, if any, for the construction of bypasses should be

identified on the basis of data derived from reconnaissance and traffic
studies. The available alignment options should be worked out on the basis
of available maps. The most appropriate alignment option for bypasses
should be identified on the basis of site conditions and techno-economic
considerations. Inception Report should include the details regarding these
aspects concerning the construction of bypasses for approval by NHAI.
i. Bypasses should be identified on the basis of data derived from
reconnaissance and initial traffic information/traffic studies
ii. The available alignment options should be worked out on the basis of
available topographic maps, publicly available mapping services or remote
sensing based topography and land use maps
iii. The most appropriate alignment option for bypasses should be identified
on the basis of site conditions and techno-economic considerations
92
STAGE 2: Feasibility Report
10.3 Alignment options report
1. Basis review of the existing project road, local traffic patterns and initial
reconnaissance surveys, the consultant shall present possible alignment
alternatives for the project road
2. Alignment options should include but not be limited to:
(i) Greenfield sections of the road
(ii) New alignments due to lack of RoW, opportunity to shorten road etc.
(iii) New/Re-alignment to cater to local traffic and o-d points
(iv) Re-alignment due to changes in local network and/or surrounding road
network
(v) Bypasses as suggested and approved in alignment report
(vi) Re-alignment due to need to improve road geometry
(vii) Provision of ROBs, flyovers and other structures
3. The alignment report shall contain:
i. Drivers for re-alignment of road and re-alignment needed as discussed in
para 2 above
ii. Alignment alternatives for each section where re-alignment of road is
needed
iii. Analysis of alignment alternatives bringing out the pros and cons of each
alternative including, but not limited to: new construction required, land
acquisition requirements, environmental impact, utilities and structures
affected, cost of construction, road geometry and road safety aspects, input
from local consultation, NHAI views
iv. Recommendations from among the alignment options presented for the
authority to consider
a. Consultant will enable authority to visualize and compare alignment options
by providing alignment options in a GIS environment that should include, but
not be limited to:
i. Road alignment alternative centerlines
ii. Digital elevation model of the region
iii. Land use / land cover information
iv. Hydrology information
v. Surrounding road network including key NH, SH, MDR and ODRs
vi. Key O/D points and urban settlements
vii. High resolution satellite/airborne imagery of the region
10.4 Feasibility Report
1. The consultant shall commence the Feasibility Study of the project in

accordance with the accepted IR and the report shall contain the following:
i. Executive summary
ii. Overview of NHAI organization and activities, and project financing and
cost recovery mechanisms
iii. Project description including possible alternative alignments/bypasses
and technical/engineering alternatives
iv. Methodology adopted for the feasibility study
93
v. Socioeconomic profile of the project areas
vi. Indicative design standards, methodologies and specifications
vii. Traffic surveys and analysis
viii. Environmental screening and preliminary environmental assessment
ix. Initial social assessment and preliminary land acquisition/resettlement plan
x. Cost estimates based on preliminary rate analysis and bill of quantities,
xi. Cost analysis of all alternate identified alignments
xii. Economic and financial analysis
xiii. Conclusions and recommendations
2. In view of para 1 above the consultant has to submit the following

documents in six sets:
i. Technical Specifications: The MORT&H’s Technical Specifications for Road

and Bridge works shall be followed for this study. However, Volume-IV:
Technical Specifications shall contain the special technical specifications
which are not covered by MORT&H Specifications for Roads and Bridges
(latest edition / revision)and also specific quality control norms for the
construction of works.
ii. Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates for all items
of works. The details of unit rate of materials at source, carriage charges,
any other applicable charges, labour rates, and machine charges as
considered in arriving at unit rates will be included in this volume.
iii. Cost Estimates: This volume will present the each item of work as well as
a summary of total cost.
iv. Bill of Quantities: This volume s h a l l contain the detailed Bill of
Quantities for all items of works
3. The basic data obtained from the field studies and investigations
shall be submitted in a separate volume as an Appendix to Feasibility
Report.
4. The Final Feasibility Study Report incorporating comments, revisions and

modifications suggested by NHAI shall be submitted within 15 days of
receipt of comments from NHAI on draft feasibility study report.
STAGE 3:
10.5 Strip Plan and Clearances

1. The Consultants shall submit the following documents:
i. Details of the center line of the proposed widened NH along with the
existing and proposed right-of-way limits to appreciate the requirements of
land acquisition;
ii. The information concerning the area including ownership of land to be
acquired for the implementation of the project shall be collected from the
revenue and other concerned authorities and presented along with the strip
plans;
iii. Strip plans showing the position of existing utilities and services
94
indicating clearly the position of their relocation;
iv. Details for various clearances such as environment and forest clearances;
v. Separate strip plan showing shifting / relocation of each utility services in
consultation with the concerned local authorities;
vi. The utility relocation plans should clearly show existing right-of-way and
pertinent topographic details including buildings, major trees, fences and
other installations such as water-mains, telephone, telegraph and
electricity poles, and suggest relocation of the services along with their
crossings the highway at designated locations as required and prepare
necessary details for submission to the Service Departments;
vii. Detail schedules for acquisition of additional land and additional properties
in consultation with the revenue authorities; and
viii. Land Acquisition Plan shall be prepared after digitization of cadastral /
land revenue maps. The digitized map shall exactly match the original map,
like a contact print, since the dimensions and area of plots, or the whole
village is to be extracted from the map itself. An accuracy of 1mm or higher
in a 1:1000 scale map shall be ensured, as this translates into an accuracy
of 1 m or higher on ground.
2. The strip plans and land acquisition plan shall be prepared on the basis
of data from reconnaissance and detailed topographic surveys.
3. The Report accompanying the strip plans should cover the essential
aspects as given under:
i. Kilometre-wise Land Acquisition Plan (LAP) and schedule of ownership

thereof and Costs as per Revenue Authorities and also based on realistic
rates.
ii. Details of properties, such as buildings and structures falling within the
right-of way and costs of acquisition based on realistic rates.
iii. Kilometre-wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP) and costs for relocation per
civil construction package as per concerned authorities.
iv. Kilometre-wise account in regard to felling of trees of different type and
girth and value estimate of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable
from concerned District forest office.
4. The strip plans shall clearly indicate the scheme for widening. The
views and suggestions of the concerned State PWDs should be duly taken
into account while working out the widening scheme (left, right or
symmetrical). The widening scheme shall be finalized in consultation with
NHAI.
5. Kilometre-wise Strip Plans for section (Package) shall be prepared

separately for each concerned agency and suggested by NHAI.
10.6 Land Acquisition Report
1. Consultant shall submit a detailed land acquisition plan that provides details
on kilometre-wise land acquisition requirements, all required details and
draft notifications made.
95
2. The Land acquisition plan and report shall be prepared and submitted for
each section (package). Details shall also be submitted in land acquisition
proforma to be supplied by NHAI, in both Hind and English languages.
3. The Land Acquisition Plan shall be prepared after digitization of
cadastral/land revenue maps as per clause 5.1.2 Digitization of cadastral
maps of this TOR
i. Land parcels identification should be verified by superimposing the proposed
road corridor RoW on the geo-located cadastral map to ensure all affected
land parcels have been accounted for and land area to be acquired is
accurately determined
4. The land acquisition plan shall present details concerning the land area to
be acquired in conjunction with the strip plan:
i. Kilometer-wise existing and proposed RoW on either side of the proposed
centreline
ii. Detail schedules of additional land to be acquired, land ownership and other
required details as per revenue records
iii. Details of properties, such as buildings and structures falling within the
right-of way
iv. Costs of acquisition as per revenue authorities and also based on realistic
market derived rates
v. Detail schedules for acquisition of additional land and additional properties
in consultation with the revenue authorities;
5. The land acquisition plan shall report the progress of the land acquisition
process under the NH Land Acquisition act
i. All required details on land parcels to be acquired
ii. Copies draft 3a and 3A notifications and approvals from NHAI
iii. Copies of published notifications, communication with CALAs and current
status land acquisition process
iv. Village, district and CALA wise summary of land to be acquired, current
status of process and notifications published
6. The land acquisition report should be prepared in consultation with affected
persons, non-governmental organisations and concerned government
agencies and should cover land acquisition and resettlement plan and
estimated costs of resettlement and rehabilitation of affected persons.
10.7 Utility relocation plan

1. The consultant shall prepare a kilometre-wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP)
and costs for relocation per civil construction package as per estimates from
concerned authorities
2. The utility relocation shall contain details regarding:
i. All utilities identified in the existing and proposed road RoW such as water-
mains, telephone, telegraph and electricity poles
ii. Those utilities that will require shifting to enable construction of the project
road
iii. All necessary details required for submission of utilities shifting proposals to
the concerned user agencies
iv. Copies of utilities shifting proposals made to the concerned user agencies
along with suggested relocation of services along with their crossings across
the project road at designated locations as required
96
v. Details of consultations made with local people and user agencies
vi. Preliminary scheme for shifting and cost estimates for shifting as per the
concerned authorities
vii. Separate strip plan showing shifting/relocation of each utility services
prepared in consultation with the concerned local authorities
viii. Draft map and plans showing road centerline, existing right of way, proposed
right of way, pertinent topographic details and existing and proposed
location of utilities
10.8 Clearances report
1. The consultant shall prepare a report regarding all other clearances required
to enable the construction of the project road such as environment, forest,
tree cutting and railways clearances
2. The clearances report shall include kilometre-wise requirement of all
clearances required presented along with the strip plan including, but not
limited to:
i. Requirements for environmental clearances along the project corridor
ii. Requirements for forest clearances including type of forest affected, extent
of land area needing diversion
iii. Account of required felling of trees of different type and girth and value
estimate of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable from concerned
District forest office
iv. Plan of compensating afforestation, its land requirement with specific
locations and cost involved for undertaking all activities in this regard.
v. ROB/RUBs along the project corridor to be constructed, widened or modified
in any form requiring clearances from the railways
3. The clearances report shall also include:
i. Details of proposals made to concerned agencies and departments
ii. Date of submission of clearances proposals, Environmental impact
assessment report to the competent authority
iii. Copies of all actual clearance proposals made or drafts of proposals yet to
be submitted
iv. Information regarding points of contact, current status of proposals made,
key issues raised and clear next steps to obtaining clearances
STAGE: 4
10.9 Draft Detailed Project Report (DPR)
1. The draft DPR Submission shall consist of construction package-wise

Main Report, Design Report, Materials Report, Engineering Report, Drainage
Design Report, Economic and Financial Analysis Report, Environmental
Assessment Report including Resettlement Action Plan (RAP), Package-wise
bid Documents and Drawings.
2. The Report volumes shall be submitted as tabulated in para 10 above.
97
3. The Documents and Drawings shall be submitted for the Package and shall
be in the following format:
Reports
i. Volume-I, Main Report: This report will present the project background,
social analysis of the project, details of surveys and investigations carried
out, analysis and interpretation of survey and investigation data, traffic
studies and demand forecasts designs, cost estimation, environmental
aspects, economic and commercial analyses and conclusions. The report
shall include Executive Summary giving brief accounts of the findings of the
study and recommendations. A sample executive summary has been
enclosed in Appendix VIII.
The Report shall also include maps, charts and diagrams showing locations
and details of existing features and the essential features of improvement
and upgrading. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report for
contract package shall be submitted as a part of the main report.
The basic data obtained from the field studies and investigations and input
data used for the preliminary design shall be submitted in a separate volume
as an Appendix to Main Report.
ii. Volume - II, Design Report: This volume shall contain design calculations,
supported by computer printout of calculations wherever applicable. The
Report shall clearly bring out the various features of design standards
adopted for the study. The design report will be in two parts. Part-I shall
primarily deal with the design of road features and pavement composition
while Part-II shall deal with the design of bridges, tunnels and cross-
drainage structures. The sub-soil exploration report including the complete
details of boring done, analyses and interpretation of data and the selection
of design parametres shall be included as an Appendix to the Design Report.
The detailed design for all features should be carried out as per the
requirements of the Design Standards for the project. However, there may
be situations wherein it has not been possible to strictly adhere to the
design standards due to the existing site conditions, restrictions and other
considerations. The report should clearly bring out the details of these
aspect and the standards adopted.
iii. Volume - III, Materials Report: The Materials Report shall contain details
concerning the proposed borrow areas and quarries for construction
materials and possible sources of water for construction purposes. The
report shall include details on locations of borrow areas and quarries shown
on maps and charts and also the estimated quantities with mass haul
diagram including possible end use with leads involved, the details of
sampling and testing carried out and results in the form of important index
values with possible end use thereof.
The materials Report shall also include details of sampling, testing and test
results obtained in respect physical properties of subgrade soils. The
98
information shall be presented in tabular as well as in graphical
representations and schematic diagrams. The Report shall present soil
profiles along the alignment.
The material Report should also clearly indicate the locations of areas with
problematic soils. Recommendations concerning the improvement of such
soils for use in the proposed construction works, such as stabilization
(cement, lime, mechanical) should be included in the Report.
iv. Volume - IV, Environmental Assessment Report including Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) & Resettlement Action Plan (RAP): The Report
shall be prepared conforming to the Guidelines of the Government of India,
State Government and World Bank / ADB as appropriate for construction
package.
v. Volume-V, Technical Specifications: The MORT&H’s Technical

Specifications for Road and Bridge works shall be followed for this study.
However, Volume IV: Technical Specifications shall contain the special
technical specifications which are not covered by MOST Specifications for
Roads and Bridges (latest edition / revision) and also specific quality control
norms for the construction of works.
vi. Volume - VI, Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates
for all items of works. The details of unit rate of materials at source,
carriage charges, any other applicable charges, labour rates, machine
charges as considered in arriving at unit rates will be included in this
volume.
vii. Volume - VII, Cost Estimates: This volume will present the contract package
wise cost of each item of work as well as a summary of total cost.
viii. Volume - VIII, Bill of Quantities: This volume shall contain the package-
wise detailed Bill of Quantities for all items of works.
ix. Volume - IX, Drawing Volume: All drawings forming part of this volume
shall be ‘good for construction’ drawings. All plan and profile drawings will
be prepared in scale 1:250V and 1:2500H scale to cover one km in one sheet.
In addition this volume will contain ‘good for construction’ drawings for the
following:
 Horizontal Alignment and Longitudinal Profile.
 Cross-section @ 50m interval along the alignment within ROW
 Typical Cross-Sections with details of pavement structure.
 Detailed Working Drawings for individual Culverts and Cross Drainage
Structures.
 Detailed Working Drawings for individual Bridges, tunnels and
Structures.
 Detailed Drawings for Improvement of At-Grade and Grade-Separated
 Intersections and Interchanges.
 Drawings for Road Sign, Markings, Toll Plazas, and other Facilities.
99
 Schematic Diagrams (linear chart) indicating but be not limited to be
following:
o Widening scheme;
o Locations of median openings, intersections, interchanges, underpasses,
overpasses, bypasses;
o Locations of service roads;
o Location of traffic signals, traffic signs, road markings, safety features; and,
o Locations of toll plaza, parking areas, weighing stations, bus bays, rest
areas, if any.
 Drawings for toll plaza, Bus Bays, Parking areas, Rest areas, weighing
stations etc. All drawings will be prepared in A2 size sheets. The format for
plan, cross section and profile drawings shall be finalized in consultation
with the concerned NHAI officers. The drawings shall also include details of
all BM and reference pillars, HIP and VIP. The co-ordinates of all points
should be referenced to a common datum, preferably GTS referencing
system. The drawings shall also include the locations of all traffic safety
features including traffic signals, signs, markings, crash barriers,
delineators and rest areas, busbays, parking areas etc.
 The typical cross-section drawings should indicate the scheme for future
widening of the carriageway. The proposed cross-sections of road segment
passing through urban areas should indicate the provisions for pedestrian
movements and suitable measures for surface and sub-surface drainage and
lighting, as required.
 Digital drawings of proposed highway and features
a. The consultant shall deliver the final road alignment geometry, proposed
road way model and all proposed structures in a 3D engineered model with
all the required features as proposed in Enclosure IV
b. The consultant shall also provide digital versions of all drawings stated in
para 1 above in the format proposed in Enclosure IV
4. The draft Detailed Project report of specialized projects will be scrutinized

by the Peer Review consultant appointed by NHAI. The peer Review
Consultant will be retired professional in the field, drawn from the various
Central/State Highway/Road Work departments having adequate
knowledge in the field. One professional will be earmarked from the
standing panel of Peer Review consultant approved by NHAI for each DPR.
The Peer Review consultant will scrutinize the draft DPR within 15 days of
submission and the observations will be complied with and incorporated in
the final DPR.
10.10 Final Detailed Project Report, Documents and Drawings (6 Sets)
1. The Final package-wise DPR consisting of Main Report, Design Report,

Drainage Design Report and Materials Report, incorporating all revisions
deemed relevant following receipt of the comments from NHAI on the
draft DPR shall be submitted as per the schedule given in Enclosure-III.
100
STAGE: 5
10.11 Bid documents and Technical Schedules
1. Bid documents
a. The consultant shall prepare bid documents for EPC, PPP or other modes of
contracting as suggested by NHAI
b. Individual bid documents will be submitted for each mode suggested and for
each individual package or section identified for execution
c. Consultant shall assemble and provide all supporting documents from the
DPR assignment that will be required for the bid, in the format required by
the contracting SOP in force at the time of bidding or as maybe required by
the authority
2. Technical Schedules
a. The consultant shall submit a Draft Contract/Concession Agreement derived
from the Master Contract/Concession Agreement maintained by the
authority with all required modifications and inclusions made with reference
to the
b. The agreement submitted shall contain all required technical schedules
updated with the pertinent project details and data required
c. Draft agreement and schedules shall be finalised in consultation with the
authority and submitted for further processing and use with the
contractor/concessionaire awarded the bid packages
STAGE: 6
10.12 LA & Clearances II Report
Land acquisition report II

1. The consultant shall prepare and submit a second report on Land Acquisition
providing details of further land acquisition activity, relevant
documentation and notifications until 3D and report the outcomes of the
joint measurement survey
2. The land acquisition report shall contain:
i. Current status of land acquisition at a village, district and CALA level
ii. Dates and details of all land acquisition related notifications published,
proceedings/hearings held and objections raised
iii. Draft, final (as declared by CALA where applicable) and published 3a, 3A and
3D notifications
iv. Date of joint measurement survey by village, key proceedings and outcomes
v. Detailed schedule of information regarding land to be acquired with
information on land area, land type, nature of land use, ownership status,
and area to be acquired by survey number and list of structures by plot
vi. The report shall also contain updated sketches of alignment, updated land
parcels to be acquired
vii. All relevant information in this report shall be verified by the consultant
with the land revenue department, and CALA office
101
Clearances Report II
1. The consultant shall obtain all the necessary project related clearances such
as environment, forest and wildlife clearance from MOEF, Railways in
respect of ROB/ RUBs, Irrigation Deptt and any other concerned agencies by
the end of this stage
2. The final approvals shall be obtained and submitted to NHAI so that project
implementation can begin straight away
3. The accompanying report on clearances shall include:
i. An updated list of all clearances required, current status, expected
completion date in case the clearance is pending, key issues and suggested
next steps
ii. Details of all public hearings, consultations and meetings conducted in the
process of obtaining the required clearances
iii. Date/details of proposals submitted and estimated date for issue of
clearances
iv. Date and details of all joint measurement and site inspection surveys
completed
v. Date of final approval of clearances if any
vi. Copies of all clearances obtained
Utilities Report II
1. Consultant shall obtain final utility clearances from the relevant user
agencies to enable shifting of the utilities from project road
2. A report shall be submitted on the final completion status and costs of
utilities shifting along with other final clearances and land acquisition II
report
3. The final utilities clearances report shall contain a summary view of utilities
shifting: type and extent of utility, length of road affected, chainage, user
agency, point of contact and approver at agency, date of approval at agency
and NHAI, shifting estimate, agency/super vision fees, executing agency –
user agency or NHAI
4. In addition, for each utility to be shifted, the report shall contain:
i. Copies of actual approvals granted at user agency and NHAI
ii. Cost estimates and shifting plans approved, demand note from agency
iii. Approved utilities shifting proposal including strip plan showing scheme of
shifting
iv. Map and design/engineering drawings of existing utility and shifting to be
executed
v. Details of approved contractors, schedule of rates for state and bank
account/deposit details for agency
vi. Finance pro-forma, utilities checklist, no upgradation certificate and other
documentation as maybe required by NHAI at the time of approval
102
Stage 7: Award Determination
10.13 Submission of Award Determination Report
a. Consultant shall submit a a report on status of award upon approval by NHAI
of award declared for 90% of area as per LA plan or as per the timeline as
given in Enclosure III, whichever is earlier
b. The Consultant shall also submit an updated report containing all required
details upon approval of award by NHAI of 100% of land required to be
acquired
c. The Land award report shall contain details of:
i. Summary of compensation award status by village including:
1. total private and public land being acquired for the project (sq. m) - by
village
2. date of 3A& 3D, final award by CALA, approval by NHAI by village
3. variation of land area and nature of land use against that notified in 3D with
reasons
4. Total award declared by village, claims made by beneficiaries and status of
disbursement
ii. In detail for each village:
1. Updated land acquisition tracker containing parcel-wise status of each
notification, award and disbursement
2. Method used by CALA for arrival on market value
3. Valuation report and details of Award calculation
4. Claims report (received under sub-section 3 of 3G)
5. Copies of notifications published, certificates received
6. Deviations in area according to CALA from provisions under sec. 26-30
iii. Key issues being faced in completing land acquisition and tentative timeline
for completion
iv. A GIS map containing digitised details of land parcels shall be updated with
all relevant land possession details and supplied in the agreed digital format
Stage 8: Land Possession

10.14 Submission of land possession report
a) The consultant shall submit a report on status of land possession upon
receiving land possession certificates for 90% of area as per LA plan or as per
the timeline as given in Enclosure III, whichever is earlier
b) The Consultant shall also submit an updated report containing all required
details upon completion of 100% of land possession certificates
c) The land possession report shall contain
i. Summary of land possession status by village including:
 total private and public land being acquired for the project (sq. m) - by
village
 date of final award by CALA, approval by NHAI, notification (3E) to owners
and receipt of land possession certificates from CALA by village
 Status of disbursement on the date of receipt of land possession certificate
ii. Key issues being faced in completing land acquisition and tentative timeline
for completion
iii. Land possession certificates as received from CALA by village
103
iv. Updated land acquisition tracker containing parcel-wise status of each
notification and disbursement status
v. A GIS map containing digitised details of land parcels shall be updated with
all relevant land possession details and supplied in the agreed digital format
11. Interaction with NHAI
1. During entire period of services, the Consultant shall interact continuously

with NHAI and provide any clarification as regards methods being followed
and carryout modification as suggested by NHAI. A programme of various
activities shall be provided to NHAI and prior intimation shall be given to
NHAI regarding start of key activities such as boring, survey etc. so that
inspections of NHAI officials could be arranged in time.
2. The NHAI officers and other Government officers may visit the site at any
time, individually or collectively to acquaint/ supervise the field
investigation and survey works. NHAI may also appoint a Proof Consultant
to supervise the work of the DPR consultant including inter-alia field
investigation, survey work, Design work and preconstruction activities
3. The consultant shall be required to send 3 copies of concise monthly

Progress Report by the 5th day of the following month to the designated
officer at his Head Quarter so that progress could be monitored by the NHAI.
These reports will indicate the dates of induction and de-induction of
various key personnel and the activities performed by them. Frequent
meetings with the consultant at site office or in Delhi are foreseen during
the currency of project preparation.
4. All equipment, software and books etc. required for satisfactory services
for this project shall be obtained by the Consultant at their own cost and
shall be their property.
12. Payment Schedule
1. The Consultant will be paid consultancy fee as a percentage of the contract

values as per the schedule given in the Draft Contract Agreement.
13. Data and Software
a. Consultants shall also deliver to NHAI all basic as well as the processed data
from all field studies and investigations, report, appendices, annexure,
documents and drawings in a digital format as described in Enclosure IV over
the course of this assignment and at the submission of the final report in the
form of a removable storage device (CD or USB pen drive) and hosted in a
secure online file hosting platform
b. If required by NHAI the consultant shall arrange at their own cost
necessary software for viewing and measurement of imagery/ point cloud
data.
i. Engineering Investigations and Traffic Studies: Road Inventory,
104
Condition, Roughness, Test Pit (Pavement composition), Falling Weight
Deflectometer (FWD) Material Investigation including test results for
subgrade soils, Traffic Studies(traffic surveys), axle load surveys, Sub-soil
Exploration, Drainage Inventory, Inventory data for bridge and culverts
indicating rehabilitation, new construction requirement etc. in MS EXCEL or
any other format which could be imported to widely used utility packages.
ii. Topographic Surveys and Drawings: All topographic data would be supplied
in (x, y, z) format along with complete reference so that the data could be
imported into any standard highway design software. The drawing files
would be submitted in dxf or dwg format.
iii. Rate Analysis: The Consultant shall submit the rate analysis for various
works items including the data developed on computer in this relation so
that it could be used by the Authority later for the purpose of updating the
cost of the project.
iv. Economic and Financial Analysis
2. Software: The Consultant shall also hand-over to NHAI floppies/CD’s

containing any general software including the financial model which has
been specifically developed for the project.
3. The floppy diskettes/CD’s should be properly indexed and a catalogue

giving contents of all floppies/CD’s and print-outs of the contents (data
from field studies topographic data and drawings) should be handed over
to N H A I at the time of submission of the Final Report.
4. Consultant shall include editable soft copies of the final versions of all
documents, including but not limited to the strip plan, plan & profile
drawings, cross sections of right of way and details of structures as well as
any cost workings.
105
SUPPLEMENT I
ADDITIONAL POINTS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR HILL ROADS IN ADDITION TO POINTS

COVERED IN MAIN TOR
Sr. Clause No. Additional points

No. of TOR
1. 2.2 a) Provisions of tunnels if required.

2. 2.3 a) Design of tunnels, if required
b) Design of protective works, slope stabilization measures, erosion control
measures, land slide control/protection measures snow drift control/snow
clearance measures, avalanche protection measures, if required
3. 3 Feasibility study and preparation of detailed project report for hill roads shall be
done in accordance with best international practices and wherever
practicable/feasible steep gradients and hair pin bends may be avoided by
realignments by provision of structures and provision of tunnels if required
4. 4.1 a) Inventory and condition survey for tunnels, if required.
b) Identification of faults in rock strata and impact of faults in design of tunnels,

if required
c) Detailed design of road considering and incorporating specific aspects related
to hill region like terrain, topographic conditions, extreme weather conditions,
altitude effects etc.
d) Design of protective works, slope stabilization measures, erosion control
measures, land slide control/protection measures, snow drift control/snow
clearance measures, avalanche protection measures, if required
e) Design of scenic overlooks/watering points etc.
5. 4.5 (1) All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall be done
as per the latest guidelines/circulars of MORT&H and relevant publications of the
Indian Roads Congress (IRC)/Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for hill roads. For
aspects not covered by IRC and BIS, international standard practices, such as,
British and American Standards may be adopted.
106
6. 4.7 Review of data and documents pertaining to
a) Terrain and soil condition
b) Condition of tunnels, if required.
c) Sub-surface and geo-technical data for existing tunnels, if required.
d) Drawing and details of existing tunnels, if required.
e) Existing protective works, erosion control and land slide control/protection works,
slope stabilization measures, snow drift control measures, avalanche protection
measures
f) Existing land slide and snow clearance facilities
g) Geological details of rock strata in the area in case of tunnels
7. 4.11.1(1) The Consultant should make an in depth study of available geological and
Meteorological maps of the area.
8. 4.11.1(2) The primary tasks to be accomplished during the reconnaissance survey shall also
include:
a) details of terrain (steep or mountainous), cliffs and gorges, general elevation of
the road including maximum heights negotiated by main ascents and descents,
total number of ascents and descents, hair pin bends, vegetation etc.
b) Climatic conditions i.e. temperature, rainfall data, snowfall data, fog conditions,
unusual weather conditions etc.
c) Realignment requirements including provision of tunnels, if required.
d) Inventory of tunnels and geologically sensitive areas like slip prone areas, areas
subject to landslides, rockfall, snow drifts, erosion, avalanche activity etc.
9. 4.11.2.1 (3.ii) Cross sections shall be taken at every 25 m. in case of hill roads and at points of
appreciable changes in soil conditions. While taking cross sections, soil conditions
shall also be recorded.
10. 4.11.3.1 (1) The inventory data shall also include:
a) General elevation of road indicating maximum & minimum heights negotiated
by main ascents & descents and total no. of ascents & descents.
b) Details of road gradients, lengths of gentle & steep slopes, lengths & location
of stretches in unstable areas, areas with cliffs, areas with loose rocks, land slide
prone areas, snow drift prone areas, no. & location of hairpin bends etc.
c) Details of tunnels
d) Details & types of protective structures, erosion & land slide control/protection
measures, snow drift control measures, avalanche protection/control measures
etc.
11. 4.11.3.2 (2) Pavement:
a) Location of crust failures along with their causes
b) Conditions of camber/cross falls/super elevations etc., whether affected by

subsidence Embankment: Extent of slope erosion on hill and valley side
107
12. -- Condition Surveys & Investigation for Slope Stabilization, Erosion Control,
Landslide Correction/Protection & Avalanche Protection Measures:
a) Inventory & Condition Surveys of Existing Protective/Control Measures:

The consultant shall make an inventory of all the structures related to Slope
Stabilization, Erosion Control, Landslide Control/protection, Avalanche Protection
etc. This shall include details of effectiveness of control measures already done
and condition of protective/control structures.
b) Landslide Investigation
This shall be carried out to identify landslide prone areas, to suggest preventive
measures or alternate routes that are less susceptible to landslide hazard. Further
in existing slide areas this shall help to identify factors responsible for instability and
to determine appropriate control measures needed to prevent or minimize recurring
of instability problems. Initial preliminary studies shall be carried out using available
contour maps, topographical maps, geological/geo-morphological maps, aerial
photographs etc. for general understanding of existing slide area and to identify
potential slide areas. This shall be followed by further investigations like
geological/geotechnical/hydrological investigation to determine specific site
conditions prevailing in the slide area as per relevant IRC
specifications/publications, MORT&H circulars and relevant recommendations of
the international standards for hill roads. The result of the investigations shall
provide basis for engineering analysis and the design of protection/remedial
measures.
13. 4.11.4.4 a) For tunnels if required, geotechnical and subsurface investigation shall
be done as per IRC:SP:91.
b) Geotechnical and subsurface investigation and testing for tunnels shall be

carried out through the geotechnical Consultants who have the experience of
geotechnical and subsurface investigation in similar project.
14. 4.12.1 (1) The Consultant shall also carry out detailed designs and prepare working designs
for the following:
a) cross sections at every 25 m intervals
b) Slope stabilization and erosion control measures
c) Design of protection/control structures in areas subject to subsidence, landslides,

rock fall, rock slide, snow drifts, icing, scour, avalanche activity etc.
d) Design of protective structures in slip prone and unstable areas
e) Design of scenic overlooks, watering points etc.
f) Safety features specific to hill roads
108
15. 4.12.2 (1) The Consultant shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications for the
Study primarily based on IRC publications, MORT&H Circulars and relevant
recommendations of the international standards for hill roads for approval by NHAI.
4.12.2 (2) The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of detailed
design including the design of geometric elements, pavement design, bridges and
structures, tunnels if required, traffic safety and materials.
16. 4.12.3 Wherever practicable/feasible hairpin bends and steep gradients shall be
avoided by realignments, provision of structures or any other suitable
provisions.
17. 4.12.4 While designing pavement for hill roads specific aspects relevant to hill regions
like terrain & topographic conditions, weather conditions, altitude effects etc. shall
be duly considered and suitably incorporated in design so that pavement is able to
perform well for the design traffic and service life. Effects of factors like heavy
rainfall, frost action, intensive snow and avalanche activity, thermal stresses due
to temperature difference in day and night, damage by tracked vehicles during
snow clearance operations etc. must also be considered along with traffic
intensity, its growth, axle loads and design life.
18. 4.12.5(3) The design of embankments should include the requirements for protection works
and traffic safety features including features specific to hill roads.
19. 4.12.6 Design and Drawing of Tunnels:
The Consultant shall prepare design and drawings for tunnels, if required as per
the results of feasibility study, as per the relevant specifications of
IRC:SP:91/MORT&H and other international specifications.
20. 4.12.7 a) Topography of hills generates numerous water courses and this coupled with
continuous gradients of roads in hills and high intensity of rainfall calls for effective
drainage of roads. The drainage system shall be designed to ensure that the water
flowing towards the road surface may be diverted and guided to follow a definite
path by suitable provision of road side drains, catch water drains, interceptors etc.
and flow on valley side is controlled so that stability is not affected.
b) Further, adequate provision shall be made for sub-surface/subgrade drainage to

take care of seepage through the adjacent hill face of the road & underground
water flows.
21. 4.12.8 The Consultant shall design suitable traffic safety features and road furniture
including traffic signals, signs, markings, overhead sign boards, crash barriers
,delineators etc. including any feature specific to hill roads. The locations of these
features shall be given in the reports and also shown in the drawings.
22. 4.12.11 The Consultant shall make suitable designs and layout for miscellaneous works
including rest areas, bus bays, vehicle parking areas,
telecommunication facilities, scenic overlooks, watering points etc. wherever
appropriate.
109
23. 10.9.3 Volume II: Design Report :
a) Inventory of protection measures and other structures b) Inventory of tunnels, if

required.
b) Proposed preliminary designs for tunnels, if required.
Volume III: Drawings

a) Drawings for protection/control measures and other structures
b) Drawings for tunnels, if required.
24. 10.9.3 Volume II: Design Report (Part II)
Part II of Design Report shall also deal with design of tunnels, if required and
design of other protection/control structures.
Volume IX: Drawing Volume

This shall also include :
a) Detailed working drawings for tunnels, if required.
b) Detailed working drawings for protection/control structures
110
SUPPLEMENT II
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BRIDGES
Sr. No. Clause No. Additional points

of TOR
1 4.1 For standalone bridge projects the scope of work shall include detailed
design of approach road extending at least up to 2 km on either sideof
the bridge
1. 4.11.4.2(6) Model Studies for Bridges

1. Objective
Physical/ Mathematical Model study for detailed Hydraulic / Hydrologic
investigations regarding the proposed bridge for hydraulic design of the bridge
and assessment and hydraulic design of required river training works.
2. Methodology
Physical/Mathematical Model study shall be carried out at a reputed/recognized
institution. The consultant will be responsible for identifying the institution,
supplying Information /Documents /Data required for modal studies as indicated
in para 4 below and coordinating the model study with the institution concerned
3. Scope of Work
3.1 Physical Model study
Physical modeling with appropriate model scale for Hydraulic and Hydrologic
Investigations to:
i) Finalize span arrangement causing uniformity in flow distribution, and work
out the alignment and orientation of river training works and bridge axis.
ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depth of scour.
iii) Provide information on required river training works for proposed bridge
iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river training works.
v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge, afflux, extent
and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any, aggradation/degradation
of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to augment the available
hydrological data. The presence of flood control/irrigation structures, if affecting
the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration of flow,
scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied and
considered in Hydraulic design of proposed bridge. The details of any planned
work in the immediate future that may affect the river hydraulics shall be studied
and considered
111
design of proposed bridge. The details of any planned work in the immediate
future that may affect the river hydraulics shall be studied and considered.
3.2 Mathematical Model study
Mathematical modeling for detailed Hydraulic / Hydrologic investigations

regarding the proposed new bridge to:
i) Finalize the site/location of the proposed new bridge based on mathematical
modeling.
ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depth of scour.
iii) Provide information on required river training works for proposed bridge
iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river training
works.
v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge, afflux, extent
and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any, aggradation/degradation
of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to augment the available
hydrological data. The presence of flood control/irrigation structures, if
affecting the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration of
flow, scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be
studied and considered in Hydraulic design of proposed bridge. The details of
any planned work in the immediate future that may affect the river hydraulics
shall be studied and considered.
4. Information/Documents/Data required for Physical/Mathematical

Model study
i) Plan layouts showing the locations of the proposed bridge as well as the
existing bridges /barrages etc., in the vicinity of the proposed bridge with the
chainages with respect to a standard reference marked on it.
ii) High flood discharges and corresponding flood levels at the locations of the
existing bridges in the vicinity of the proposed bridge.
iii) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the existing bridges showing
number of spans, pier and well dimensions, founding levels, maximum scour
level, the design discharge and the HFL, guide bund details. On this, the plan
form of the river course with the bridge alignment may also be shown as far
as possible.
iv) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the proposed new bridge showing
number of spans, pier and foundation dimensions. On this, the plan form of the
river course with the bridge alignment may also be shown as for aspossible.
112
v) River cross sections at 500m longitudinal spacing (maximum) up to a
distance of 2 times the bridge total length on the upstream side and up to a
distance equal to the bridge total length on the downstream with right bank
and left bank clearly marked on it. At least one cross section to be provided at
the location of the proposed bridge. At each cross section, the bed levels to be
taken at a maximum lateral distance of 8 m in flow section and at 25 m in non-
flow section respectively. The abrupt variations in the bed levels to be captured
by taking measurements at closer locations both in longitudinal as
well as lateral directions.
vi) The cross sections, as for as possible, from high bank to high bank.
vii) The longitudinal profile of the river along the length of the proposed
alignment.
viii) Size distribution of the river bed material and the bore log data at different
locations at the site of the proposed bridge.
ix) The series of annual peak flood of the river for at least 15 years period
113
SUPPLEMENT-III
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR SAFETY AUDIT
The use of checklists is highly recommended as they provide a useful “aide memoire”
for the audit team to check that no important safety aspects are being overlooked. They
also give to the project manager and the design engineer a sense of understanding of the
place of safety audit in the design process. The following lists have been drawn up based
on the experience of undertaking systematic safety audit procedures overseas. This
experience indicates that extensive lists of technical details has encouraged their use as
“tick” sheets without sufficient thought being given to the processes behind the actions.
Accordingly, the checklists provide guidelines on the principal issues that need to be
examined during the course of the safety audits.
Stage F-During Feasibility Study
1. The audit team should review the proposed design from a road safety perspective
and heck the following aspects
CONTENTS ITEMS
Aspects to be checked A. Safety and operational implications of proposed alignment and
junction strategy with particular references to expected road
users and vehicle types likely to use the road.
B. Width options considered for various sections.
C. Departures from standards and action taken.
D. Provision of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate transport
E. Safety implications of the scheme beyond its physical limits
i.e. how the scheme fits into its environs and road Hierarchy
A1 : General Departures from standards

Cross-sectional variation
Drainage
Climatic conditions
Landscaping
Services apparatus
Lay-byes
Footpath
Pedestrian crossings
Access (minimize number of private accesses)
Emergency vehicles
Public Transport
Future widening
Staging of contracts
Adjacent development
114
A2 : Local Alignment Visibility
New/Existing road interface
Safety Aids on steep hills
A3 : Junctions Minimise potential conflicts

Layout
Visibility
A4 : Non-Motorised Adjacent land

road users Provision Pedestrians
Cyclists
Non-motorised vehicles
A5 : Signs and Lighting Lighting
Signs/Markings
A6 : Construction and Build ability

Operation Operational
Network Management
Stage 1 – Completion of Preliminary Design
1. The audit team should review the proposed check the following aspects design from a road safety
perspective and check the following aspects
CONTENTS ITEMS
Aspects to be checked A. Safety and operational implications of proposed alignment and
junction strategy with particular references to expected road
users and vehicle types likely to use the road.
B. Width options considered for various sections.
C. Departures from standards and action taken.
D. Provision of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate transport
E. Safety implications of the scheme beyond its physical limits i.e.
how the scheme fits into its environs and road hierarchy
115
B1 : General Departures from standards
Cross-sectional variation
Drainage
Climatic conditions
Landscaping
Services apparatus
Lay-byes
Footpaths
Pedestrian crossings
Access (minimize number of private accesses)
Emergency vehicles
Public Transport
Future widening
Staging of contracts
B2 : Local Alignment Visibility
Safety Aids on steep hills
B3 : Junctions Minimise potential conflicts
Layout
Visibility
B4 : Non-Motorised road Adjacent land
users Provision Pedestrians
Cyclists
B5 : Signs and Lighting Lighting
Signs/Markings
B6: Construction and Operation Build ability

Operational
Network Management
116
Stage 2 – Completion of Detailed Design
1. The audit team should satisfy itself that all issues raised at Stage 1 have been resolved. Items may require
further consideration where significant design changes have occurred.
2. If a scheme has not been subject to a stage 1 audit, the items listed in Checklists B1 to B6 should be considered
together with the items listed below.
CONTENTS ITEMS
Aspects to be checked A. Any design changes since Stage 1.
B. The detailed design from a road safety viewpoint, including the road
safety implications of future maintenance (speed limits; road signs
and markings; visibility; maintenance of street lighting and central
reserves).
C1 : General Departures from standards
Drainage
Climatic conditions
Landscaping
Services apparatus
Lay-byes
Access
Skid-resistance
Agriculture
Safety Fences
C2 : Local Alignment Visibility
C3 : Junctions Layout
Visibility
Signing
Lighting
Road Marking
T,X,Y-junctions
All roundabouts
Traffic signals
C4 : Non-Motorised road users Adjacent land
Provision Pedestrians
Cyclists
117
C5 : Signs and Lighting Advanced direction signs
Local traffic signs
Variable message signs
Other traffic signs
Lighting
C6 : Construction and Buildability

Operation Operational
Network Management
118
Enclosure-I
MANNING SCHEDULE
Sr. No Key Personnel Total Project Assignment 300 days

At At Total
site design office Time
(man month) (man month) Period
(man month)
1 Team Leader Cum Senior Highway 5 4 9
Engineer
2 Senior Bridge Engineer 2 3 5
3 Highway cum Pavement Engineer 2 3 5
4 Material-cum-Geo-technical Engineer – 4 2 6
Geologist
5 Senior Survey Engineer 4 3 7
6 Traffic and Safety expert 2 2 4
7 Environmental Specialist 2 1 3
8 Quantity Surveyor / Documentation 2 4 6

Expert
9 Land Acquisition Expert 7 3 10
10 Utility Expert 3 1 4
Total 33 26 59
1. Consultants have to provide a certificate that all the key personnel as envisaged
in the Contract Agreement have been actually deployed in the projects. They have to
furnish the certificate at the time of submission of their bills to NHAI from time to time.
2. The requirement of tunnel/s is to be assessed strictly as per site requirement during

the detailed study after mobilisation of Consultant on site.
In case Tunnels are to be constructed, necessary input of Tunnel Experts shall be provided
in addition to above mentioned Manpower requirement.
Tunnel expert, if required, the remuneration may be provided equivalent to Team Leader
remuneration and time period shall be decided by Regional Officer, concerned, NHAI.
3. The Consultant shall provide one Land Acquisition Expert along with allied team and
supporting logistic as envisaged in Clause 5.1.5.1 of TOR for each 100 km stretches proposed
for DPR preparation or part thereof
If delay in LA process occurs beyond the reasonable control of consultant, the extension of
LA team staff/s along with logistic support/transportation shall be granted by Nodal Project
119
Director and beyond further 6 months, Regional Officer, NHAI is empowered to grant
extension to LA team staff/s.
120
Enclosure-II
Qualification and Experience Requirement of Key Personnel
Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer
i) Educational Qualification
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent as approved by
AICTE
Desirable Post graduate in Civil Engineering (highways /

structures / traffic and transportation / soil mechanics
and foundation engineering/ Construction Management
/Transportation) {AICTE Approved}
ii) Essential Experience
a)Total Professional Experience Min. 15 years

b) Experience in Highway projects Min. 12 years in Planning, project preparation and
design of Highway projects, including 2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/ expressways. For hill roads, respective hill roads
experience is required
c) Experience in similar capacity In Feasibility of two / Four/Six Laning works and DPR/IC/
(Either as Team Leader or in Construction Supervision of Two/Four/six laning of major
Similar capacity ) highway projects(NH/SH/Expressways)/ feasibility cum
detailed project report of two/ four laning projects of
minimum aggregate length of 80 km. For hill roads,
respective hill roads experience is required.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of proposal
121
Enclosure-II (contd.)
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT OF KEY PERSONNEL
Senior Bridge Engineer
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent
Desirable Masters in Bridge Engineering / Structural
Engineering
b) Experience in Bridge projects Min. 08 years in project preparation

and design of bridge projects.
c) Experience in similar capacity Bridge Engineer in highway design

consultancy projects (2/4/6 lane NH/SH/
Expressways)involving design of minimum two major
bridges (length more than 200 m)
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of Proposal
122
Highway cum Pavement Engineer
Essential Degree in Civil Engineering
Desirable Masters in highway engineering/Transportation
Engineering
ii) Experience
b) Experience in Highway projects Minimum 06 years’ experience in pavement design and

maintenance of highways
c) Experience in similar capacity Pavement design for major highway projects (2/4/6 lane
NH/SH/ Expressways) of minimum aggregate length of
80 km.
123
Material Engineer – cum – Geotechnical Engineer cum Geologist
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or M.Sc. Geology
Desirable Masters in Foundation Engineering / Soil

Mechanics / Phd in Geology /Geo Tech Engineering

a) Total Professional Experience Min. 10 years
b) Experience in Highway Projects Min. 7 years on similar projects in design and/or
construction
c) Experience in similar capacity Material cum Geo-technical Engineer on highway
projects (2/4/6 lane NH/SH/Expressways) of
minimum aggregate length of 80 km.
124
Senior Survey Engineer
Essential Graduate or equivalent in Civil Engineering or Diploma in
Civil Engg or Diploma in Surveying
Desirable Masters in Survey Engineering/ Surveying /

Remote Sensing
b) Experience in Highway projects Min. 8 years on similar projects in project preparation
and construction & thorough understanding of
modern computer based methods of surveying
c) Experience in similar capacity Survey Engineer for projects preparation of highway

project (NH/SH/Expressways) involving 2/4/6- laning o
125
Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering
Desirable Masters in Traffic Engineering / Transportation

Engineering / Transport Planning

b) Experience in Highway projects Min. 05 years on similar projects.
c) Experience in similar capacity Traffic Engineer in highway Projects
(NH/SH/Expressways) involving 2/4/6 laning of
126
Environmental Specialist
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering / Environment Engineering

/ Masters in Environment Science
Desirable Post Graduate in Environmental Engineering

b) Experience in Highway Projects Min. 5 years in environment impact assessment and
permitting of highway projects (2/4/6 laning)
c) Experience in similar capacity Environmental Specialist in at least two

highway projects (2/4/6 laning)
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of bid
127
Quantity Surveyor/Documentation Expert
Essential Graduate or equivalent in Civil Engineering / Certificate

course from ‘Institution of Quantity Surveying’
Desirable
b) Experience in Highway Projects Min. 8 years in Preparation of Bill of Quantities,
Contract documents and documentation for major
highway projects involving two/ four laning
c) Experience in similar capacity Quantity Surveyor / Documentation Expert in highway

projects (NH/SH/Expressways) involving two/four/six
laning of minimum aggregate length of 80 km.
128
Land acquisition expert
Essential Graduate or equivalent

a) Total Professional Experience 15 years as Deputy-Tehsildar or above
Desirable: Ex- revenue officers like Ex-
ADM/SDM, Ex-Tehsildar, Ex-Deputy-
Tehsildar etc
b) Role specific experience Min 10 years in Land acquisition for
government/ authority projects
129
Utilities expert
Essential Graduate or equivalent in major engineering disciplines

viz. mechanical/ electrical/ civil engineering
a) Total Professional Experience Min 10 years Desirable: Ex- officers or engineers from
utility agencies
b) Role specific experience Min. 8 years in Utility estimation and relocation/
erection of electric/ gas/ other utilities Desirable:
Experience with utilities along the highway/road.
130
Enclosure-III
Schedule for submission of Reports and Documents
Stage Activity No. of copies Time Period in days

No. from date of
commencement
th
1 Monthly Reports 3 By 10 day of every
month
2 Inception Report
(i) Draft Inception Report including 3 21
QAP document
(ii) Inception Report including QAP 3 30

document
3 F.S. REPORT
i) Draft Feasibility Study Report including 4 60
option study report including draft 3(a)
report
ii) Comments of client 1 75

iii) Final Feasibility Study Report
incorporating compliance of comments of
Client 4 90
4 LA & Clearances I Report
i) Draft LA & Clearances I Report including 4 105

draft 3(A) report
iii) Final LA & Clearances I Report 4 135

incorporating compliance of comments of
Client
5 Detailed Project Report
i) Draft DPR 4 180
iii) Final DPR incorporating compliance of 6 240

comments of Client
131
6 Technical Schedules
i) Draft Technical Schedules 4 180
iii) Final technical schedule 6 240

7 Land Acquisition II 4 180
Submission of draft 3D publication
report
8 Land Acquisition III, Award 240
determination (3G)
9 Project Clearances & LA IV Report 6
Approval of Project clearances from Original

Concerned agencies e.g. from MOEF; Rly letters from 300
for approval of GAD and detail engineering the
drawing of ROB/RUB; Irrigation Dept., concerned
Utility Report and Possession of Land agencies and 5
photocopies of
each
The checklist for different stages of submission of report has been enclosed as under
and the same shall be appended with proper references and page numbering. The
checklist/s shall be appended with the report without which no payment shall be made.
132
Schedule for approval of Reports and Documents by PD after
submission by Consultant.
Stage Activity Time Period in days from date of

No. submission of Comment and
acceptance by PD/RO
1 Inception Report 7 days
2 Feasibility Study Report

i) Draft Feasibility Study Report including option 15days
study report including draft 3(a) report
ii) Final feasibility Study report

7 days
3 LA & Clearances Report
i) Draft LA & Clearances Report 15 days
ii) Final LA & Clearances Report incorporating

compliance of comments of Client 7 days
4 Detailed Project Report

i) Draft DPR 30 days
ii) Final DPR incorporating compliance of 7 days

comments of Client
5 Technical Schedules
i) Draft Technical Schedules 30 days
ii) Final technical schedule 7 days
The checklist for different stages of submission of report has been enclosed as under
and the same shall be appended with proper references and page numbering. The
checklist/s shall be appended with the report without which no payment shall be made.
133
Enclosure IV: Formats for submission of Reports and Documents
1. Standard formats for deliverables

i. During the course of the assignment to prepare detailed project report, several
reports, drawings and documents will need to be submitted by the consultants to
NHAI.
viii. For the purposes of submission, format requirements have been laid out for some
of the reports and drawing deliverables in this enclosure, which shall be adhered to
strictly
ix. In addition, consultants are to align and agree with NHAI officials the format of
submission for all reports, during the inception stage as mentioned in clause 10.2
of this terms of reference
2. Format for submission of report deliverables

2.1 Printed hard copies of reports
i. All reports and documents shall be submitted in both printed hard copy and digital
formats
ii. For hard copies, the consultant shall submit bound volumes (and not in spiral binding
form) after completion of each stage of work as per the schedule and in the number
of copies as given in Enclosure III
2.2 Digital copies of reports
1. Every report shall also be submitted in digital format to the authority in the
following formats:
i. The final report as submitted in the portable document format (.pdf)
ii. An editable document in the relevant Open Document Format for Office
Applications (ODF) and if available the relevant Microsoft Office document format
(MS Office)
iii. All tables and models used to and referred to in the reports shall also be submitted
as spread-sheets in the relevant ODF format and MS Office format
iv. The digital copies of reports shall be submitted in the form of removable storage
devices (CD or USB pen drive) and also hosted on a secured online document storage
and retrieval platform as described in clause 2 Data products
2. The removable storage device submitted at each deliverable stage shall contain:
i. Reports for that stage
ii. All draft and final reports previously submitted
iii. Correspondence with NHAI
iv. Clients’ comments on submitted reports
v. Any communication, letters and approvals to and from other government and local
agencies and any other relevant body
vi. An updated index of all the contents on the removable storage device
3. Every submission will be accompanied by a table of contents and index of all
documents submitted for ease of reference
2 Data products
1. During the course of the assignment, the consultant shall perform several surveys
and collect data that will be used for the design of the road and delivered to the
client.
134
2. Consultants are encouraged to keep commonly available software and data
packages, and typical uses for data while deciding final formats of data within the
constraints of this document or where a format has not been defined
3. As required in clause Error! Reference source not found. Error! Reference source
not found., consultants are required to agree with NHAI all actual data formats
proposed to be used for the project
4. In order to standardise data formats and simplify hand over and re-use of data,
some requirements for minimum content and format are laid down below.
Sr Data product Contents required (definition) Data format
No
0 Formats to be List of data, drawing and design outputs, reporting CSV or ODF sheet, .xlsx
used format, digital format suggested, key data to be optional
included (column headers), units and system to be used
1 Traffic surveys
1.1 List of traffic Point no, location coordinates (lat, long), location of CSV or ODF sheet, .xlsx
survey points survey point, chainage, no lanes/type of junction, type optional
of survey, date of survey, length of survey, any
commentary, equipment/technique used, link to survey
output
1.2 Classified traffic Survey point, survey location, location id (ihmcl), no of Raw data: IHMCL Traffic
volume count lanes, chainage, location coordinates (lat, long), date, survey data format
survey time and period of survey Processed, corrected
with AADT: CSV or ODF
sheet, .xlsx optional
1.3 O-D, turning Survey point, survey location, location lat, long, CSV or ODF sheet, .xlsx
movement, axle chainage, date, time, period of survey, optional
load and other technique/equipment used in addition to the survey
surveys data itself
2 Engineering surveys and investigations
2.1 Raw DGPS data Notes must contain Date, time of survey, equipment CSV or ODF, Receiver
used, corrections applied is any. Data: Survey Independent Exchange
benchmarks, benchmark points, location data points Format (RINEX)
2.2 LiDAR point cloud Notes must contain Date, time of survey, equipment, LASer file format for
summary post processing applied. Data: Survey exchange
benchmarks, data points, point cloud of entire project CSV sheet, .xlsx
corridor as defined in optional
2.3 Images 360 Deg/ ortho images of entire project road way Geographic Tagged
Image File Format
(GeoTIFF)
2.4 Video Traverse video of entire project length Audio video interleave
(.avi) or MPEG-4 file
(.mp4)
135
No
2.5 Topographic map 1:1000 scale map with 50 cm contours with roadway Contours: geo-
+ contours marked on maps referenced shape files
(.shp) or .dxf files,
.dwg/.dgn files options
2.6 Digital elevation Digital terrain modeled from aerial and ground surveys Digital elevation model
model in USGS Spatial Data
transfer standard
(SDTS) format
2.7 Longitudinal and Location of cross section - existing, design chainage, .dxf files, .dwg/.dgn files
cross sections lat, long, Cross section drawing options
2.8 As-is road map 3D digital map of as-is project highway containing earth Digital terrain model and
surface, road layers, utilities, buildings and trees with maps in LandXML/.dxf
feature data extracted and mapped in layers, marked format, .dwg/.dgn files
on the map and tabulated data provided separately. All options
road, surface, sub surface inventory, pavement Separate CSV or ODF
investigation and soil survey data to be super-imposed sheet, .xlsx optional of
as layers feature data in addition
to map
2.9 Details of utility type of utility, no, class and category of utility installation CSV or ODF sheet, .xlsx
(e.g. 66 kV xlpe), location, distance from centerline, optional
user agency
2.10 Utility maps geo-referenced schematic map, existing and design georeferenced shape
road centerline, type of utility, size, no, class and files (.shp) and drawings
category in .dxf format
2.11 Road inventory All data as required in clause 4.11.3.1, geo-referencing CSV or ODF sheet
surveys for each row of data in lat, long form
2.12 Pavement Test pit reference id, location, chainage, geo-reference CSV or ODF sheet
investigation (lat, long), pavemet composition - layer no, material
type, thickness, sub grade type, and condition
2.13 Pavement Data as required in clause 4.11.3.2, along with CSV or ODF sheet
condition survey location/chainage and geo-reference for all data
2.14 Pavement FWD results as per IRC guidelines, geo-referencing for CSV or ODF sheet
structural strength test points
2.15 Sub-grade and In the format of the testing lab, summary details must Summary in CSV or
soil strength be tabulated and must include: test pit no, location, ODF sheet
chianage, lat/long, date, time of test, tester/lab details,
in-situ density, moisture content, field CBR,
characterization, in-lab moisture and density, lab CBR
3 Proposed roadway designs
136
No
3.1 Proposed Georeferenced centerline horizontal and vertical Geometry or shape files
alignment alignment for the road : .shp/.dxf, .dwg/.dgn
geometry To be presented superimposed on surface map, files options
satellite imagery and digital elevation model of region
3.2 Final alignment Georeferenced centerline horizontal and vertical Geometry or shape files
geometry alignment for the road. Additional detail on lanes, super : .shp/.dxf, .dwg/.dgn
elevation, junctions, structures, under/overpasses, files options
PUP/CUP, wayside amenities etc
3.3 Proposed Proposed digital roadway model and design data- .dxf/.dtm
roadway model including embankment, road way, road layers, roadside
amenities, signals, road furniture, markings and other
construction elements in 3D
3.4 Proposed Geo referenced location and alignment, 3D model of .dxf/.dtm
structures structure and appurtenances, cross section, plan and
profile drawings for construction as per IRC
3.5 Proposed highway Roadway cross sections for homogenous sections .dxf files
cross sections Digital surface model in
.dxf format
4 Other deliverables
4.1 Digitized cadastral Digitized revenue map overlaid with key landmarks, Geometry or shape files
maps land size, survey number and ownership data. min : .shp/.dxf, .dwg/.dgn
1:1000 scale map with >1mm accuracy files options
4.2 Financial analysis Spreadsheet model with instructions, index and ODF sheets, MS office
containing all inputs and assumptions, time series .xlsx optional
construction and operating costs, revenues, financing
and equity cash flows, NPV/IRR, sensitivity scenarios
and results
3 Online hosting and archival of deliverables

3.1 Hosting deliverables online
i. The consultant shall store all deliverables from this assignment on a secure online
file hosting platform that is remotely accessible by authorised users on the world
wide web
ii. The consultant shall provide read only access to all relevant officers of NHAI and
provide further access to additional users as and when requested by NHAI
iii. Consultant shall provide a point of contact for access to these files, solving any
technical issues and shall respond to all requests in a timely manner
iv. Consultant shall ensure that the files are hosted in a platform that conforms to any
file hosting and file sharing security standards as may be laid down by the
government of India
137
3.2 Deliverables to be hosted
i. Data and deliverables to be hosted in an online accessible format shall include but
not be limited to:
ii. All draft and final deliverables in the digital formats prescribed in this TOR and in
file formats in wide use where formats are not specified
iii. Data, images and videos from all surveys and investigations conducted of this
enclosure
iv. All correspondence to and from NHAI including clients’ comments on submitted
reports
v. Any communication, letters and approvals to and from other government local
agencies and any other relevant body
vi. The platform shall also contain an index and table of contents of information being
hosted for ease of access and use
3.3 Time period and costs
i. Access to above mentioned files will be provided till the end of construction (final
commercial operations date of contractor/ concessionaire) of all packages that
form a part of this assignment at the cost of the consultant
ii. Access to additional users shall also be at no additional cost to the authority
138
APPENDIX-II
Proof of Eligibility
Form-E1
Letter of Proposal (On Applicant’s letter head)
(Date and Reference)

To, **********
*********
*********
Sub: Appointment of Consultant for preparation of Detailed Project Report for ……………...
Dear Sir,
With reference to your RFP Document dated ………, I/we i.e M/s-------------------------------
-------------------------------------------- (Name of Bidder) h a v i n g examined all relevant
documents and understood their contents, hereby submit our Proposal for selection as
Consultant. The proposal is unconditional and unqualified.
2. All information provided in the Proposal and in the Appendices is true and correct
and all documents accompanying such Proposal are true copies of their respective
originals.
3. This statement is made for the express purpose of appointment as the Consultant
for the aforesaid Project.
4. I/We shall make available to the Authority any additional information it

may deem necessary or require for supplementing or authenticating the Proposal.
5. I/We acknowledge the right of the authority to reject our application without
assigning any reason or otherwise and hereby waive our right to challenge the same on
any account whatsoever.
6. I/We certify that in the last three years, we or any of our Associates have neither
failed to perform on any contract, as evidenced by imposition of a penalty by an arbitral
or judicial authority or a judicial pronouncement or arbitration award against the
Applicant, nor been expelled from any project or contract by any public authority nor
have had any contract terminated by any public authority for breach on our part.
7. I/We understand that you may cancel the Selection Process at any time and that
you are neither bound to accept any Proposal that you may receive nor to select the
Consultant, without incurring any liability to the Applicants in accordance with Clause 1.7
of the RFP document.
139
8. I/We declare that we/any member of the consortium, are/is not a Member of
any other Consortium applying for Selection as a Consultant.
9. I/We certify that in regard to matters other that security and integrity of the
country, we or any of our Associates have not been convicted by a Court of Law or
indicted or adverse orders passed by a regulatory authority which would cast a
doubt on our ability to undertake the Consultancy for the Project or which relates to a
grave offence that outrages the moral sense of the community.
10. I/We further certify that in regard to matters relating to security and integrity
of the country, we have not been charge-sheeted by any agency of the Government or
convicted by a Court of Law for any offence committed by us or by any of our Associates.
11. I/We further certify that no investigation by a regulatory authority is pending either
against us or against our Associates or against our CEO or any
of our Directors/Managers/employees.
12. I/We hereby irrevocably waive any right or remedy which we may have at any stage
at law or howsoever otherwise arising to challenge or question any decision taken
by the Authority [and/ or the Government of India] in connection with the selection of
Consultant or in connection with the Selection Process itself in respect of the above
mentioned Project.
13. The Bid Security of Rs. ***** (Rupees *****) in the form of a Bank Guarantee is
attached, in accordance with the RFP document.
14. I/We agree and understand that the proposal is subject to the provisions of
the RFP document. In no case, shall I/we have any claim or right of whatsoever nature if
the Consultancy for the Project is not awarded to me/us or our proposal is not opened or
rejected.
15. I/We agree to keep this valid for 120 (One hundred and twenty) days from the
Proposal Due Date specified in the RFP.
16. A Power of Attorney in favor of the authorized signatory to sign and submit this
Proposal and documents is attached herewith.
17. In the event of my/our firm/consortium being selected as the Consultant, I/we
agree to enter into any Agreement in accordance with the form Appendix V of the RFP.
We agree not to seek any changes in the aforesaid form and agree to abide by the same.
18. I/We have studied RFP and all other documents carefully and also surveyed the
Project site. We understand that except to the extent as expressly set forth in the
Agreement, we shall have no claim, right or title arising out of and documents or
information provided to us by the Authority or in respect of any matter arising out of or
concerning or relating to the Selection Process including the award of Consultancy.
19. The Proof of Eligibility and Technical proposal are being submitted in separate
covers in hard copy and they are being submitted online also. Financial Proposal is being
submitted online only. This Proof of Eligibility read with Technical Proposal and Financial
140
Proposal shall constitute the Application which shall be binding on us.
20. I/We agree and undertake to abide by all the terms and conditions of the RFP
Document. In witness thereof, I/we submit this Proposal under and in accordance with the
terms of the RFP Document.
Yours faithfully,
(Signature, name and designation of the authorized signatory)
(Name and seal of the Applicant/Lead Member)
141
Appendix- II
Form-E2/T3
FIRM’S REFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried out in the Last Seven Years (2011-12 onwards) Which
Best Illustrate Qualifications
The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference
assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the
major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client:
Assignment Name: Country:

Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided
by your firm:
Name of Client : No. of Staff :
Address : No. of Staff Months :
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of
(Month / (Month / Year) Services : (in INR/current USD) :
Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by
Associated Firm(s)
Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other Member/Associate
Narrative Description of Project :
Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company:
Signature of Authorized Representative
(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)
142
APPENDIX-II
Form- E3
Financial Capacity of the Applicant
Name of Applicant:
Sr. No. Financial Year Annual Revenue (Rs/US $ in million)
1 2017-18
2 2016-17
3 2015-16
4 2014-15
5 2013-14
Certificate from the Statutory Auditor$
This is to certify that -------------- (name of the Applicant) has received the payments shown above against
the respective years on account of Consultancy Services.
Name of the audit firm Seal of the audit firm Date
(Signature, name and designation of the authorized signatory)
$In case he Applicant does not have a statutory auditor, it shall provide the certificate from
its chartered accountant that ordinarily audits the annual account of the Applicant.
Note:
Please do not attach any printed Annual Financial Statement.
143
APPENDIX-II
Form- E4
BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT FOR BID SECURITY
(To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act if any, of the country of issuing bank)
Ref.: Tender No. , dated

Bank Guarantee: Date:
WHEREAS, (Name of Bidder) (hereinafter called "the bidder") has

submitted his bid dated (date) for the Tender No. , dated
(hereinafter called "the Bid". KNOW ALL MEN by these presents that We,
[Name of Bank] of [Name of Country] having our registered office at
(hereinafter called "the Bank") are bound unto [name of employer] (hereinafter
called "the Employer") in the sum of Rs. (Rupees Lakhs only) for which
payment will and truly to be made to the said employer the bank binds himself, his
successors and assigns by these presents. SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank
this day of 201_.
THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are:
1. If the Bidder withdraws his Bid during the period of bid validity specified in the Bid
document; or
2. If the Bidder does not accept the correction of arithmetical errors of his Bid Price in
accordance with the Instructions to Bidder; or
3. If the Bidder having been notified of the acceptance of his Bid by the Employer during
the period of bid validity,
a. fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the Instructions
to Bidders, if required; or
b. fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the letter of
invitation, we undertake to pay the Employer up to the above amount upon receipt
of his first written demand, without the Employer having to substantiate his demand,
provided that in his demand the Employer will note that the amount claimed by him
is due to him owing to the occurrence of one or any of the conditions, specifying the
occurred condition or conditions.
This Guarantee will remain in force up to and including the date 150 (one hundred and fifty)
days after the deadline for submission of bids as such deadline is stated in the Instructions
to Bidders or as it may be extended by the Employer, notice of which extension(s) to the
Bank is hereby waived. Any demand in respect of this Guarantee should reach the Bank not
later than the above date.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein before, our liability under this guarantee is
restricted to Rs. (Rs. ) and the guarantee shall remain
valid till . Unless a claim or a demand in writing is made upon us on or before
144
all our liability under this guarantee shall cease
DATE
SIGNATURE OF THE BANK
SEAL OF THE BANK
SIGNATURE OF THE WITNESS
Name and Address of the Witness
The bank guarantee shall be issued by a bank (Nationalized/Scheduled) located in India
145
Appendix III
(Form-T1)
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
FROM: TO:
Sir:
Subject Consultancy Service for
Regarding Technical Proposal
I/We (name of Bidder) Consultant/ Consultancy

firm herewith enclose Technical Proposal for selection of my/our firm/organization as
Consultant for
Yours faithfully,
Signature
Full Name
Designation
Address
(Authorized Representative)
146
(Form-T-2)
Details of projects for which Technical and Financial Proposals have been
submitted
Sl. No. Name of Project Consultancy Package No. Names of Proposed Key
Personnel
1
2
3
4
147
Form-E2/T3
FIRM’S REFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried out in the Last Seven Years Which Best Illustrate
Qualifications
assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of
the major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client:

Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided by your firm:

Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of Services : (in INR/current USD) :
(Month / (Month / Year)
Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by
Associated Firm(s)
Signature of Authorised Representative
148
Form- T4
SITE APPRECIATION
Shall give details of site as per actual site visit and data provided in RFP and
collected from site supported by photographs to demonstrate that responsible
personnel of the Consultant have actually visited the site and familiarized with
the salient details/complexities and scope of services.
149
Form- T5
Composition of the Team Personnel and the task Which would be assigned to
each Team Member
I. Technical/Managerial Staff
Sr .No. Name Position Task Assignment
1.
2.
3.
4.
….
….
….
II. Support Staff
Sr. No. Name Position Task Assignment
1.
2.
3.
4.
….
….
….
150
Form- T6
APPROACH PAPER ON METHODOLOGY PROPOSED FOR PERFORMING THE
ASSIGNMENT
The approach and methodology will be detailed precisely under the following topics.
1) Methodology for services, surveying, data collection [not more than 2 pages]
and analysis
2) Quality Assurance system for consultancy assignment [not more than 1 page]
3) The key challenges foreseen and proposed solutions will be detailed precisely under
the following topics
a) proposed alignment and bypass required

b) land acquisition requirements
c) access control, rehabilitation of existing road, drainage and utilities
d) adoption of superior technology along with proof (to be submitted in Form T9)
Replies to items 3) a) to c) should be limited to six A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font
including photographs, if any
151
Form- T7
Details of Material Testing Facility
1. State whether the Applicant has in-house Material Testing Facility Available /
Outsourced / Not Available
2. In case answer to 1 is Available, attach a list of Lab equipment and facility for
testing of materials and location of laboratory
3. In case laboratory is located at a distance of more than 400 km from the project site,
state arrangements made / proposed to be made for testing of materials
4. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced / Not Available state arrangements made /

proposed to be made for testing of materials.
152
Form- T8
Facility for Field investigation and Testing
1. State whether the Applicant has in-house Facility for
a) Geo-technical investigation Available (created in-house at site)/ Outsourced/ Not

Available
b) Pavement investigation Available (created in-house at site)/ Outsourced/ Not Available
2. In case answer to 1 is Available (created in-house at site) a list of field investigation

and testing equipments available in-house
3. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced/ Not Available arrangements made/proposed to be

made for each of above Field investigation and testing
4. For experience in LiDAR or better technology for topographic survey, GPR and
Induction Locator or better technologies for detection of sub-surface utilities and
digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition, references need to be provided in
following format:
REFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried Out Which Best Illustrate Qualifications
assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of
the major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client:

Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided by your firm:
Technology Used:
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of Services : (in INR/current USD) :
(Month / (Month / Year)
Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by Associated Firm(s)

Signature of Authorised Representative
153
Form- T9
Office Equipment and software
Attach a list of office equipment and software owned by the Applicant
154
Form- T10
(Curriculum Vitae as per INFRACON)

CVs of the Key Personnel should be uploaded on INFRACON and the hard copies
of the CVs as uploaded on the INFRACON is to be submitted along with the
Technical Proposals.
155
UNDERTAKING FROM THE PROFESSIONAL
I, …………………. (Name and Address) have not left any assignment with the consultants
engaged by MORT&H/ NHAI for any continuing works of MORT&H/NHAI without completing
my assignment. I will be available for the entire duration of the current project
(named…………..). If I leave this assignment in the middle of the completion of the work,
I may be debarred for an appropriate period to be decided by NHAI. I have also no
objection if my services are extended by NHAI for this work in future.
UNDERTAKING FROM CONSULTING FIRM
The undersigned on behalf of ………………. (name of consulting firm) certify that

Shri………………………(name of the proposed personnel and address) to the best of our
knowledge has not left his assignment with any consulting firm engaged by MORT&H /NHAI
for the ongoing projects. We understand that if the information about leaving the past
assignment with NHAI without completing his assignment is known to NHAI, NHAI would
be at liberty to remove the personnel from the present assignment and debar him for
an appropriate period to be decided by NHAI.
156
Appendix IV
(Form-I)
FINANCIAL PROPOSALS
FROM: TO:
Sir:
Subject: Consultants’ Services for
Regarding Price Proposal
I/We Consultant/consultancy firm

herewith enclose *Price Proposal for selection of my/our firm/organization as Consultant
for
Yours faithfully,
Signature
Full Name
Designation
Address
(Authorized Representative)
*The Financial proposal is to be filled strictly as per the format given in RFP.
157
(Form-II)
Format of Financial Proposal

Summary of Cost in Local Currency
No. Description Amount (LC)* (INR)
I Local Consultants
Remuneration for Local Staff (inclusive of per diem allowance)
II Support Staff (inclusive of per diem allowance)
III Transportation
IV Duty Travel to Site
V Office Rent
VI Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication
VII Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental)
VIII Reports and Document Printing
IX Surveys & Investigations
A Topographical Survey
B Investigations
C Net Work Survey and GPR
X Cost of supply and fixing Boundary Pillars
XI Land Acquisition Team including support staff and
logistics/transportation
Subtotal Local Consultants :
Foreign Consultants
F-I Remuneration for Expatriate Staff
F-II Mobilization and Demobilization
Total Cost Net of Tax :
Taxes I. Income Tax (Expatriate)
and ll. Other Taxes/ Duties (if any) Specify clearly
Duties
Total cost net of Goods & service tax**

Goods & Service Tax
TOTAL COSTS (Including GST)
LC* Local Currency

** Total Cost Net of Goods & Service Tax shall be considered for financial evaluation
Note: No escalation will be payable during the services

Insurances shall not be allowed separately. These will be incidental to main items.
Rates for all items shall be quoted in figures as well as in words.
158
(Form-III)
Estimate of Local Currency Costs
I. Remuneration for Local Staff (including per diem allowance)
Sr. No. Position Name Rate Staff Month Amt.(INR)

(INR)
Professional Staff
1 Team Leader cum Senior 9
Highway Engineer
2 Senior Bridge Engineer 5
3 Highway cum Pavement 5
Engineer
4 Material-cum-Geotechnical 6
Engineer- Geologist
5 Senior Survey Engineer 7
6 Traffic and Safety Expert 4
7 Environmental Specialist 3
8 Quantity Surveyor/ 6
Documentation Expert
9 Land Acquisition Expert 10
10 Utility Expert 4
Sub-Total:
Sub-Professional Staff (To be assessed by Consultant as per requirement
of assignment and one sub-professional be a fresh graduate)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Sub-Total:
TOTAL
159
II. Support Staff
No. Position Name Staff Billing Amount

Months Rate( INR) ( INR)
1 Office Manager
2 Typist
3 Office Boy
4 Night Watchman
Total :
III. Transportation (Fixed costs)
S. No Description Qty. Nos. of Rate/ Amount

months Month (INR)
(INR)
1 The vehicles provided by the
Consultants shall include the cost for rental,
drivers, operation, maintenance, repairs,
insurance, etc.
A. For use of consultants
Total
IV. Duty Travel to Site (Fixed Costs)
Trips NO Rate (INR) Amount (INR)
V. Office Rent (Fixed Costs)

The rent cost includes maintenance, cleaning, repairs, etc.
months x
Total
160
VI. Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication (Fixed Costs)
No. Item Months Monthly Amount
Rate (INR) In INR.
1 Office Supplies Drafting
2 Supplies Computer
3 Running Costs
4 Domestic and International

Communication
TOTAL:---------------------------
VII. Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental)
No. Description Unit Quantity Rate Amount

( INR) (INR )
1 Office Furniture and Equipment LS
Total
VIII. Reports and Document Printing
No. Description No. of Rate per Amount

Copies Copy ( INR. ) (INR.)
1 Monthly Report 3 Per Month
2 Inception Report & QAP 3
3 Environment and Social Impact 4
Screening Report
4 Draft Feasibility Report 4
5 Final Feasibility Report 6
6 Strip Plan with L.A. Reports 6
7 Draft LA and Clearances I Report 4
8 Final LA and Clearances I Report 4
9 Draft Environmental Assessment report & RAP 4
10 Final Environmental Assessment report & RAP 6
11 Draft Detailed Design Report & Drawings etc. 4

Draft EMP
4
161
12 Draft Bidding Documents 4
13 Final Detailed Project Report with Bill of 6
Quantities, Cost Estimates, Updated Drawings
etc. Final EMP
14 Final Bidding Documents 6
15 Draft 3(a) ,3(A) and 3(D) notification for land 9
acquisition ( 3 copies each)
16 LA & Clearances II Report 6
Total
IX. Survey and Investigation
A. Topographical Survey (FixedRate)

No. Item Kms Rate per Amount
Km (INR)
(INR)
1 Topographic Survey including hire charges for
equipment and supply of survey teams comprising of
project survey filed staff etc. inclusive of cost of
materials, labourer
2 Detailed topographic surveys using mobile/ aerial
LiDAR or better technology
B. Investigation (Fixed cost)
No. Description Quantity Amount (INR)

1 Road and Bridge Inventory
2 FWD Test and Pavement Evaluation
3 Roughness Survey
4 Axle Load Survey
5 Material Survey and Investigation
6 Sub-grade Investigation
7 Traffic Survey
8 Socio-economic & Census Survey/Studies
9 Land Acquisition Studies
10 Any other investigations/surveys
11 *Sub-Soil Investigation (Boring) Rate Qty. Amount (Rs)
a) Boring in all type of soils (other 1500m (for
than hard rock) projects of
length < 110
km) or 2000m
(for projects of
length > 110
km)
162
b)Boring in hard rock 200m (for
projects of
length < 110
km) or 300m
(for projects of
length > 110
km)
Total
Note: * Quantities of borings shall be taken from Financial Proposal Form No. V. For
financial evaluation, these quantities and rates quoted by the consultant will be
considered. However, Payment shall be made on the actual quantity of boring at rates
quoted above by the Consultant, which may be substantially more or less than the estimated
quantities.
C. Net Work Survey and GPR
No. Description Unit Quantity Rate Amount

( INR) (INR )
1 Net work Survey of the existing Highways as a Job 1
repository for civil work as per directions from
Authority.
2 GPR Survey for detection of under ground utilities Job 1

Total
X. Cost of supply and fixing Boundary Pillars
Amount
Item (INR.)
Procuring and fixing boundary pillars and its

installation, complete in all respect as per IRC:25,1967:
Wherever the proposed alignment follows the existing
alignment, the boundary pillars shall be fixed at an
interval of 200m on either side of proposed Right of
Way. Wherever there is a proposal of realignment of the
existing Highway and/or construction of NewBypasses,
Consultant shall fix boundary pillars along the
proposed alignment on the extreme boundary on
either side of the project Highway at 50 m interval.
(lumpsum )
163
XI Land Acquisition Team including support staff and logistics/transportation
(A) Land acquisition Team including support staff:
S. No. Position Name Number Rate (INR) Man Months Amount (INR)
1 Ex-Land Revenue TBN 1 8
Inspector/Officer or
equivalent
2 Ex-Kanoogo/Girdwar or TBN 1 8
equivalent
3 Ex-Patwari or TBN 1 8
equivalent
4 Typist TBN 2 8
5 Peon TBN 1 8
Total
Number of Land acquisition Teams
Grand Total for All Land acquisition Teams (A)
(B) Logistics for Land acquisition Team:
S. No. Item particulars Number Months Rate (INR) Amount (INR)

1 Computer including necessary 2 8
peripherals
2 Printers 2 8
3 Vehicles (Bolero or equivalent) 1 8
with monthly running limit of 4000
km
Total
Number of Land acquisition Teams
Grand Total (B)
Grand Total for All Land acquisition Teams and Logistics (A) + (B)
Note: The Consultant shall provide one Land Acquisition Expert along with allied team and
supporting logistic as envisaged in Clause 5.1.5.1 of TOR for each 100 km stretches proposed
for DPR preparation or part thereof (For example total length of package is 343 km, there will
be four team).
164
(Form-IV)
Estimate of Costs for Expatriate Consultants (in Indian Rupees)
I. Remuneration of Expatriate Staff including per diem allowances
No. Positions Name Rate ( ) Staff Month Amount ( )
Total :
II. Mobilization and Demobilization
1. International Airfares (Fixed costs)
Position Round Trips Rate Amount
Total
2 Inland Travel in Home Country (Fixed Costs)

Lump Sum ……
3. Other Miscellaneous expenses (like DA, internal travel expenses other incidentals)
(fixed cost)
Lump Sum …….
165
TENTATIVE QUANTITIES FOR SUB-SOIL INVESTIGATIONS
(BORING) (Form –V)
S. Stretch NH Approxi Package State Cumulative Tentative

No Proposed for DPR No. mate No. Quantities ( in m )
Length In Soils In hard
(in Km.) other than rock
hard rock
1 For projects of length < 110 As per As per List As per As per 1500 200
km<Details of packages> List at at Annex-1 List at List at
Annex- Annex-1 Annex-
1 1
2 For projects of length > 110 km As per As per List As per As per 2000 300
- <Details of List at at Annex-1 List at List at
packages> Annex- Annex-1 Annex-
1 1
166
Appendix-V
DETAILED EVALUATION CRITERIA
1. First Stage Evaluation -Proof of Eligibility (Para 12.1 of Data Sheet)
1.1 Eligibility criteria for sole applicant firm.
The sole applicant firm shall satisfy the following 3 (Three) Nos. of criteria.
(a) & (b) Firm should have experience of preparation of DPR/Feasibility of 4/6 lane of
aggregate length as given below. The firm should have also prepared DPR/Feasibility of at
least one project of 4/6 laning of minimum length as indicated below in the last 7 years
(i.e. from 2011-12 onwards)
S. Package No. Tentative Minimum Minimum length of a Eligible Project (4/6

No. Length Aggregate Length lane)
required
DPR/ Feasibility = DPR = 0.4 x Feasibility = 0.6 x
Tentative Length Tentative Length Tentative Length
1 2 3 4 5 6
Note: Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is
invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a
multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably
for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered
with a multiplication factor of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane projects whose cost of
consultancy services was more than Rs.1.0 crore
(c) Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5 years {In cases where, Audited/Certified copy
of Balance Sheet for the FY 2017-18 is available, last five years shall be counted from
2013-14 to 2017-18. However, where audited/certified copy of the Balance Sheet for
the FY 2016-17 is not available (as certified by the Statutory auditor) then in such cases
last five years shall be considered from 2012-13 to 2016-17} of the firm from Consultancy
services should be equal to more than Rs.5 crore.
1.2 Eligibility criteria for Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV.
In case of JV, the Lead Partner should fulfill at least 75% of all eligibility requirements and
the other partner shall fulfill at least 50% of all eligibility requirements as given at 1.1
above. Thus a Firm applying as Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV/Associate should
satisfy the following
(a) & (b) Firm should have experience of preparation of DPR/Feasibility of 4/6 lane
of aggregate length as given below. The firm should have also prepared DPR/Feasibility of
at least one project of 4/6 laning of minimum length as indicated below in the last 7
years (i.e. from 2011-12 onwards)
167
S. Package No. Minimum Aggregate Minimum length of a Eligible Project (4/ 6 lane)
No. Length required of
DPR/ Feasibility km)
DPR Feasibility
Lead in Other Lead in Other Lead in Other

JV Partner in JV Partner in JV Partner
JV JV in JV
c ) Minimum Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5 years { In cases where,
Audited/Certified copy of Balance Sheet for the FY 2017-18 is available, last five years
shall be counted from 2013-14 to 2017-18. However, where audited/certified copy of the
Balance Sheet for the FY 2017-18 is not available (as certified by the Statutory auditor)
then in such cases last five years shall be considered from 2012-13 to 2016-17} of a
firm applying as Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV from Consultancy services
should be as given below:
No. Mode of Submission by a firm Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5 years
1 Lead Partner in a JV Rs.3.75 crore

2 Other Lead partner in a JV Rs.2.50 crore
Note: (i) Weightage to be given when experience by a Firm as Sole Firm/Lead

Partner in a JV/Other Partner in a JV/As Associate
No. Status of the firm in carrying out DPR/ Feasibility Study Weightage for experience
1 Sole firm 100%

2 Lead partner in a JV 75%
3 Other partner in a JV 50 %
4 As Associate 25%
(ii) The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private

Concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered
168
2. Second Stage Evaluation -Technical Evaluation(Para 12.2 of Data Sheet)
A Firm’s Relevant Experience (25)
For standard highways, the following is the break-up:
S. Description Maximum Sub-Points

No. Points
Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 lane
1.1 8
projects
1.2.1 1 project 4
1.2.2 2 projects 5
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
2.3 3 bridges 3
2.4 4 bridges 4
3.2 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years, 20-50 crore 4
3.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years, 5-20 crore 3
169
For special projects such as special bridges, tunnels and expressways that require
specialized capabilities and skill sets, the following is the break-up:

No. Points
1.1 Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 lane 7
projects
1.2.1 1 project 4
1.2.2 2 projects 6
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
3.2 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years, –20-50 crore 2.5
3.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years, 5 – 20 crore 2
4 DPR for special category projects (Special bridges/ tunnels or
expressways, whichever applicable). It is to be noted that
either 4.1 or 4.2 shall be applicable, and not both.
4.1 DPR of number of special bridges/ tunnels (if applicable) 5
4.1.1 1 project 1
4.1.2 2 projects 2
4.1.3 3 projects 3
4.1.4 4 projects 4
4.2 Aggregate length of DPR/ Feasibility study for expressways 5
170
No. Points
4.2.1 Upto 50km 2
4.2.2 50km to 100km 3
4.2.3 100km to 150km 4
4.2.4 More than 150 km 5
Note:
A. In case feasibility study is a part of DPR services the experience shall be counted in
DPR only. In case bridge is included as part of DPR of highway the experience will be (1)
and (2)
B. Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is
invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a
multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably
for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered
with a multiplication factor of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane projects whose cost of
consultancy services was more than Rs.1.0 crore
Note: (i) Weightage to be given when experience by a Firm as Sole Firm/Lead Partner
in a JV/Other Partner in a JV/As Associate
No. Status of the firm in carrying Weightage for experience

out DPR/ Feasibility Study
1 Sole firm 100 %
2 Lead partner in a JV 75%
3 Other partner in a JV 50 %
4 As Associate 25%
(ii) The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private Concessionaire/contractor

shall not be considered.
B. Adequacy of approach and methodology (5)
S. No Description Points
1 Site appreciation 1
2 Team composition and task assignment 1
171
3 Methodology 3
Approach and initial view on project plan including key
3.1
challenges envisaged and potential solutions for
Proposed alignment and bypasses required and land acquisition
3.1.1 1
requirements
3.1.2 Access control, rehabilitation of existing road, drainage and utilities 1
Adoption of superior technology along with proof of past use
3.2 1
vendor association
Total 5
C Material testing, survey and investigation, equipment and software
proposed to be used (20)

No. Points
1 Availability of in-house material testing facility 3
1.1 Available 3
1.2 Outsourced
(a) Through NABL accredited Labs / IIT / NIT labs 2
2 Field Investigation Facilities 2
2.1 Available (Created in-house at site) 2
2.2 Outsourced
(a) Through NABL accredited Labs / IIT / NIT labs 1
3 Office Equipment and Software 3
3.1 High Level (More than 75% as per ToR requirement) 3
3.2 Medium Level (Between 75%-50% as per ToR requirement) 2
3.3 Low Level (Less than 50% as per ToR requirement) 1
4 Experience in LiDAR or better technology for topographic 5
survey (Infrastructure sector)
4.1 1-2 projects 1
4.2 3-5 projects 2
4.3 6-10 projects 3
4.4 >10 projects 5
5 Experience in using GPR and Induction Locator or better 4
technologies for detection of sub-surface utilities
(Infrastructure sector)
5.1 1-2 projects 1
5.2 3-5 projects 2
172
No. Points
5.3 >5 projects 4
6 Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land surveys 3
6.1 Project of area upto 100 ha 1
6.2 Project of area between 100-500 ha 2
6.3 Project of area between 500 ha 3
Note: The experience of firm in LiDar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator
or equivalent technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land
acquisition shall be supported by experience certificate. The experience of a firm in LiDar
or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or equivalent technologies and
Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition for a private
concessionaire/contractor shall be considered only if the experience certificate is
authenticated by the concerned competent Government department/authority
2.4. Qualification and Competence of the Key Staff for adequacy of the
Assignment. (Para 12.2 of Data Sheet and Enclosure II of TOR)
2.4.1 TEAM LEADER cum SENIOR HIGHWAY ENGINEER
S. No. Description Max. Points

I General Qualification 25
i) Degree in Civil Engineering or equivalent [AICTE Approved] 20

ii) Post Graduation in Highway Engg./Structures/Traffic and Transportation/Soil 5
Mechanics and Foundation Engineering/Construction Management/
Transportation[AICTE Approved]
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70
a) Total Professional Experience 15
< 15years 0
15-18 years 11
18-21 years 13
> 21 years 15
(b) Experience in Highway Projects - Experience in Planning, 25
project preparation and design of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH /
SH / Expressways)
< 12 years 0
12-15 years 18
15-18 years 22
>18 years 25
c) Experience in Similar Capacity 30
173
(i) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction Supervision 20
of major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways in
Similar Capacity ( Minimum Aggregate length of 80 km )
< 80km 0
80 km-150km 14
150km-250km 17
> 250km 20
(ii) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction Supervision 10
of major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways in
Similar Capacity- Number of Projects
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 8
3- 5 projects 9
More than 5 projects 10
III Employment with Firm 5
Less than 1 Year 0

1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
174
2.4.2 HIGHWAY cum PAVEMENT ENGINEER
S. Description Max. Points

No.
i) Degree in Civil Engineering or equivalent 20
[AICTE Approved]
ii) Post graduation in Highway Engg/ 5

Transportation Engineering[AICTE
Approved]
<8years 0
8-12 years 11
12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
(b) Experience in Highway Projects - Experience in Design/ Pavement 25
Design of
<6 years 0
6-10years 18
10-15 years 22
>15years 25
c) Experience in Similar Capacity 30
(i) In Design/ Pavement Design of Highway Projects (2/4/6 20
laning of
NH/SH/Expressways) in Similar Capacity (Minimum aggregate length 80 km)
<80km 0
80km-150km 14
150km-250km 17
>250km 20
(ii) In Design/ Pavement Design of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of 10
NH/SH/ Expressways) in Similar Capacity – Number of Projects
2 projects 8
3- 5 projects 9
More than 5 projects 10
Less than 1 Year 0

1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
175
2.4.3 SENIOR BRIDGE ENGINEER

No.
i) Degree in Civil Engineering or equivalent[AICTE 20
Approved]
ii) Post Graduation in Structural Engineering/ Bridge Engineering[AICTE Approved] 5
<10 years 0
10-12years 11
12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Bridge Projects 25
(i) Experience in project preparation and design of bridge projects 20
< 8 years 0
8-10 years 14
10-12 years 17
>12years 20
(ii) Experience of 2/4 lane configuration bridges 5
<2 Projects 0
2-4 Projects 4
> 4 projects 5
c) Experience as Senior Bridge Engineer or Similar Capacity in 30
Highway Design Consultancy Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways
involving design of Major Bridges ( minimum 2 nos. of length more than
200m)
<2 numbers 0
2-4 numbers 24
5-6 numbers 27
> 6 numbers 30
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
176
2.4.4 Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert

No.
i) Degree in Civil Engineering[AICTE Approved] 20

ii) Post graduation in Traffic Engineering /Transportation Engineering / 5
Transportation Planning[AICTE Approved]

<6 years 0
6-10years 11
10-15 years 13
>15years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects – Experience on Similar Projects (2/4/6 25
laning of NH/SH/ Expressways)
<5years 0
5-6years 18
6-10 years 22
>10years 25
c) Experience as Traffic and Safety Expert / Traffic Engineer or in Similar 30
Capacity in Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum aggregate length 80 km)
<80km 0
80km-150km 24
150km -250km 27
>250km 30
Less than 1 Year 0

1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
177
2.4.5 MATERIAL ENGINEER cum GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER cum GEOLOGIST
i) Degree in Civil Engineering /M. Sc. in Geology[AICTE Approved] 20
ii) Post graduation in Foundation Engineering / Soil Mechanics / Geo Tech 5
Engineering
<10 years 0
10-12 years 11
12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects – In Similar Projects (2/4/6 laning 25
of NH/SH/Expressways) in design and or Construction/ Construction
Supervision
<7 years 0
7-10 years 18
10 -12 years 22
>12years 25
c) Experience as Material cum Geo-technical Engineer or in Similar 30
capacity on Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum
aggregate length 80 km)
<80km 0
80km-150km 24
150km – 250km 27
>250km 30
Less than 1 Year 0

1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
178
1.4.6 SENIOR SURVEY ENGINEER

i) Degree or equivalent in Civil Engineering / Diploma in Civil Engineering / 20
Diploma in Surveying[AICTE Approved]
ii) Post Graduation in Survey Engineering / Surveying / Remote Sensing [AICTE 5
Approved]
<10 years 0
10-12 years 11
12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects 25
i) Experience in Similar Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH / SH / Expressways) 20
in project preparation/ Construction / Construction Supervision
<8years 0
8 -10 years 14
10-12 years 17
>12 years 20
ii) Knowledge and understanding of modern Computer based method o 5
Surveying
Yes 5
No 0
c) Experience as Survey Engineer or in Similar Capacity for projec 30
preparation of highway project (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum
Aggregate Length of to 80km)
<80km 0
80km-150km 24
150km-250km 27
>250km 30
Less than 1 Year 0

1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
179
2.4.7 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALIST

i) Degree in Civil Engineering / Environmental Engineering or Post Graduate in 20
Environmental Sciences[AICTE Approved]
ii) Post-Graduation in Environmental Engineering [AICTE Approved] 5

<6 years 0
6-8 years 11
8-10 years 13
>10 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in Environment impact 25
assessment of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
<5 years 0
5 -7 years 18
7-10 years 22
>10 years 25
c) Experience as Environmental Specialist or in Similar Capacity in Highway 30
Projects(2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
<2 projects 0
2- 4 projects 24
5-7 projects 27
>7 projects 30
Less than 1 Year 0

1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
180
2.4.8 QUANTITY SURVEYOR/DOCUMENTATION EXPERT

i) Graduation or equivalent in Civil Engineering / Certificate course from 20
‘Institution of Quantity Surveying’[AICTE Approved]
ii) Graduation or equivalent in Civil Engineering[AICTE 5
Approved]
<10 years 0
10-12 years 11
12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in preparation of Bill of 25
Quantities, Contract documents and documentation for major highway
projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
<8 years 0
8 -10 years 18
10-12 years 22
>12 years 25
c) Experience as Quantity Surveyor / Documentation Expert or in Similar 30
Capacity in Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
(Minimum Aggregate length of 80km)
<80km 0
80km-150km 24
150km – 250km 27
>250km 30
Less than 1 Year 0

1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
181
2.4.9 LAND ACQUISITION EXPERT

i) Graduation or equivalent 20
ii) Post Graduation 5

<15 years 0
15-17 years 12
17-20 years 14
>20 years 15
b) Experience in Land Acquisition works of Government/Authority 20
<10 years 0
10 -12 years 15
12-15 years 18
>15 years 20
c) Experience in Land Acquisition works in Highway/road sector 25
Nil project 0
1 project 18
2 projects 22
3 projects 25
d) Retired Revenue officer at the level of ADM/SDM / Tehsildar 10
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
182
2.4.10 UTILITY EXPERT

i) Graduation or equivalent 20
ii) Post Graduation 5

<10 years 0
10-12 years 12
12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Utility estimation and its laying/ erection 30
<8 years 0
8 -10 years 22
10-12 years 26
>12 years 30
c) Experience in Utility shifting estimation and its laying/ erection along Highway/ roads 25
Nil project 0
1 project 15
2 projects 20
3 projects 25
Less than 1 Year 0

1-2 years 2.5
more than 2 years 5
Total 100
183
Assumptions to be made regarding Similar Capacity for various
positions
1. Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant / Contractor: Team Leader/Senior Highway

Engineer.
ii) In Government Organizations: Superintending Engineer (or

equivalent) and above
2. Senior Bridge Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant: Senior Bridge Engineer/Bridge

Engineer/ Bridge Design Engineer
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent)

and above
3. Highway cum Pavement Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant: Highway Engineer/Highway Design

Engineer/Pavement Engineer.

and a b o v e
4. Material Engineer cum Geo Technical Engineer- Geologist
i) On behalf of Consultant: Material Engineer/Material

Expert/Geo Technical Engineer

and above
iii) On behalf of Contractor: Material Engineer/Material

Expert/Geo Technical
Engineer/Manager (Material)
184
5. Traffic and Safety Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant: Traffic Engineer/Transportation

Engineer/Road Safety Expert

and a b o v e
iii) On behalf of Contractor: Traffic Engineer/Transportation

Engineer/ Road Safety Expert
6. Senior Survey Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant: Senior Survey Engineer/ Survey

Engineer/ Senior Surveyor
ii) In Government Organizations: Surveyor/Engineer (or equivalent)
iii) On behalf of Contractor: Senior Survey Engineer/Survey

Engineer/ Senior Surveyor
7. Environmental Specialist
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Environmental Engineer/

Environmental Specialist/
Environmental Expert
ii) In Government Organization: Officers who has dealt

environment/forest matter.
8. Quantity Surveyor/Documentation Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Quantity Surveyor
(ii) In Government Organizations: Assistant Engineer (or equivalent)
9. Land Acquisition Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Land Acquisition Expert
(ii) In Government Organizations: ADM, SDM, Tehsildar,
10. UTILITY Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Utility Expert
(ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent)

and a b o v e .
185
Consultant has to assess the major utility shifting involved and propose the CV accordingly.
Note: While carrying out evaluation of key personnel, the experience in similar capacity
is also a criteria of evaluation and assumptions to be made regarding similar capacity have
been mentioned above. However, if a key personnel has worked in next lower category to
the similar capacity, the marks allotted to key personnel in the category ‘experience in
similar capacity’ shall be reduced to two thirds of marks in this category. This shall be
applicable for evaluation of all key personnel.
186
Appendix VI
DRAFT CONTRACT AGREEMENT
Between

(Ministry of Road Transport and Highways)
And
M/s ………………………………….….. in JV with M/s ……………….……………. And in

Association with M/s ……………………………..
For
<Project Discription>
(From km to km of NH in the State of … )
187
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Description Page No. I.
CONTRACT FORCONSULTANT’S SERVICES
II GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. General Provisions
1.1 Definitions
1.2 Relation between the Parties
1.3 Law Governing the Contract
1.4 Language
1.5 Headings
1.6 Notices
1.7 Location
1.8 Authority of Member in Charge
1.9 Authorized Representatives
1.10 Taxes and Duties
2. Commencement, Completion, Modification and Termination of Contract

2.1 Effectiveness of Contract
2.2 Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective
2.3 Commencement of Services
2.4 Expiration of Contract
2.5 Entire Agreement
2.6 Modification
2.7 Force Majeure
2.7.1 Definition
2.7.2 No Breach of Contract
2.7.3 Measures to be Taken
2.7.4 Extension of Time
2.7.5 Payments
2.7.6 Consultation
2.8 Suspenstion
2.9 Termination
2.9.1 By the Client
2.9.2 By the Consultants
2.9.3 Cessation of Rights and Obligations
2.9.4 Cessation of Services
2.9.5 Payment upon Termination
2.9.6 Disputes about Events of Termination
3. Obligations of the Consultants

3.1 General
3.1.1 Standard of Performance
3.1.2 Law Governing Services3.2 Conflict of Interests
3.2.1 Consultants not to Benefit from Commissions, discounts etc.
188
3.2.2 Consultants and Affiliates not to be otherwise interested in Project
3.2.3 Prohibition of Conflicting Activities
3.3 Confidentiality
3.4 Liability of the Consultants
3.5 Insurance to be taken out by the Consultants
3.6 Accounting, Inspection and Auditing
3.7 Consultants’ Actions requiring Client’s prior Approval
3.8 Reporting Obligations
3.9 Documents prepared by the Consultants to be the Property of the Client
3.10 Equipment and Materials furnished by the Client
4. Consultants’ Personnel
4.1 General
4.2 Description of Personnel
4.3 Approval of Personnel
4.4 Working Hours, Overtime, Leave etc.
4.5 Removal and/or Replacement of Personnel
4.6 Resident Project Manager
5. Obligations of the Client

5.1 Assistance and Exemptions
5.2 Access to Land
5.3 Change in the Applicable Law
5.4 Services, Facilities and Property of the Client
5.5 Payment
6. Payment to the Consultants

6.1 Cost Estimates; Ceiling Amount
6.2 Currency of Payment
6.3 Mode of Billing and Payment
7. Responsibility for accuracy of the project document

7.1 General
7.2 Retention money
7.3 Penalty
7.4 Action for deficiency in services
8. Fairness and Good Faith

8.1 Good Faith
8.2 Operation of the Contract
9. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
9.1 Amicable Settlement
9.2 Dispute Settlement
189
III. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
IV. APPENDICES
Appendix A: Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the
Services and Reporting Requirements
Appendix B: Consultants’ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional

Personnel, Task assignment, work programme, manning schedule,
qualification requirements of key personnel, schedule for submission
of various report.
Appendix C: Hours of work for Consultants’ Personnel
Appendix D: Duties of the Client
Appendix E: Cost Estimate
Appendix F: Copy of letter of invitation
Appendix G: Copy of letter of acceptance
Appendix H(1): Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security for individual
work
Appendix H(2): Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security for a number
of works
Appendix I: Minutes of the Pre-bid meeting
190
DRAFT CONTRACT FOR CONSULTANT’S SERVICES
191
CONTRACT FOR CONSULTANTS’ SERVICES
Consultancy Services for Request for engagement of DPR consultant for 4-laning of
Palwal-Tappal-Aligarh section of NH-334D in the state of Uttar Pradesh.
(From km to km Of NH in the State of ….)
This CONTRACT (hereinafter called the “Contract”) is made on the ----------- day of the
month of----------------- 2015 , between, on the one hand, National Highways Authority of
India (NHAI), New Delhi (hereinafter called the “Client”) and,
on the other hand,M/s ------------------------------------------ in JV with ---------------------
------------- and in Association with ................................... (hereinafter called the
“Consultants”).
WHEREAS
(A) the Client has requested the Consultants to provide certain consulting services as
defined in the General Conditions attached to this Contract (hereinafter called the
“Services”);
(B) the Consultants, having represented to the Client that they have the required
professional skills, personnel and technical resources, have agreed to provide
the Services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract;
NOW THEREFORE the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1 The following documents attached hereto shall be deemed to form an integral part
of this Contract:
(a) The General Conditions of Contract (hereinafter called “GC”);

(b) The Special Conditions of contract (hereinafter called “SC”);
(c) The following Appendices:
Appendix A: Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the Services and
Reporting Requirements
Appendix B: Consultants’ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional Personnel,
Task assignment, work programme, manning schedule, qualification
requirements of key personnel, and schedule for submission of various
report.
Appendix C: Hours of work for Consultants’ Personnel
Appendix D: Duties of the Client
Appendix E: Cost Estimate
192
Appendix H: Copy of Bank Guarantee for Performance Security
Appendix-I: Minutes of the pre-bid meeting
2. The mutual rights and obligations of the Client and the Consultants shall be as set
forth in the Contract; in particular:
(a) The Consultants shall carry out the Services in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract; and
(b) Client shall make payments to the Consultants in accordance with the provisions
of the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Contract to be signed in their
respective names as of the day and year first above written.
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF Witness

(National Highways Authority of India)
1. Signature Name
Address
By
Authorized Representative 2. Signature Name
Address
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF Witness

(Consultant)
1. Signature
Name
Address
By
Authorized Representative 2. Signature Name
Address
193
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
194
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 Definitions
Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms whenever used in this
Contract have the following meanings:
(a) “Applicable Law means the laws and any other instruments having the force of
lawin the Government’s country as they may be issued and in force from time to
time;
(b) “Contract” means the Contract signed by the Parties, to which these
General Conditions of Contract are attached, together with all the documents
listed in Clause 1 of such signed Contract;
(c) “Effective Date” means the date on which this Contract comes into force and effect
pursuant to Clause GC 2.1;
(d) “foreign currency” means any currency other than the currency of the
Government;
(e) “GC” means these General Conditions of Contract;
(f) “Government” means the Government of India;
(g) “local currency” means the currency of the Government;
(h) “Member”, in case the Consultants consist of a joint venture or consortium of

more than one entity, means any of these entities, and “Members” means all of
these entities;
(i) “Personnel” means persons hired by the Consultants or by any Sub consultant as
employees and assigned to the performance of the Services or any part thereof;
“foreign Personnel” means such persons who at the time of being so hired had their
domicile outside India; and “local Personnel” means such persons who at the time
of being so hired had their domicile inside India;
(j) “Party” means the Client or the Consultants, as the case may be, and Parties means
both of them;
(k) “Services” means the work to be performed by the Consultants pursuant to this
Contract for the purposes of the Project, as described in Appendix A hereto;
(l) “SC” means the Special Conditions of Contract by which these General Conditions
of Contract may be amended or supplemented;
195
(m) “Sub consultant” means any entity to which the Consultants subcontract any part
of the Services in accordance with the provisions of Clause GC 3.7; and
(n) “Third Party” means any person or entity other than the Government, the Client,
the Consultants or a Sub consultant.
1.2 Relation between the Parties

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as establishing a relation of master and servant
or of agent and principal as between the Client and the Consultants. The Consultants,
subject to this Contract, have complete charge of Personnel performing the Services and
shall be fully responsible for the Services performed by them or on their behalf hereunder.
1.3 Governing Law and Jurisdiction

This Contract, its meaning and interpretation, and the relation between the Parties shall
be governed by the Applicable Laws of India and the Courts at …………shall have
exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
1.4 Language
This Contract has been executed in the language specified in the SC, which shall be the
binding and controlling language for all matters relating to the meaning or interpretation
of this Contract.
1.5 Table of Contents and Headings

The table of contents, headings or sub-headings in this agreement are for convenience for
reference only and shall not be used in, and shall not limit, alter or affect the construction
and interpretation of this Contract.
1.6 Notices
1.6.1 Any notice, request or consent required or permitted to be given or made pursuant
to this Contract shall be in writing. Any such notice, request or consent shall be deemed
to have been given or made when delivered in person to an authorized representative of
the Party to whom the communication is addressed, or when sent by registered mail,
facsimile or e-mail to such Party at the address specified in the SC.
1.6.2 Notice will be deemed to be effective as specified in the SC.
1.6.3 A party may change its address for notice hereunder by giving the other Party
notice of such change pursuant to the provisions listed in the SC with respect to Clause GC
1.6.2.
1.7 Location
The Services shall be performed at such locations as are specified in Letter of Acceptance
(Appendix-I) hereto and, where the location of a particular task is not so specified, at such
locations, whether in India or elsewhere, as the Client may approve.
1.8 Authority of Member in Charge

In case the Consultants consist of a joint venture of more than one entity, with or without
an Associate the Members hereby authorize the entity specified in the SC to act on their
behalf in exercising all the Consultants’ rights and obligations towards the Client
196
under this Contract, including without limitation the receiving of instructions and
payments from the Client.
1.9 Authorized Representatives

Any action required or permitted to be taken, and any document required or permitted to
be executed, under this Contract by the Client or the Consultants may be taken or executed
by the officials specified in the SC.
1.10 Taxes and Duties

Unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Consultants shall pay all such taxes, duties, fees
and other impositions as may be levied under the Applicable Law.
2. COMMENCEMENT, COMPLETION, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION OF

CONTRACT
2.1 Effectiveness of Contract

This Contract shall come into force and effect on the date of the Client’s notice to the
Consultants instructing the Consultants to begin carrying out the Services. This notice shall
confirm that the effectiveness conditions, if any, listed in the SC have been met.
2.2 Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective

If this Contract has not become effective within such time period after the date of the
Contract signed by the Parties as shall be specified in the SC, either Party may, by not less
than four (4) weeks’ written notice to the other Party, declare this Contract to be null and
void, and in the event of such a declaration by either Party, neither Party shall have any
claim against the other Party with respect hereto.
2.3 Commencement of Services

The Consultants shall begin carrying out the Services at the end of such time period after
the Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC.
2.4 Expiration of Contract

Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Clause GC 2.9 hereof, this Contract shall expire when
services have been completed and all payments have been made at the end of such time
period after the Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC.
2.5 Entire Agreement

This Contract contains all covenants, stipulations and provisions agreed by the Parties. No
agent or representative of either Party has authority to make, and the Parties shall not be
bound by or be liable for, any statement, representation, promise or agreement not set
forth herein.
2.6 Modification
Modification of the terms and conditions of this Contract, including any modification of the
scope of the Services, may only be made by written agreement between the Parties.
Pursuant to Clause GC 8.2 hereof, however, each party shall give due consideration to any
proposals for modification made by the other Party.
197
2.7 Force Majeure
2.7.1 Definition
(a) For the purposes of this Contract, “Force Majeure” means an event which is beyond
the reasonable control of a Party, and which makes a Party’s performance of its
obligations hereunder impossible or so impractical as reasonably to be considered
impossible in the circumstances, and includes, but is not limited to, war, riots, civil
disorder, earthquake, fire, explosion, storm, flood or other adverse weather
conditions, strikes, lockouts or other industrial action (except where such strikes,
lockouts or other industrial action are within the power of the Party invoking Force
Majeure to prevent), confiscation or any other action by government agencies.
(b) Force Majeure shall not include (i) any event which is caused by the negligence or
intentional action of a Party or such Party’s Sub consultants or agents or employees,
nor (ii) any event which a diligent Party could reasonably have been expected to
both (A) take into account at the time of the conclusion of this Contract and (B)
avoid or overcome in the carrying out of its obligations hereunder.
(c) Force Majeure shall not include insufficiency of funds or failure to make any
payment required hereunder.
2.7.2 No Breach of Contract

The failure of a Party to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder shall not be considered to
be a breach of, or default under, this Contract insofar as such inability arises from an event
of Force Majuere, provided that the Party affected by such an event has taken all
reasonable precautions, due care and reasonable alternative measures, all with the
objective of carrying out the terms and conditions of this Contract.
2.7.3 Measures to be Taken

(a) A party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall take all reasonable measures to
remove such Party’s inability to fulfill its obligations hereunder with a
minimum of delay.
(b) A party affected by an event of Force Majuere shall notify the other Party of such
event as soon as possible, and in any event not later than fourteen (14) days
following the occurrence of such event, providing evidence of the nature and
cause of such event, and shall similarly give notice of the restoration of normal
conditions as soon as possible.
(c) The Parties shall take all reasonable measures to minimize the consequences of any
event of Force Majeure.
2.7.4 Extension of Time

Any period within which a Party shall, pursuant to this Contract, complete any action or
task, shall be extended for a period equal to the time during which such Party was unable
to perform such action as a result of Force Majeure.
2.7.5 Payments
During the period of their inability to perform the Services as a result of an event of Force
Majeure, the Consultants shall be entitled to be reimbursed for additional costs reasonably
and necessarily incurred by them during such period for the purposes of the Services and
in reactivating the Services after the end of such period.
198
2.7.6 Consultation
Not later than thirty (30) days after the Consultants, as the result of an event of Force
Majeure, have become unable to perform a material portion of the Services, the Parties
shall consult with each other with a view to agreeing on appropriate measures to be taken
in the circumstances.
2.8 Suspension
The Client may, by written notice of suspension to the Consultants, suspend all payments
to the Consultants hereunder if the Consultants fail to perform any of their obligations
under this Contract, including the carrying out of the Services, provided that such notice
of suspension (i) shall specify the nature of the failure, and (ii) shall request the Consultants
to remedy such failure within a period not exceeding thirty (30) days after receipt by the
Consultants of such notice of suspension.
2.9 Termination
2.9.1 By the Client
The Client may, by not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice of termination to the
Consultants (except in the event listed in paragraph (f) below, for which there shall be a
written notice of not less than sixty (60) days), such notice to be given after
the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this
Clause2.9.1, terminate this Contract:
(a) if the Consultants fail to remedy a failure in the performance of their obligations
are under, as specified in a notice of suspension pursuant to Clause 2.8 hereinabove,
within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice of suspension or within such further
period as the Client may have subsequently approved in writing;
(b) if the Consultants become (or, if the Consultants consist of more than one entity, if
any of their Members becomes) insolvent or bankrupt or enter into any agreements
with their creditors for relief of debt or take advantage of any law for the benefit
of debtors or go into liquidation or receivership whether compulsory or voluntary;
(c) if the Consultants fail to comply with any final decision reached as a result of
arbitration proceedings pursuant to Clause 8 hereof;
(d) if the Consultants submit to the Client a statement which has a material effect on
the rights, obligations or interests of the Client and which the Consultants know to
be false;
(e) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultants are unable to perform
a material portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days; or
(f) if the Client, in its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever, decides
to terminate this Contract.
2.9.2 By the Consultants

The Consultants may, by not less than thirty (30) day’s written notice to the Client,
such notice to be given after the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs
(a) through (d) of this Clause 2.9.2, terminate this Contract:
199
(a) if the Client fails to pay any money due to the Consultants pursuant to this contract
and not subject to dispute pursuant to Clause 8 hereof within forty-five(45)
days after receiving written notice from the Consultants that such payment is
overdue;
(b) if the Client is in material breach of its obligations pursuant to this Contract
and has not remedied the same within forty-five (45) days (or such longer period
as the Consultants may have subsequently approved in writing) following
the receipt by the Client of the Consultants’ notice specifying such breach;
(c) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultant are unable to perform a material
portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days; or
(d) if the Client fails to comply with any final decision reached as a result of
arbitration pursuant to Clause 8 hereof.
2.9.3 Cessation of Rights and Obligations

Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 2.2 or 2.9 hereof, or upon expiration
of this Contract pursuant to Clause 2.4 hereof, all rights and obligations of the Parties
hereunder shall cease, except (i) such rights and obligations as may have accrued
on the date of termination or expiration, (ii) the obligation of confidentiality set forth
in Clause 3.3 hereof, (iii) the Consultant’s obligation to permit inspection, copying and
auditing of their accounts and records set forth in Clause 3.6 (ii) hereof, and (iv) any
right which a Party may have under the Applicable Law.
2.9.4 Cessation of Services

Upon termination of this Contract by notice of either Party to the other pursuant to
Clauses 2.9.1 or 2.9.2 hereof, the Consultants shall, immediately upon dispatch or receipt
of such notice, take all necessary steps to bring the Services to a close in a prompt
and orderly manner and shall make every reasonable effort to keep expenditures for this
purpose to a minimum. With respect to documents prepared by the Consultants and
equipment and materials furnished by the Client, the Consultants shall proceed as
provided, respectively, by Clauses 3.9 or 3.10 hereof.
2.9.5 Payment upon Termination

Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 2.9.1 or 2.9.2 hereof, the Client
shall make the following payments to the Consultants (after offsetting against these
payments any amount that may be due from the Consultant to the Client):
(i) remuneration pursuant to Clause 6 hereof for Services satisfactorily performed
prior to the effective date of termination.
(ii) reimbursable expenditures pursuant to Clause 6 hereof for expenditures actually
incurred prior to the effective date of termination; and
(iii) except in the case of termination pursuant to paragraphs (a) through (d) of Clause
2.9.1 hereof, reimbursement of any reasonable cost incident to the prompt and
orderly termination of the Contract including the cost of the return travel of the
Consultants’ personnel and their eligible dependents.
2.9.6 Disputes about Events of Termination
If either Party disputes whether an event specified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of
Clause 2.9.1 or in Clause 2.9.2 hereof has occurred, such Party may, within forty-five (45)
days after receipt of notice of termination from the other Party, refer the matter to
arbitration pursuant to Clause 8 hereof, and this Contract shall not be terminated on
account of such event except in accordance with the terms of any resulting arbitral award.
200
3. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONSULTANTS
3.1 General
3.1.1 Standard of Performance

The Consultants shall perform the Services and carry out their obligations here under with
all due diligence, efficiency and economy, in accordance with generally accepted
professional techniques and practices, and shall observe sound management practices,
and employ appropriate advanced technology and safe and effective equipment,
machinery, materials and methods. The Consultants shall always act, in respect of any
matter relating to this Contract or to the Services, as faithful advisers to the Client,
and shall at all times support and safeguard the Client's legitimate interests in any
dealings with Sub consultants or Third Parties.
3.1.2 Law Governing Services

The Consultants shall perform the Services in accordance with the Applicable Law and
shall take all practicable steps to ensure that any Sub consultants, as well as the
Personnel and agents of the Consultants and any Sub consultants, comply with the
Applicable Law. The Client shall advise the Consultants in writing of relevant local customs
and the Consultants shall, after such notifications, respect such customs.
3.2 Conflict of Interests
3.2.1 Consultants not to Benefit from Commissions, Discounts, etc.

The remuneration of the Consultants pursuant to Clause 6 hereof shall constitute the
Consultants' sole remuneration in connection with this Contract or the Services and the
Consultants shall not accept for their own benefit any trade commission, discount or
similar payment in connection with activities pursuant to this Contract or to the Services
or in the Discharge of their obligations hereunder, and the Consultants shall use their best
efforts to ensure that any Sub consultants, as well as the Personnel and agents of either
of them, similarly shall not receive any such additional remuneration.
3.2.2 Consultants and Affiliates not to be otherwise interested in Project

The Consultants agree that, during the term of this Contract and after its termination, the
Consultants and any entity affiliated with the Consultants, as well as any Sub consultant and
any entity affiliated with such Sub consultant, shall be disqualified from providing goods,
works or services (other than the Services and any continuation thereof) for any project
resulting from or closely related to the Services.
3.2.3 Prohibition of Conflicting Activities

Neither the Consultants nor their Sub consultants nor the Personnel of either of them shall
engage, either directly or indirectly, in any of the following activities:
(a) during the term of this Contract, any business or professional activities in the
Government's country which would conflict with the activities assigned to them under this
Contract; or
201
(b) after the termination of this Contract, such other activities as may be specified in the
SC.
3.3 Confidentiality
The Consultants, their Sub consultants and the Personnel of either of them shall not,
either during the term or within two (2) years after the expiration of this
Contract, disclose any proprietary or confidential information relation to the Project, the
Services, this Contract or the Client's business or operations without the prior written
consent of the Client.
3.4 Liability of the Consultants

Subject to additional provisions, if any, set forth in the SC, the Consultants' liability under
this Contract shall be as provided by the Applicable Law.
3.5 Insurance to be taken out by the Consultants

The Consultants (i) shall take out and maintain, and shall cause any Sub consultants to
take out and maintain, at their (or the Sub consultants', as the case may be) own cost but
on terms and conditions approved by the Client, insurance against the risks, and for the
coverage, as shall be specified in the Special Conditions (SC), and (ii) at the Client's
request, shall provide evidence to the Client showing that such insurance has been taken
out and maintained and that the current premiums therefore have been paid.
3.6 Accounting, Inspection and Auditing

The Consultants (i) shall keep accurate and systematic accounts and records in respect of
the Services hereunder, in accordance with internationally accepted accounting principles
and in such form and detail as will clearly identify all relevant time charges and cost, and
the bases thereof (including the bases of the Consultants' costs and charges), and (ii) shall
permit the Client or its designated representative periodically, and up to one year from
the expiration or termination of this Contact, to inspect the same and make copies thereof
as well as to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Client.
3.7 Consultants' Actions requiring Client's prior Approval

The Consultants shall obtain the Client's prior approval in writing before taking any of the
following actions:
(a) appointing such members of the Personnel as are listed in Appendix B;

(b) entering into a subcontract for the performance of any part of the Services, it
being understood (i)that the selection of the Sub-consultant and the terms and conditions
of the subcontract shall have been approved in writing by the Client prior to the
execution of the subcontract, and (ii) that the Consultants shall remain fully liable for the
performance of the Services by the Sub-consultant and its Personnel pursuant to this
Contract;
(c) any other action that may be specified in the SC.
3.8 Reporting Obligations

The Consultants shall submit to the Client the reports and documents specified in Appendix
A/E here to, in the form, in the numbers and within the time periods set forth in the said
Appendix. Reporting stages, review progress and checklist shall be as reflected in the DPR.
202
3.9 Documents prepared by the Consultants to be the Property of the Client
All plans, drawings, specifications, designs, reports and other documents prepared by the
Consultants in performing the Services shall become and remain the property of the Client,
and the Consultants shall, not later than upon termination or expiration of this Contract,
deliver all such documents to the Client, together with a detailed inventory thereof. The
Consultants may retain a copy of such documents. Restrictions about the future use of
these documents, shall be as specified in the SC.
3.10 Equipment and Materials furnished by the Client

Equipment and materials made available to the Consultants by the Client, or purchased by
the Consultants with funds provided by the Client, shall be the property of the Client and
shall be marked accordingly. Upon termination or expiration of this Contract, the
Consultants shall make available to the Client an inventory of such equipment and
materials and shall dispose of such equipment and materials in accordance with the Client's
I instructions. While in possession of such equipment and materials, the Consultants, unless
otherwise instructed by the Client in writing, shall insure them in an amount equal to their
full replacement value.
4. CONSULTANTS' PERSONNEL
4.1 General
The Consultants shall employ and provide such qualified and experienced Personnel as are
required to carry out the Services.
4.2 Description of Personnel

(a) The titles, agreed job descriptions, minimum qualification and estimated
periods of engagement in the carrying out of the Services of each of the Consultants' Key
Professional / Sub Professional Personnel are described in Appendix B.
(b) If required to comply with the provisions of Clause 3.1.1 of this Contract, adjustments
with respect to the estimated periods of engagement of Key Professional / Sub Professional
Personnel set forth in Appendix B may be made by the Consultants by written notice to
the Client, provided
(i) that such adjustments shall not alter the originally estimated period of engagement of
any individual by more than 10% or one week, whichever is larger, and
(ii) that the aggregate of such adjustments shall not cause payments under this Contract
to exceed the ceilings set forth in Clause 6.1 (b) of this Contract. Any other such
adjustments shall only be made with the Client's written approval.
(c) If additional work is required beyond the scope of the Services specified in Appendix
A, the estimated periods of engagement of Key Personnel set forth in Appendix B may be
increased by agreement in writing between the Client and the Consultants.
4.3 Approval of Personnel

The Key Personnel and Sub consultants listed by title as well as by name in Appendix B are
hereby approved by the Client. In respect of other Key Personnel which the Consultants
propose to use in the carrying out of the Services, the Consultants shall submit to the Client
for review and approval a copy of their biographical data. If the Client does not object in
writing (stating the reasons for the objection) within twenty-one (21) calendar days from
the date of receipt of such biographical data, such Key Personnel shall be deemed to have
been approved by the Client.
203
4.4 Working Hours, Overtime, Leave, etc.
(a) Working hours and holidays for Key Professional / Sub Professional Personnel are set
forth in Appendix C hereto. To account for travel time, foreign Personnel carrying out
Services inside the Government's country shall be deemed to have commenced (or finished)
work in respect of the Services such number of days before their arrival in (or after their
departure from) the Government's country is specified in Appendix C hereto.
(b) The Key Professional / Sub Professional Personnel shall not be entitled to be paid for
overtime nor to take paid sick leave or vacation leave except as specified in Appendix C
hereto, and except as specified in such Appendix, the Consultants' remuneration shall
be deemed to cover these items. All leave to be allowed to the Personnel is included in
the staff- months of service set for in Appendix B. Any taking of leave by Personnel shall
be subject to the prior approval of the Client by the Consultants, who shall ensure
that absence for leave purposes will not delay the progress and adequate supervision of
the Services.
4.5 Removal and/or Replacement of Personnel

Removal and/or replacement of Personnel shall be regulated as under:
4.5.1 In case notice to commence services pursuant to Clause 2.1 of this Contract is not
ordered by Client within 120 days of signing of contract the key personnel can excuse
themselves on valid grounds, e.g., selection on some other assignment, health problem
developed after signing of contract, etc. In such a case no penalty shall be levied on the
Firm or on the person concerned. The firm shall however be asked to give a replacement
by an equal or better scoring person, whenever mobilization is ordered.
4.5.2 In case notice to commence services is given within 120 days of signing
of contract the replacement shall be as below:
a. Replacement up to 33%: Replacement shall be by an equal or better scoring

person. Reduction in remunerations for the balance period shall be @ 5% of the monthly
rate.
b. Replacement of more than 33% and up to 50%: Replacement shall be by an equal
or better scoring person. Reduction in remunerations for the balance period shall be @
10% of the monthly rate.
c. Replacement beyond 50% and upto 66%. Replacement shall be by an equal or better
scoring person. Reduction in remunerations for the balance period shall be @ 15% of the
monthly rate.
d. Replacement beyond 66 %shall normally not be considered. However in exceptional
circumstances, where it becomes absolutely essential the remunerations of the substitute
shall be reduced by 50 % of the original person replaced. Replacement shall be by an
equal or better scoring person, The Department may initiate action for
termination/debarment of such consultant for future projects of NHAI/ MoRTH for a period
of 6 months to 24 months depending upon the severity of case.
4.5.3 Replacement after original contract period is over:
There shall be no limit on the replacements and no reduction in remunerations shall

be made. The replacement shall however be of equal or better score.
204
4.5.4 If the Employer (i) finds that any of the Personnel has committed serious
misconduct or has been charged with having committed a criminal action or (ii) has
reasonable ground to be dissatisfied with the performance of any of the Personnel, then
the consultant shall, at the Employer’s written request specifying the grounds
therefore, forthwith provide a replacement with qualifications and experience acceptable
to him.
4.5.5 If the team leader or any other key personnel/ specialist considered pivotal to
the project is replaced, the substitute may be interviewed by NHAI to assess their merit
and suitability.
4.5.6 If any member of the approved team of a consultant engaged by NHAI leaves
that consultant before completion of the job, he shall be barred for a period of 6 months
to 24 months from being engaged as a team member of any other consultant working
(or to be appointed) for any other NHAI/ MoRTH projects.
4.5.7 In exceptional situations where the replacement with equivalent or better

qualification is not available, replacement with lower qualifications than the originally
approved may be accepted with reduction in remuneration as per the procedure
prescribed below. This kind of relaxation shall however, be limited to replacement of 2
key personnel only in one consultancy contract package.
i) The new proposed personnel as a replacement has to be evaluated as per the criteria
fixed at the time of evaluation of original proposal and marks/rating and then:
-If the original personnel (included in the original proposal based on which the contract
was awarded) is to be replaced at the instruction of NHAI and the new proposed personnel
is having less qualification/ experience i.e marks/rating (but fulfilling the minimum
requirement as per TOR), his remuneration would be reduced by 15% over and above the
stipulated conditions in the contract because of less qualified personnel
-If the original personnel (included in Contract Agreement) is to be replaced by the

Consulting firm and the new proposed personnel is having less qualification/ experience
(marks/rating), then his remuneration would be decreased proportionally in comparison
to the marks of the original personnel. This will also take into account the contract
condition and if the proposed reduction is less than that stipulated in contract condition,
it would be as per the contract provision.
It will be ensured that the new proposed personnel should score at least 75% of the marks
of the originally approved key personnel. Both the Consulting firm and the proposed
personnel should give the undertaking in the format available in Form VII of Appendix II
along with the replacement CV.
ii) The CV should be signed by personnel and the consulting firm in every page. If the CV
is found incorrect at later date, the personnel accepted would be removed from the
assignment and debarred from further NHAI/ MoRTH works for an appropriate period to
be decided by NHAI and the new proposed personnel in place of removed personnel would
be paid 15% less salary than the original personnel. 15% reduction in the salary will be
imposed as penalty for submitting the incorrect information. This penalty will be imposed
only once. If the same consulting firm submits incorrect information again second time,
necessary action will be taken by NHAI to blacklist the firm.
205
4.6 Resident Project Manager
If required by the SC, the Consultants shall ensure that at all times during the Consultants'
performance of the Services in the Government's country a resident project manager,
acceptable to the Client, shall take charge of the performance of such Services.
5. OBLIGATION OF THE CLIENT

5.1 Assistance and Exemptions unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Client shall use
its best efforts to ensure that the Government shall:
(a) provide the Consultants, Sub consultants and Personnel with work permits and such
other documents as shall be necessary to enable the Consultants, Sub consultants or
Personnel to perform the Services;
(b) assist for the Personnel and, if appropriate, their eligible dependents to be provided
promptly with all supporting papers for necessary entry and exit visas, residence permits,
exchange permits and any other documents required for their stay in India;
(c) facilitate prompt clearance through customs of any property required for the Services;
(d) issue to officials, agents and representatives of the Government all such instructions
as may be necessary or appropriate for the prompt and effective implementation of the
Services;
5.2 Access to Land

The Client warrants that the Consultants shall have, free of charge, unimpeded access to
all land in the Government’s country in respect of which access is required for the
performance of the Services. The Client will be responsible for any damage to such land
or any property thereon resulting from such access and will indemnify the Consultants and
each of the Personnel in respect of liability for any such damage, unless such damage is
caused by the default or negligence of the Consultants or any Sub consultants or the
Personnel of either of them.
5.3 Change in the Applicable Law

If, after the date of this Contract, there is any change in the Applicable Law with respect to
taxes and duties which increases or decreases the cost or reimbursable expenses incurred by
the Consultants in performing the Services, then the remuneration and reimbursable expenses
otherwise payable to the Consultants under this Contract shall be increased or decreased
accordingly by agreement between the Parties hereto, and corresponding adjustments shall be
made to the ceiling amounts specified in Clause 6.1(b),
5.4 Services, Facilities and Property of the Client

The client shall make available to the Consultants and the Personnel, for the purposes of the
Services and free of any charge, the services, facilities and property described in Appendix D
at the times and in the manner specified in said Appendix D, provided that if such services,
facilities and property shall not be made available to the Consultants as and when so specified,
the Parties shall agree on (i) any time extension that may be appropriate to grant to the
Consultants for the performance of the Services, (ii) the manner in which the Consultants shall
procure any such services, facilities and property from other sources, and (iii) the additional
payments, if any, to be made to the Consultants as a result thereof pursuant to Clause 6.1(c)
hereinafter.
206
5.5 Payment
In consideration of the Services performed by the Consultants under this Contract, the Client
shall make to the Consultants such payments and in such manner as is provided by Clause 6 of
this Contract.
6. PAYMENT TO THE CONSULTANTS
6.1 Cost Estimates: Ceiling Amount
(a) An abstract of the cost of the Services payable in local currency (Indian Rupees) is set forth
in Appendix E.
(b) Except as may be otherwise agreed under Clause 2.6 and subject to Clause 6.1(c), the
payments under this Contract shall not exceed the ceiling specified in the SC. The Consultants
shall notify the Client as soon as cumulative charges incurred for the Services have reached
80% of the ceiling.
(c) Notwithstanding Clause 6.1(b) hereof, if pursuant to Clauses 5.4 hereof, the Parties shall
agree that additional payments shall be made to the Consultants in order to cover any
necessary additional expenditures not envisaged in the cost estimates referred to in Clause
6.1(a) above, the ceiling set forth in Clause 6.1(b) above shall be increased by the amount or
amounts, as the case may be, of any such additional payments.
6.2 Currency of Payment
(a) The payment shall be made in Indian Rupees.
6.3 Mode of Billing and Payment
Billing and payments in respect of the Services shall be made as follows:-
(a) The Client shall cause to be paid to the Consultants an advance payment as specified in the
SC, and as otherwise set forth below. The advance payment will be due after provision by the
Consultants to the Client of a bank guarantee by a bank acceptable to the Client in an amount
(or amounts) and in a currency (or currencies) specified in the SC, such bank guarantee (i) to
remain effective until the advance payment has been fully set off as provided in the SC, and
ii) in such form as the Client shall have approved in writing.
207
(b) Payment Schedule
The Consultant will be paid stage-wise as a percentage of the contract value as per the
schedule given below:
S. No Item Payment %
1 Submission of final QAP and Inception Report 10%
2 Approval of final Alignment Report 5%
3 Submission of final feasibility Report 5%
4 Submission Of 3a Notification, Draft 3 A And Approval Of Final Land 5%
Acquisition Report containing details of 3a, 3A
5 Submission of all utilities shifting proposals to user agencies and 2.5%
submission of utilities relocation plan to NHAI
6 Submission of all stage I clearance proposals and submission of 5%
clearances repot to NHAI
7 Approval of final DPR report, documents and drawings 10%
8 Approval of bid documents and draft civil works contract agreement along 5%
with technical schedules.
9 3D publication for all land parcels identified in item 4 above and submission 10%
of Land Acquisition II report
10 Stage II clearance approval and submission of final clearances II report 5%
11 Final approval of utilities shifting estimates and submission of Utilities II 2.5%
report
12 Completion of award declaration (3G) for 90% of land parcels identified in 10%
item 9 and submission of Land Award report
13 Earlier of award of package to contractor/concessionaire or 6 months from 10%
launch of tender process
14 Receipt of land possession certificates (3E) for 90% of all land parcels 10%
identified in LA II report and submission of Land Possession report
15 Amount to be released at earlier of projects COD or 3 years from start of 5%
civil work
Total : 100%
16 Bonus on submission of draft 3A within 15 days of alignment finalization 1 % bonus
17 Bonus on submission of draft 3D within 60 days of draft 3 A. 2.5% bonus
18 Bonus on receipt of possession certificate (3E) for more than 90% of land 5% bonus
identified in item 9 above within 165 days of draft 3 A.
19 Bonus on submission of utility shifting proposal including clearance within 1% bonus
60 days of alignment finalization.
Note: Consultants have to provide a certificate that all key personnel as envisaged in the
Contract Agreement has been actually deployed in the project. They have to submit this
certificate at the time of submission of bills to NHAI from time to time.
* The Concerned Project Director or his authorized representative shall ensure and
certify at least 5% test check of all the data collected by the Consultant before releasing
the payment to the Consultant.
208
(c) No payment shall become eligible for the next stage till the consultant completes to
the satisfaction of the client the work pertaining to the preceding stage. The payment
for the work of sub-soil investigation (Boring)will be as per plan approved by the client
and will be paid as per actual at the rates quoted by the consultants .The payment for
the quantity given by the client for boring will be deemed to be included in the above
mentioned payment schedule. Any adjustment in the payment to the consultants will be
made in the final payment only.
(d) The Client shall cause the payment of the Consultants in Para 6.4 (b) above as
given in schedule of payment within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Client of
bills. Interests at the rate specified in the SC shall become payable as from the above due
date on any amount due by, but not paid on, such due date.
(e) The final payment under this Clause shall be made only after the final report and a
final statement, identified as such, shall have been submitted by the Consultants and
approved as satisfactory by the Client. The Services shall be deemed completed and
finally accepted by the Client and the final report and final statement shall be deemed
approved by the Client as satisfactory one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after
receipt of the final report and final statement by the Client unless the Client, within
ninety(90) day period, gives written notice to the Consultants specifying in detailed
deficiencies in the Services, the final report or final statement. The Consultants shall
t h e r e u p o n p r o m p t l y make a n y necessary corrections, and upon completion of
such corrections, the foregoing process shall be repeated. Any amount which the Client
has paid or caused to be paid in accordance with this Clause in excess of the amounts
actually payable in accordance with the provisions of this Contract shall be reimbursed by
the Consultants to the Client within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Consultants of
notice thereof. Any such c l a i m by t h e C l i e n t f o r reimbursement must be made
within twelve (12) calendar months after receipt by the Client of a final report and a
final statement approved by the Client in accordance with the above.
(f) All payments under this Contract shall be made to the account of the Consultants
specified in the SC.
(g) Efforts need to be made by the Consultant to submit the schedule reports of each road
stretch / s of a package. However, due to reasons beyond the reasonable control of
Consultant, if the schedule submission of reports / documents of each road stretch /s of
a package is not done, the payment shall be made on pro-rata basis.
7. Responsibility for Accuracy of Project Documents
7.1 General
7.1.1 The Consultant shall be responsible for accuracy of the data collected, by him
directly or procured from other agencies/authorities, the designs, drawings, estimates
and all other details prepared by him as part of these services. He shall indemnify the
Authority against any inaccuracy in the work which might surface during implementation
of the project. The Consultant will also be responsible for correcting, at his own cost
and risk, the drawings including any re-survey / investigations and correcting layout
etc. if required during the execution of the Services.
209
7.1.2 The Consultant shall be fully responsible for the accuracy of design and drawings
of the bridges and structures. All the designs and drawings for bridges and structures
including all their components shall be fully checked by a Senior Engineer after completion
of the designs. All drawings for bridges and structures shall be duly signed by the (a)
Designer, (b) Senior Checking Engineer, and (c) Senior Bridge / Structure Expert. The
designs and drawings not signed by the three persons mentioned above shall not be
accepted. The Consultant shall indemnify the Client against any inaccuracy / deficiency
in the designs and drawings of the bridges and structures noticed during the construction
and even thereafter and the Client shall bear no responsibility for the accuracy of the
designs and drawings submitted by the Consultants.
7.1.3 The survey control points established by the Consultant shall be protected bythe
Consultants till the completion of the Consultancy Services.
7.2. Retention Money

An amount equivalent to 15% of the contract value shall be retained at the end of the
contract for accuracy of design and quantities submitted and the same will be released
after the completion of civil contract works or after 3 years from completion of
consultancy services, whichever is earlier. Out of this 15%, 10% shall be in the form of
performance security and 5% shall be the amount retained from Consultancy fee payable
to the Consultant.
7.3. Penalty
7.3.1. Penalty for Error/Variation

i. If variation in project cost occurs due to Change of scope requests of more than 10%
of the total project cost as estimated by the consultant and these change of scope requests
arise due to deficiencies in the design provided by the consultant, the penalty equivalent
to 4% of the contract value shall be imposed. For this purpose retention money equivalent
to 4% of the contract value will be forfeited. This shall exclude any additional/deletion of
items/works ordered by the client during the execution
ii. If there is a discrepancy in land to be acquired during the execution of the project
upto an extent of +/- 5% of the area of land, a penalty equivalent to 3% of the contract
value shall be imposed. For this purpose retention money equivalent to 3% of the contract
value will be forfeited. This shall exclude any additional/deletion of items/works ordered
by the client during the execution
iii. If there is a variation in utilities shifting payments to be made during the execution
of the project upto an extent of +/- 10% of the value estimated by the design consultant,
a penalty equivalent to 3% of the contract value shall be imposed. For this purpose
retention money equivalent to 3% of the contract value will be forfeited. This shall exclude
any additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client during the execution
iv) For inaccuracies in survey/investigation/design work the penalties shall be

imposed as per details given in Table below:
210
Sr. Item Penalty (%age of
No. contract value)
Topographic Surveys 0.5 to 1.0
a) The horizontal alignment does not match with ground condition.
1 b) The cross sections do not match with existing ground.

c) The co-ordinates are defective as instruments of
desired accuracy not used.
Geotechnical Surveys 0.5 to 1.0
a) Incomplete surveys
2 b) Data not analyzed properly

c) The substrata substantially different from the actual
strata found during construction.
Traffic data found to be varying by more than 25% o n resurvey at a 0.2 to 0.5
3 later date, unless there are justifiable reasons.
Axle load data found to be varying by more than 25% on resurvey at a later 0.20 to 0.5
4 date, unless there are justifiable reasons.
Structural Designs found to be unsafe or grossly over 1.0 to 2.0
5
7.3.2 Penalty for delay

In case of delay in completion of services, a penalty equal to 0.05% of the contract price
per day subject to a maximum 5% of the contract value will be imposed and shall be
recovered from payments due/performance security. However in case of delay due to
reasons beyond the control of the consultant, suitable extension of time will be granted on
case to case basis.
7.3.3 Total amount of recovery from all penalties shall be limited to 15% of the
Consultancy Fee.
7.3.4 NHAI is in process of evolving performance based rating system for DPR
Consultants. Performance of Consultants shall be monitored by NHAI and will be taken into
account in technical evaluation of future DPR projects. For this purpose, performance of
Consultant in the current project shall also be taken into account to create rating of
Consultant.
7.4 ACTION FOR DEFICIENCY IN SERVICES
7.4.1 Consultants liability towards the Client

Consultant shall be liable to indemnify the client for any direct loss or damage accrued or
likely to accrue due to deficiency in service rendered by him.
7.4.2 Warning / Debarring

In addition to the penalty as mentioned in para 7.3, warning may be issued to the erring
consultants for minor deficiencies. In the case of major deficiencies in the Detailed Project
Report involving time and cost overrun and adverse effect on reputation of NHAI, other
penal action including debarring for certain period may also be initiated as per policy of
211
NHAI.
8. FAIRNESS AND GOOD FAITH
8.1 Good Faith

The Parties undertake to act in good faith with respect to each other’s rights under this
Contract and to adopt all reasonable measures to ensure the realization of the objectives
of this Contract.
8.2 Operation of the Contract

The Parties recognize that it is impractical in this Contract to provide for every contingency
which may arise during the life of the Contract, and the Parties hereby agree that it is their
intention that this Contract shall operate fairly as between them, and without detriment
to the interest of either of them, and that, if during the term of this Contract either Party
believes that this Contract is operating unfairly, the Parties will use their best efforts to
agree on such action as may be necessary to remove the cause or causes of such unfairness,
but no failure to agree on any action pursuant to this Clause shall give rise to a dispute
subject to arbitration in accordance with Clause 9 hereof.
9. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
9.1 Amicable Settlement

The Parties shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all disputes arising out of or in
connection with this Contract or the interpretation thereof. In case of unsettled dispute
arising out of the agreement, either party may require such dispute to be referred to the
Chairman of NHAI and the head of the Consultant. The said two Authorities shall meet
within 7 (seven) of the date of such request to discuss and attempt to amicably resolve the
dispute. If such meeting doesn’t take place within the said period or the dispute is not
amicably settled within 15 (fifteen) days of such meeting between the said two authorities,
either party may refer the dispute through arbitration as per the provisions of the
agreement.
9.2 Dispute Settlement

Any dispute between the Parties as to matters arising pursuant to this Contract which
cannot be settled amicably within thirty (30) days after receipt by one Party of the other
Party’s request for such amicable settlement may be submitted by either Party for
settlement in accordance with the provisions specified in the SC.
10. Change of Scope

The change of Scope on account of variation of total length as well as 4 laned length of
project Highway from the indicative length as given at Annex-1 of Letter of Invitation of
the RFP shall be dealt as follows
i) During the course of consultancy services in case it is considered

necessary to increase/decrease the scope of services (of total length or 4 laned length as
compared to indicative Length as given in the RFP) by the client the same shall be notified
by Change of scope notice. Similarly, if the Consultant determines that change of scope
is needed, he shall inform of the same to the Client. The Client will examine and shall
either reject the proposal or issue change of scope notice.
ii) The Consultancy fee shall be revised on account of change of scope as below:
212
- In case the total length of project increase/ decrease up to 10% of
indicative length given in the RFP: No change in Consultancy Fees.
- In case the increase/ decrease in total length of project is more than 10
% of the indicative length as given in the RFP: The consultancy fee shall be
increased/ decreased in the same proportion in which the length of the
project road is increased/ decreased beyond 10% .
iii) Length of Bypass / realignment shall not be treated as additionality to the

existing length of the highway for the purpose of change / variation in length.
Increase/decrease in length on account of bypasses shall not be considered as change of
scope. However, the total length of the project highway (including bypasses and
realignment) along the finally approved alignment shall be compared with the indicative
length in the RFP for the purpose of variation.
10.1 The Consultancy fee shall be increased on account of change of scope as below:
a) In case of Lanes increase in the project after the submission of Final Report: 10%
of the original consultancy charges
b) In case of change of mode of delivery is involved after submission of Final Report /
due to revision of specifications / IRC Codes etc.
(i) Revision of DPR after submission due to changes in IRC 2.5% of the original Consultancy
codes / specification etc. charges.
(ii) Revision of DPR due to changes in mode EPC / BOT / HAM 2.5% of the original Consultancy
etc charges.
213
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Number of GC Clause
A. Amendments of, and Supplements to, Clauses in the General Conditions
1.1(a) The words “in the Government’s country” are amended to read “in INDIA”
1.4 The language is: English
1.6.1 The addresses are:
For the Client : Chairman, National Highway Authority of India,

G5&6, Sector-10, Dwarka, New Delhi-75
Attention : National Highways Authority of India,

G5&6, Sector-10, Dwarka, New Delhi-75
011-25074100/ 4200 Extn ..... ; Fax: 011-25093524
E-mail: arunjagga@nhai.org
For the Consultants:
Attention: Name
Designation
Address
Tel: Fax: E-mail address
1.6.2 Notice will be deemed to be effective as follows:
(a) in the case of personal delivery or registered mail, on delivery;

(b) In the case of facsimiles, 24 hours following confirmed transmission.
(c) In case of E mail, 24 hours following confirmed transmission.
1.8 Entity to Act as Member in charge (In case of Joint Venture of Consultants) with
or without an Associate: - ………………………..
1.9 The Authorized Representatives are:

For the Client : ( -- )
Chairman, NHAI ( -- )
For the Consultant: Name

Designation
1.10 The Consultants and the personnel shall pay the taxes, duties, fees, levies and
other impositions levied under the existing, amended or enacted laws (prevailing 7 days
before the last date of submission of bids) during life of this contract and the Client shall
perform such duties in regard to the deduction of such tax as may be lawfully imposed.
214
2.1 The effectiveness conditions are the following:
a) The contract has been approved by NHAI.
b) The consultant will furnish within 15 days of the issue of letter

of acceptance, an unconditional Bank Guarantee an amount equivalent to 10% of the
total contract value to be received by him from a Nationalized Bank, IDBI or ICICI/ICICI
Bank/Foreign Bank/EXIM Bank / Any Scheduled Commercial Bank approved by RBI having
a net worth of not less than 500 crore as per latest Annual Report of the Bank. In the case
of a Foreign Bank (issued by a Branch in India) the net worth in respect of Indian
operations shall only be taken into account. In case of Foreign Bank, the BG issued by
Foreign Bank should be counter guaranteed by any Nationalized Bank in India. In case of
JV, the BG shall be furnished on behalf of the JV or lead partner of JV for an amount
equivalent to 10 %of the total contract value to be received by him towards Performance
Security valid for a period of three years beyond the date of completion of services.
2.2 The time period shall be“four months” or such other time period as the parties
may agree in writing.
2.3 The time period shall be “fifteen days” or such other time period as the Parties
2.4 The time period shall be -------months or such other time period as the parties
3.4 Limitation of the Consultants’ Liability towards the Client
(a) Except in case of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Consultants or
on the part of any person or firm acting on behalf of the Consultants in carrying out the
Services, the Consultants, with respect to damage caused by the Consultants to the
Client’s property, shall not be liable to the Client:
(i) for any indirect or consequential loss or damage; and

(ii) for any direct loss or damage that exceeds (A) the total payments for
Professional Fees and Reimbursable Expenditure made or expected to be made to the
Consultants hereunder, or (B) the proceeds the Consultants may be entitled to receive
from any insurance maintained by the Consultants to cover such a liability, whichever of
(A) or (B) is higher.
(b) This limitation of liability shall not affect the Consultants’ liability, if
any, for damage to Third Parties caused by the Consultants or any person or firm acting
on behalf of the Consultants in carrying out the Services.
3.5 The risks and the coverage shall be as follows:

(a) Third Party motor vehicle liability insurance as required under Motor Vehicles
Act, 1988 in respect of motor vehicles operated in India by the Consultants or their Personnel
or any Sub consultants or their Personnel for the period of consultancy.
(b) Third Party liability insurance with a minimum coverage, for Rs.1.00 million
for the period of consultancy.
215
(c) (i) The Consultant shall provide to NHAI Professional Liability Insurance (PLI) for
a period of Five years beyond completion of Consultancy services or as per Applicable
Law, whichever is higher.
(ii) The Consultant will maintain at its expense PLI including coverage for errors and
omissions caused by Consultant’s negligence in the performance of its duties under this
agreement, (A) For the amount not exceeding total payments for Professional Fees and
Reimbursable Expenditures made or expected to be made to the Consultants
hereunder OR (B) the proceeds, the Consultants may be entitled to receive from any
insurance maintained by the Consultants to cover such a liability, whichever of (A) or
(B) is higher.
iii) The policy should be issued only from an Insurance Company operating in India.
iv) The policy must clearly indicate the limit of indemnity in terms of “Any One
Accident” (AOA) and “Aggregate limit on the policy” (AOP) and in no case should be for
an amount less than stated in the contract.
v) If the Consultant enters into an agreement with NHAI in a joint venture or ‘in
association’, the policy must be procured and provided to NHAI by the joint venture/in
association entity and not by the individual partners of the joint venture/ association.
vi) The contract may include a provision thereby the Consultant does not cancel the
policy midterm without the consent of NHAI. The insurance company may provide an
undertaking in this regard.
(d) Employer’s liability and workers’ compensation insurance in respect of the

Personnel of the Consultants and of any Sub consultant, in accordance with the relevant
provisions of the Applicable Law, as well as, with respect to such Personnel, any such life,
health, accident, travel or other insurance as may be appropriate; and all insurances and
policies should start from the date of commencement of services and remain effective as
per relevant requirements of contract agreement.
3.9 The Consultants shall not use these documents for purposes unrelated to this
Contract without the prior written approval of the Client.
4.6 The person designated as Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer in
Appendix B shall serve in that capacity, as specified in Clause 4.6.
6.1 (b) The ceiling amount in local currency is Rs……… Excluding Goods & Service Tax)
6.3 (a) No advance payment will be made.
6.3 (e) The interest rate is: @ 12% per annum
6.3 (f) The account is:
9.2 Disputes shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:
216
9.2.1 Selection of Arbitrators
Each dispute submitted by a Party to Arbitration shall be heard by a sole

arbitrator. NHAI shall within 30 days propose names of five (5) Arbitrators from the
list of Arbitrators maintained by SAROD (Society for Affordable Redressal of
Disputes) and Consultant shall within 30 days select one name from the list of five
and the name so selected by the Consultant shall be the Sole Arbitrator for the
matter in dispute. In case NHAI delays in providing the list of 5 names, President,
SAROD will provide 5 names within 30 days of receipt of reference from aggrieved
party in this regard. In case the Consultant fails in selecting one from the list of
five, President, SAROD shall select one from the list of five provided by NHAI within
30 days of receipt of reference from aggrieved party in this regard.
9.2.2 Rules of Procedure

Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures of
the Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2015 of India unless the
Consultant is a foreign national/ firm, where arbitration proceedings shall be
conducted in accordance with the rules of procedure of arbitration of the United
Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) as in force on the date
of this Contract.
9.2.3 Substitute Arbitrators

If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform his function, a substitute shall
be appointed in the same manner as the original arbitrator.
9.2.4 Qualifications of Arbitrators

The list of five and the sole arbitrator selected pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 hereof
shall be expert(s) with extensive experience in relation to the matter in dispute.
9.2.5 Miscellaneous
In any arbitration proceeding hereunder:
(a) Proceedings shall, unless otherwise agreed by the parties be held in Delhi.
(b) The English language shall be the official language for all purposes;
(c) The decision of sole arbitrator shall be final and binding and shall be
enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, and the Parties hereby
waive any objections to or claims of immunity in respect of such
enforcement; and
(d) Fee structure shall be as given below:

217
Particulars of
S. Schedule Amount payable per
fee and other Arbitrator / per case
No.
charges
1. Arbitrator fee Rs.25,000/- per day
Or
Rs.7 lakhs (lump-sum) subject to publishing

the Award within 6 months.
Or
Rs.5 lakhs (lump-sum) subject to publishing

the Award after 6 months but before 12
months.
Note:- The amount of fees already paid for

the days of hearing @ Rs.25,000/- would be
adjusted in the lump- sum payment.
2. Reading Charges Rs.25,000/- per Arbitrator per case

including counter claim.
3. Secretarial Rs.20,000/-
Assistance and
Incidental Charges
(telephone, fax,
postage etc.)
4. Charges for Rs.35,000/-

Publishing /
declaration of the
Award
5. Other expenses (As per actuals against bills subject to maximum

of the prescribed ceiling given below)
Traveling Expenses Economy class (by air), First class AC (by

train) and AC car (by road)
Lodging and
Boarding (a) Rs.15,000/- per day (Metro cities)
(b) Rs.7,000/- per day (inother cities)
(c) Rs.3,000/- per day, if any

Arbitrator makes own
arrangement.
6. Local Travel Rs.1,500/- per day
218
7. Extra charges for Rs.5,000/- per day for outstation Arbitrator
days other than
hearing / meeting
days (maximum for
2 days)
Note: 1. Lodging, boarding and travelling expenses shall be allowed only for
those members who are residing 100 kms. away from place of
meeting.
2. Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Bangalore and Hyderabad shall be

considered as Metro Cities.
219
Appendix A
Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the Services and Reporting
Requirements
220
Appendix B
Consultants’ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional Personnel
221
Appendix C
Hours of work for Consultants’ Personnel
The Consultant’s personnel shall normally work for 8 hours in a day and six days a week.
Normally Sundays shall be closed for working. In addition they shall also be allowed to
avail holidays as observed by the Client’s office in the relevant state without deduction
of remunerations. In case any person is required to work on Sunday or Holiday due to
exigency of work, he/she shall be given compensatory leave within the next 15 days.
222
Appendix D
Duties of the Client
223
Appendix E
Cost Estimate
224
225
226
Appendix – H (I)
Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security (For individual work)
BANK GUARANTEE FOR PERFORMANCE SECURITY
To,
Chairman
National Highways Authority of India,
G-5&6, Sector-10,
In consideration of "National Highways Authority of India” (hereinafter referred as the

“Client”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof
include its successors, administrators and assigns) having awarded to
M/s.………………………………………………having its office at ............... (Hereinafter referred
to as the “Consultant” which expression shall repugnant to the context or meaning
thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns), a contract by
issue of client’s Contract Agreement no. / Letter of Acceptance No. ………………..
dated ……………… and the same having been unequivocally accepted by the Consultant,
resulting in a Contract valued at Rs…………../- (Rupees… ...............) excluding Goods &
service tax for “Consultancy Services for preparation of Detailed Project Report of
<Project Description> ………………………………………(Total Length -…….) on NH in
the states of ………….under – Contract Package No. …. (Hereinafter called the
“Contract”), and the Consultant having agreed to furnish a Bank Guarantee to the Client
as “Performance Security as stipulated by the Client in the said contract for performance
of the above Contract amounting to Rs.……………./- (Rupees ............................ ).
We, ……………………………..having registered office at …………….., a body

registered/constituted under the ……………………….(hereinafter referred to as the Bank),
which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include
its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake
to pay the client immediately on demand any or, all money payable by the Consultant
to the extent of Rs. …………..(Rupees………..………………..) as aforesaid at any time up to
………..without any demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any
reference to the consultant. Any such demand made by the client on the bank
shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the Client
and the Consultant or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any
other authority. We agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable and
shall continue to be enforceable till the Client discharges this guarantee.
The Client shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of
the Bank under this Guarantee, from time to time to vary or to extend the time for
performance of the contract by the Consultant. The Client shall have the fullest liberty
without affecting this guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any
powers vested in them or of any right which they might have against the consultant and
to exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to forbear to
enforce any covenants, contained or implied, in the Contract between the Client and the
Consultant any other course or remedy or security available to the Client. The bank shall
not be relieved of its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the Client
of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any
227
other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission on the part of the Client
or any other indulgence shown by the Client or by any other matter or thing whatsoever
which under law would but for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank.
The Bank also agrees that the Client at its option shall be entitled to enforce this
Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding
against the Consultant and notwithstanding any security or other guarantee that the Client
may have in relation to the Consultant’s liabilities.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein,
a) Our liability under this Bank Guarantee is limited to

Rs. ……………….(Rupees……………………………) and it shall remain in force up to and including
…………and shall be extended from time to time for such period as may be desired by
M/s ................, on whose behalf this guarantee has been given.
b) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to …………..
c) We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank
Guarantee only and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before
……………(date of expiry of Guarantee).
(Signature of the Authorized Official)
(Name & Designation with Bank Stamp)
NOTE:
(i) The bank guarantee(s) contains the name, designation and code number of the officer(s)
signing the guarantee(s).
(ii) The address, telephone no. and other details of the Head Office of the Bank as well as
of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing Branch.
(iii) The bank guarantee for Rs 10,000 and above is signed by at least two officials (or as
per the norms prescribed by the RBI in this regard).
228
Appendix H (2):
Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security for a number of

works
To
(Name & Address of Authority)
In consideration of all consultancy works (hereinafter referred as the “Employer”,

which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its
successors, administrators and assigns) awarded to M/s. .................................. Having
its office at................................. (Hereinafter referred to as the “Consultant” which
expression shall repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors,
administrators, executors and assigns), by employer and the same having been
unequivocally accepted or will be accepted by the Consultant, resulting in Contracts value
upto Rs………………./- (Rupees……………………) excluding Goods & service tax and the
Consultant having agreed to furnish a Bank Guarantee to the Employer as “Performance
Security as stipulated by the Employer in the said contracts for performance of the
consultancy Contracts undertaken or proposed to be undertaken in future date as a blanket
security for compliance with his/its obligations in accordance with entire Contract(s)
including contracts to be extended, modified, awarded and executed before the expiry of
this Bank Guarantee or renewal thereof amounting to Rs……../- (Rupees .................. ).
We,…………………………..having registered office at…………….. a body registered/constituted

under the…………….(hereinafter referred to as the Bank), which expression shall,, unless
repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators,
executors an assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the employer immediately
on demand any part or, all money payable by the consultant to the extent of Rs…………….
(Rupees…………….) as aforesaid at any time up to ……….. without any demur, reservation,
context, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the consultant. Any such
demand made by the employer on the bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding
any difference between the employer and the Consultant or any dispute pending before
any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. We agree that the Guarantee herein
contained shall be irrevocable and shall continue to be enforceable that is till expiry of
this Bank Guarantee or renewal thereof.
The Employer shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the
Bank under this Guarantee, from time to time to vary or to extend the time for performance
of the contracts by the Consultancy firm. The Employer shall have the fullest liberty
without affecting this guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any powers
vested in them or of any right which they might have against the consultant and to exercise
the same at any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to forbear to enforce any
covenants, contained or implied, in the Contract between the Employer and the
Consultancy any other course or remedy or security available to the Employer. The bank
shall not be relieved of its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the Employer
of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any
other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission on the part of the
Employer or any other indulgence shown by the Employer or by any other matter or thing
229
whatsoever which under law would but for this provision have the effect of relieving the
Bank The Bank also agrees that the Employer at its option shall be entitled to enforce this
Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding
against the Consultant and notwithstanding any security or other security or other
guarantee that the Employer may have in relation to the Consultant’s liabilities.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
1. Our liability under this Omnibus Guarantee shall not exceed Rs…………….
(Rupees… ......... );
2. This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto (Date (Month) Year); and (24 months).
3. We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank
Guarantee if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before…” (24 months).
Thereafter, all your rights under this guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be released
from all our liabilities hereunder irrespective of whether the guarantee in original is
returned to us or not.
*4. This guarantee shall also be operatable at our… branch at New Delhi, from whom,
confirmation regarding the issue of this guarantee or extension/renewal thereof shall be
made available on demand. In the contingency of this guarantee being invoked and
payment thereunder claimed, the said branch shall accept such invocation letter and make
payment of amount so demanded under the said invocation.
5. This Bank Guarantee has been issued on the request of M/s………
Signature and Seal of Guarantor………. In presence of
Name and Designation 1. …………………
Name of the Bank……………….. (Name, Signature & Occupation)
Address……………………… 2. ………………….
………………………………. (Name & Occupation)
Date
*This clause shall be kept for Bank Guarantees being issued outside Delhi.
230
Appendix I: Minutes of Pre-bid meeting
231
APPENDIX-VII
DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications
1 Executive Summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2 Project Appreciation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2.1 Location of site office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Review of scope of ToR and gap
2.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
identification
Key departments identified for various
2.3 documents Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Start and end location of project verified with
2.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
client (Mention details)
Project description
2.5  Start and End Chainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Village/District
Project location map
2.6  On State Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 On District Map
2.7 Site photos and data of project alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2.8 Overview of land use plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Overview of existing pavement conditions
 Number of Lanes
2.9 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Type of Pavement
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/ Unsurfaced)
2.10 Existing right of way details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Number/ Location of major and minor
2.11
bridges Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Number/ Location of level crossings
2.12 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
2.13 Number/ Location of ROB and RUB Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
2.14 Any other details relevant to the project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 Approach Methodology Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.1 Engineering survey and investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.2 Design of road, pavements and structures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.3 Environment and social impact assessment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Estimation of project cost, viability and
financing options
232
Details /
Specifications
4 Task Assignment and Manning Schedule Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.1 Number of key personnel provided Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Specific tasks assigned to each key
personnel
4.3 Manning schedule for key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.4 Number of key personnel deployed at site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
5 Performa for data collection Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Indicative design standards and cross
6
sections Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7 Development plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Overview of development plans being
7.1
implemented/ proposed by local bodies Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Overview of impact of such development
7.2
plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8 Quality Assurance Plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.1 Engineering surveys and investigation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.2 Traffic surveys Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Material geo-technical and sub-soil
8.3
investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.4 Road and pavement investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Investigation and design of bridges and
8.5
structures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.6 Environment and R&R assessment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.7 Economic and financial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.8 Drawing and documentation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Discussion of draft QAP document with
8.10 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
client
8.11 Approval of final QAP document by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9 Draft design Standards Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Geometric design standards of highway
(Plain)
Geometric design standards of highway
9.2
(Hilly) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Report fulfils project objectives and scope
10.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
as per RFP
10.3 Report reviewed for errors and omissions Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Compliance report prepared on client
10.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
observations
233
DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications
Overview of client organization /
2
activities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Methodology adopted for feasibility
3 study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Socioeconomic profile of the project
4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
areas
Regional economic profile basis last 10
years data as per IRC
Economic profile of project influence
area basis last 10 years data as per IRC
Socio Economic status of project
4.3 influence area Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Indicative design standards,
methodologies, and specifications
6 Traffic surveys and analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Classified traffic volume counts using
IHMCL data (7 day data)
Traffic projection methodology as per
IRC:108
6.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
6.4 Current and Projected PCU Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
6.5 Current and Projected TVU Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Origin destination surveys as per IRC:
102
6.7 Speed and delay studies as per IRC:102 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Traffic surveys for the design of road
6.8
junctions as per data in IRC: SP:41 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Analysis for replacing railway level
6.9
crossings with over bridges/ subways Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
6.10 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Traffic surveys monitored and reviewed
6.12 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
by the client
7 Reconnaissance survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7.1 Road Inventory Survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Review of Road Inventory survey by
client
234
Details /
Specifications
Chainage wise details of pavement
7.3
composition survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Geological Survey
7.4  Geological Map of the Area Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 Seismicity
Climatic Conditions
 Temperature
 Rainfall
 Wind
Pavement composition and condition
7.6
survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Review of pavement composition and
7.7 condition survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Pavement roughness survey as per
IRC:SP:16
Review of pavement roughness survey
7.9 by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Pavement structural strength survey as
7.10
per IRC:81 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Review of pavement structural strength
7.11 survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7.12 Sub grade characteristics and strengths Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Topographical survey as per IRC:SP:19
using LiDAR
7.13 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 Gradient
 Terrain
7.14 Review of topographical survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Inventory of bridges, culverts and
7.15 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
structures
Condition survey for bridges, culverts
7.16 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
and structures
Review of condition survey for bridges,
7.17 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
culverts and structures by client
8 Geotechnical Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Geo-technical and sub-soil explorations
8.1
as per IRC:78 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Bore holes dug for every pier and
abutment
Review of geo-technical and sub-soil
8.3 explorations by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Field testing, soil sampling, laboratory
8.4 testing in accordance with BIS/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
AASHTO/ BS
Recommendation of Foundation Type
8.5
and Depth Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
235
Details /
Specifications
9 Hydraulic and Hydrological Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Hydraulic and hydrological investigations
9.1
as per IRC:SP:13 and IRC:5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9.2 High Flood Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9.3 Depth of Water Table specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9.4 Ponded Water Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Review of hydrological investigations by
9.6
client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10 Materials Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Materials Survey conducted as per
10.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
IRC:SP:19
Sources of Naturally Occurring
Aggregates specified
10.2  Details of Borrow Pits with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Distance from Project Site
 Cost of Material/ Transportation
Sources of Manufactured Items specified
 Details of suppliers with
10.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
distance from project site
 Cost of material/ transportation
Sources of water for construction
10.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
specified as per IS: 456
Environmental screening/ preliminary
environmental assessment
Analysis basis Initial Environment
11.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Examination in IRC: SP: 19
Recommended feasible mitigation
11.2 measures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Initial social assessment/ preliminary
12
LA resettlement plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.1 Examination in IRC: SP: 19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Details of consultation with potentially
12.2
affected persons Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Names/ Details of consultation with local
12.3
NGOs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Names/ Details of consultation with
12.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
municipal authorities
12.5 Preliminary resettlement plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
13 Cost estimates Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
13.1 Item rates and rate analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
13.2 Escalation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
14 Economic and financial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
236
Details /
Specifications
14.1 Estimated cost details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
14.2 Projected revenues details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
14.3 Assumptions stated Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Analysis and results (IRR, Sensitivity
14.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Analysis, Financial Viability)
15 Strip plan and Alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Details of center line of proposed
15.1
highway Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
15.2 Details of existing RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
15.3 Details of proposed RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Details about ownership of land to be
15.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
acquired
Strip plan basis reconnaissance and
15.5 topographic surveys Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Strip plan reviewed and approved by the
15.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
client
16 Alignment Options Study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
At least two alignments proposed
16.1
 Details of Alignments on Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
16.2 Review of options with client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
16.2.1 Review of options with local authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Length of the project along proposed
16.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
alignment options
Land Acquisition required along
16.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
alignment options
16.4.1 Environmental impact of each option Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Review of road geometry and safety for
16.4.2
each option Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
16.5 Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Recommended Alignment with
16.6
Justification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
17 Technical Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
MoRTH technical specifications for
17.1
Roads and Bridge works followed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
17.2 Details of technical specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
18 Rate Analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Rate analysis for all relevant items as per
18.1
latest SoR Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
19 Cost Estimates Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Cost estimates for all relevant items as
19.1
per latest SoR Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
20 Bill of quantities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
237
Details /
Specifications
Report fulfils project objectives and
21.2
scope as per RFP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
21.4
observations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
238
DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
2 Strip plan- additional details added Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Details of centreline, existing structures,
road furniture and other features
2.2 Widening scheme Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
New construction/ reconstruction of
2.3
structures and amenities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2.4 Existing and proposed right of way Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2.5 Clearances impacting each chainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 Forest Clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.1 Requirement for forest clearance identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Date/ Details of initial consultation with
3.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
competent authority
Details/cost of trees being felled basis
3.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
concerned District Forest Office
Date of submission of proposal for forest
3.4 clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.5 Review of proposal by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4 Wildlife Clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.1 Requirement for wildlife clearance identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
competent authority
4.3 concerned District Forest Office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date of submission of proposal for wildlife
4.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
clearance
5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
5.1 Identification of overground utilities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Identification of underground utilities using
5.2 GPR, Induction Locator or equivalent Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
technologies
Name/ Details of consultation with local
5.3
authority/ people Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Utility relocation plan with existing /
5.4 proposed location showing existing RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
and topographic details
5.5 Cost for relocation as per authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
239
Details/
Specifications
Date of proposal submission to competent
5.6
authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Review of utility relocation plan/ proposal
by client
6 Utility Clearances (Water) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
6.1 Identification of overground utilities in RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
technologies
6.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority/ people
authority
by client
7 Utility Clearances (Others) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
technologies
7.3
7.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
7.7 by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8 Railway Clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Identification of ROB/ RUB on project
corridor
8.2 Initial consultation with competent authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
8.4 Review of GAD/ proposal by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9 Other Clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9.1 Requirement for other clearances identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
240
Details/
Specifications
10 Land Acquisition Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Detailed schedule about acquisition of
10.1
landholdings as per land records Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.2 Consultation with affected persons Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.3 Name/ Details of consultation with NGOs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Name/ Details of consultation with
10.4
concerned government agencies Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Total land required, land area already
10.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
available , land to be acquired identified
Review of land acquisition using digital
10.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
cadastral map by client
10.7 Draft 3a notification submitted Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.8 Review of 3a notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.9 Date of 3a gazette notification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
10.11 Review of 3A notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.12 Date of 3A gazette notification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
11.2
as per RFP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.4
241
DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
Specifications
1 Main Report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2 Introduction and project background Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Overview of project location, project
objectives etc.
Overview of report structure, deliverables
etc.
3 Social analysis of the project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Project impact on stakeholders such as
local people
Project impact on residential, commercial
3.2 and public properties Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Geometric Features of the Existing Road
Design Speed
 Sight distance details
4.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Horizontal Alignment Details
 Vertical Alignment Details
 Height of Embankment
Topographical Survey using LiDAR (or
equivalent technology) as per IRC:SP:19
 Gradient
 Terrain
survey as per IRC:SP:19
4.4
IRC:SP:16 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ Na
4.5
Geological Survey
 Seismicity
Climatic Conditions
 Temperature
 Rainfall
 Wind
Land Use along the existing alignment
4.8  Map of the Project Area depicting Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Agricultural/Habitation/Forest Area
242
Details /
Specifications
Details of Existing Structures
 Map of the Project Area depicting
Hutments/Buildings/Temples/Public
Building/Any Other Significant Structure
4.10 Inventory and condition survey of culverts Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Geo-technical and sub-soil explorations as
4.11 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
per IRC:78
Number of Bore holes dug (holes for every
4.12 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
pier and abutment)
4.13 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
testing as per IRC: 78
Recommendation of Foundation Type and
4.14 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Depth
4.15 Hydrological investigations as per IRC:5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.19
IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Sources of Naturally Occurring
Aggregates specified
 Cost of Material/Transportation
Sources of environmentally friendly
4.20.1 construction materials identified as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
MoRT&H circular
 Details of Suppliers with Distance
4.21 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
from Project Site
Source of Water for construction specified
4.22
as per IS:456 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Traffic studies and demand forecast
designs
5.1
IHMCL data (7 day data) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
5.2
IRC:108 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
5.6 Origin destination surveys as per IRC: 102 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
5.7 Speed and delay studies as per IRC:102 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
243
Details /
Specifications
Traffic surveys for the design of road
5.8
junctions as per data in IRC: SP:41 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Analysis for replacing railway level
crossings with over bridges/ subways
Traffic surveys monitored and reviewed by
5.12 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
the client
6.1 Project costing as per latest SoR Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7 Environmental aspects Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7.1 Environment profile of the project region Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Details of Public consultation at residential
and commercial settlements affected
7.3 Impact analysis and mitigation measures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8 Economic and commercial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Analysis and results (IRR, Sensitivity
8.4
Analysis, Financial Viability) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Financial model shared with client and
reviewed
as per RFP
9.3
10 Design Report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.1 Highway improvement proposals Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.2 Highway geometric designs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.3 Roadside drainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.4 Intersections Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.5 Urban service roads Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.6 Bus-stops Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7 Toll plazas Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.8 Pedestrian crossings Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.9 Utility relocation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.10 Pavement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.11 Structures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
244
Details /
Specifications
Pavement deflection survey as per IRC
10.13
81-1997 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11 Materials Report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.1 Material investigations as per IRC:10 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.2 Review of material investigations by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.3 Multiple borrow areas identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.4 Material survey as per IRC: SP: 19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.5 Review of material survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
per IRC:78
11.7
explorations by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.8 testing in accordance with BIS/ AASHTO/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
BS
11.9 survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Review of pavement composition and
11.10 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
condition survey by client
11.11 IRC:SP:16 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Review of pavement roughness survey by
11.12 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
client
11.13 per IRC:81 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Review of pavement structural strength
11.14 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
survey by client
Water sample tests as per MoRTH
11.15
specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Environmental Assessment Report/
12
Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Option for alignment alternatives
12.1
considered and conclusions Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Land environment data collection and
12.2 details/ impact/ mitigation measures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Air environment data collection and
12.3
details/ impact/ mitigation measures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Water resources details/ impact/ mitigation
12.4
measures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Noise environment details/ impact/
12.5
mitigation measures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Biological environment details/ impact/
12.6 mitigation measures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.7 Details of public consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
245
Details /
Specifications
Environment monitoring and management
12.8
plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.9 Details of social impact assessment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Details of resettlement and rehabilitation
12.10
action plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.11 Measures to minimize resettlement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Details of public consultation with
12.12 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
stakeholders
Details of implementation arrangement /
12.13 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
budget
13 Technical Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
MoRTH technical specifications for Roads
13.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
and Bridge works followed
13.2 Details of technical specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
14 Rate Analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Rate analysis for all relevant items as per
14.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
latest SoR
15 Cost Estimates Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Cost estimates for all relevant items as per
15.1
latest SoR Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
16 Bill of quantities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
17 Drawing Volume Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
18 Digital drawings of road
18.1 Highway cross sections Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
3D engineered models of:
 Road alignment geometry
18.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Proposed highway
 Proposed structures
246
DPR Checklist – Stage 5 – Technical Schedules (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
Specifications
1 Bid documents- EPC Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2 Bid documents- BOT/PPP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 Bid documents- other, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4 Draft concession agreement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Schedule D - Specifications and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4 NA
standards ☐
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5 NA
Any other relevant details ☐
247
DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
2 Environment Clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2.1 Details of public hearings completed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date of final environment clearance by
2.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
competent authority
Date/ Details of Joint site inspection with
3.1
DFO/ competent authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date of Stage I forest clearance approval
3.2
by competent authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date of final forest clearance approval by
3.3 competent authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date/ Details of joint site inspection with
4.1
Date of final wildlife clearance approval by
4.2
competent authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
5.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
competent authority
Date of estimate submission by competent
5.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
Date of estimate approval by competent
5.3 authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Approved utility shifting proposal including
5.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
strip plan
Details of approved contractors, SoR and
5.5 deposit details for user agency Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Utilities checklist, no upgradation certificate
5.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
attached
6.2
6.3
6.4 strip plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
deposit details for user agency
6.6 attached Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
248
Details/
Specifications
7.2
7.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
7.4 strip plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
7.5
deposit details for user agency Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Date of final approval of GAD by competent
8.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
Date of final approval by competent
9.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
10.1 Draft 3a notification submitted Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
10.2 Review of 3a notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
10.4 Draft 3a notification submitted Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
10.5 Review of 3A notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date of Joint Measurement Survey with
10.7 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
competent authority
10.7.1 Date of survey - village wise Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.2 Land type –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.3 Nature of Land –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.4 Ownership status of plots- by survey
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
number
10.7.5 Verification of area to be acquired – by
survey number
10.7.6 List of structures on each plot Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.7 Sketches of updated alignment by village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.8 Verification from Land revenue department Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.9 Verification by CALA office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
249
1.1.1 DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
2 Village level summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Total private and public land being
acquired
Variation in area and nature of land against
3D with justification
2.3 Method used by CALA to arrive at award Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Date of award by CALA and approval by
2.4
NHAI along with valuation report
Total award calculated and deviation from
2.5 RFCTLARR act Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 In detail for each Village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Updated land acquisition tracker with
status of:
3.1  Notifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 Award
 Disbursement
Valuation report and details of award
3.2 calculation- verification by state authority to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
be included
3.3 Claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.4 Copies of notifications published Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Copies of land possession certificates
received
as per RFP
observations
250
1.1.2 DPR Checklist – Stage 8 – Land possession report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
2.1
acquired Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Date of final award by CALA and approval
2.2
by NHAI
Status of disbursement on date of receipt
2.3
of Land possession certificate Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Key issues being faced in completing land
2.4 acquisition, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 In detail for each Village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
status of:
 Award
 Disbursement
3.2 Final award and claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Copies of notifications published, land
possession certificates received
as per RFP
4.4
GIS Map containing digitsed details of
5 land parcels acquired with all relevant Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
details
251
Annexure III: Checklists for Structures such as ROB/ RUB
DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
2 Project Appreciation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2.1 Location of site office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Review of scope of ToR and gap
identification
2.3 Details of key departments for documents Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Project description
 Existing LC number
2.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Start and End Chainage
 On State Map
2.5  On District Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Latitude & Longitude
Coordinates of the LC
Details of Existing Level Crossing
 Number of Railway Tracks
2.6  Type of Railway Tracks Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
(Broad/Metre/Narrow)
 No. of trains per day
Justification for need of an ROB/RUB (on
2.7
basis of TVU count) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 Number of Lanes
2.9 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Unsurfaced)
3 Approach Methodology Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.1 Engineering survey and investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.2 Design of road, pavements and structures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Environment and social impact
assessment
Estimation of project cost, viability and
financing options
252
Details/
Specifications
Task Assignment and Manning
4
Schedule Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.1 Number of key personnel provided Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Specific tasks assigned to each key
personnel
4.3 Manning schedule for key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.4 Number of key personnel deployed at site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
5 Performa for data collection Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Indicative Design standards and cross
sections
7 Development plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Overview of development plans being
7.1
implemented/ proposed by local bodies Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Overview of impact of such development
plans
8 Quality Assurance Plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.1 Engineering surveys and investigation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.2 Traffic surveys Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Material geo-technical and sub-soil
investigations
8.4 Road and pavement investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Investigation and design of bridges and
structures
8.6 Environment and R&R assessment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.7 Economic and financial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.8 Drawing and documentation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Discussion of draft QAP document with
client
8.10 Approval of final QAP document by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9 Draft design standards Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Geometric design standards of bridges
(Plain)
Geometric design standards of bridges
(Hilly)
10.2
as per RFP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
observations
253
DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
Overview of client organization /
2
activities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Methodology adopted for feasibility
3 study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Socioeconomic profile of the project
areas
Regional economic profile basis last 10
years data as per IRC
Economic profile of project influence area
basis last 10 years data as per IRC
Socio Economic status of project influence
4.3 area Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Indicative design standards,
methodologies, and specifications
IHMCL data (7 day)
IRC:108
Traffic surveys monitored and reviewed by
the client
7.1 Road Inventory as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7.2 Review of Road Inventory Survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 Design Speed
 Sight distance elements
254
Details/
Specifications
Topographical Survey as per IRC:SP:19
using LiDAR or equivalent technology
7.4
 Gradient Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 Terrain
7.5 Review of topographical survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Pavement composition and condition survey
7.6
as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Geological Survey
 Seismicity
Climatic Conditions
 Temperature
 Rainfall
 Wind
7.10 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8 Geotechnical Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.1
Number of Bore holes dug (holds for every
8.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
pier and abutment)
explorations by client
8.4 testing as per IRC:78 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Depth
9 Hydraulic & Hydrological Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Hydrological investigations as per IRC:5 and
IRC: 13
9.6 Review of Hydrological Survey by the client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10 Materials Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
IRC:SP:19
255
Details/
Specifications
Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregates
specified
10.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
from Project Site
10.4
as per IS:456 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Determination of whether ROB or RUB is
appropriate
Justification of whether ROB or RUB should
11.1
be built Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.2 Review of justification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.1  Details of Alignments on Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.2 Review of options with client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

12.2.1 Review of options with local authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
alignment options
Land Acquisition required along alignment
12.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
options
12.5 Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.6 Recommended Alignment with Justification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Skew Angle of Proposed Alignment
12.7
Specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
12.7.1 Environmental impact of each option Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Review of road geometry and safety for
12.7.2
each option Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.9 Traffic Diversion Route Specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Environmental screening/ preliminary
13
environmental assessment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
13.2 Recommended feasible mitigation measures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Initial social assessment/ preliminary LA
resettlement plan
256
Details/
Specifications
Details of consultation with potentially
14.2
affected persons Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
14.3 Details of consultation with local NGOs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Details of consultation with municipal
14.4
authorities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
14.5 Preliminary resettlement plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
15.1 Item rates and rate analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
15.2 Escalation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
16 Economic and financial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Analysis and results
 IRR
16.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 Sensitivity Analysis
 Financial Viability
17 Strip Plan NA
17.1 Details of center line of proposed structure Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
17.2 Details of existing RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
17.3 Details of proposed RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Details about ownership of land to be
17.4
Strip plan basis reconnaissance and
17.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
topographic surveys
Strip plan reviewed and approved by the
17.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
client
11 Strip plan- additional details added Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Details of centreline, existing structures,
11.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
road furniture and other features
11.2 Widening scheme Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
structures and amenities
11.4 Existing and proposed right of way Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.5 Clearances impacting each chainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
257
DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
Requirement for environment clearance
identified
Date/ Details of Initial consultation with
2.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
competent authority
Date of submission of draft EIA report/
proposal for clearance
2.4 Review of proposal/ EIA report by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.1 Requirement for forest clearance identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.2
3.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
concerned District Forest Office
Date of submission of proposal for forest
3.4
clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.1 Requirement for wildlife clearance identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.2
4.3
concerned District Forest Office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date of submission of proposal for wildlife
4.4 clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
5.1 Identification of overground utilities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
technologies
5.3
258
Details/
Specifications
5.6
Review of utility relocation plan/ proposal by
client
6 Utility Clearances (Water) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
technologies
6.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority/ people
authority
client
7 Utility Clearances (Others) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7.1 Identification of over ground utilities in RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
technologies
7.3
7.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
7.7 client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8 Railway Clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Identification of ROB/ RUB on project
corridor
8.2 Initial consultation with competent authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
8.4 Review of GAD/ proposal by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9.1 Requirement for other clearances identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
259
Details/
Specifications
Detailed schedule about acquisition of
10.1
landholdings as per land records Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.2 Consultation with affected persons Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.3 Name/ Details of consultation with NGOs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Name/ Details of consultation with
10.4
concerned government agencies Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Total land required, land area already
10.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
available , land to be acquired identified
Review of land acquisition using digital
10.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
cadastral map by client
11 Strip plan- additional details added Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 11
Details of centreline, existing

11.1 structures, road furniture and other Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 11.1
features
11.2 Widening scheme Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 11.2

11.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 11.3
structures and amenities
11.4 Existing and proposed right of way Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 11.4
11.5 Clearances impacting each chainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA 11.5

12.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
as per RFP
12.4
260
DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
1 Project background Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Project description
 Existing LC number
1.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Start and End Chainage
 On State Map
1.2  On District Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Latitude & Longitude Coordinates
of the LC
Details of Existing Level Crossing
 Number of Railway Tracks
1.3  Type of Railway Tracks Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
(Broad/Metre/Narrow)
 No. of trains per day
Justification for need of an ROB/RUB (on
basis of TVU count)
 Number of Lanes
1.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Unsurfaced)
2 Social analysis of the project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Project impact on stakeholders such as
2.1
local people Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Project impact on residential, commercial
and public properties
 Design Speed
 Sight distance details
3.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
261
Details/
Specifications
Topographical Survey using LiDAR or
equivalent technology as per IRC:SP:19
3.2
 Gradient Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 Terrain
3.3
survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Geological Survey
 Seismicity
Climatic Conditions
 Temperature
 Rainfall
 Wind
3.9
Number of Bore holes dug (holds for every
3.10 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
pier and abutment)
3.11
testing as per IRC: 78 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.12 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Depth
Hydraulic and Hydrological investigations
3.13 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
as per IRC:5
3.17 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
IRC:SP:19
Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregates
specified
3.19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
from Project Site
262
Details/
Specifications
Sources of environmentally friendly
3.19.1 construction materials identified as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
MoRT&H circular
3.20 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
as per IS:456
IHMCL data (7 day)
4.2 Traffic projection as per IRC:108 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Determination of whether ROB or RUB is
appropriate
Justification of whether ROB or RUB should
5.1 be built Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
6.1  Details of Alignments on Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
alignment options
Land Acquisition required along alignment
6.3
options Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
6.4 Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
6.5 Recommended Alignment with Justification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Skew Angle of Proposed Alignment
6.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Specified
6.7 Traffic Diversion Route Specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7 Design Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7.1 Number of Lanes Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Width of ROB
 Width of Carriageway
7.2  Width of Safety Kerbs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Width of Footpath
 Any other
Proposed Number of Lanes on ROB in line
with PCU as per latest MoRTH guidelines
263
Details/
Specifications
Proposed Length of the Project
 Length of ROB
 Length of Viaduct
7.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Length of RE Wall
 Length of Approach Road
 Length of Service Road
Span Arrangement
7.5  Span Length Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Number of Spans
Are all spans of standardised length as per
Railways standards
7.6 (https://ircep.gov.in/RCApproval/) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
 If non-standardised, suitable
justification provided
Details of Proposed Superstructure Design
 Type
 Details of Material Use Proposed
 Drawings of Cross-Sections
Details of Proposed Substructure Design
Type
Details of Proposed Pavement Design
Type
 Thickness
 Design MSA
7.10 Details of Drainage Structures Proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Summary of Cost Estimates (Refer
8.1
following subsection) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
8.2 Detailed Abstract of Cost Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.3 Detailed Bills of Quantity Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.4 Detailed Rate Analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9 Financial Viability Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Analysis and results
 IRR
9.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Sensitivity Analysis
 Financial Viability
10 Land Acquisition Study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
264
Details/
Specifications
Land Acquisition Details
 Total Land Required
10.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Land Area already available
 Area of Land to be Acquired
10.3 Details of LA Cost Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
11 Utility Shifting Study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
11.1 Results of GPR investigation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12 General Arrangement Drawing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.1 Elevation of Railway Portion Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.2 Plan of Railway Portion Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.3 General Elevation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
General Plan (showing complete ROB/RUB
12.4
along with diversion) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.5 Key Plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
12.6 Cross-Section of Railway Portion Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3D engineered models of:
 Existing structure, if any
12.7 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
 Proposed structure
 Utilities and other features in RoW
Cost Summary Table

S.No. Particulars Cost Estimate(in '000)
1 Cost of ROB Portion
Foundation
Substructure
Superstructure
Total-ROB Portion
2 Cost of Viaduct
Foundation
Substructure
Superstructure
Total-Viaduct
3 Cost of Approach Road
4 Cost of RE Wall
265
S.No. Particulars Cost Estimate(in '000)
5 Cost of Service Road
6 Miscellaneous Costs
Cost of Subway
Cost of Toll Plaza
Cost of Culverts
Any Other Costs
Civil Cost of the Project

7 Contingencies @x%
Total Civil Cost
8 Supervision Charges @x%

9 Cost of Quality Control @x%
10 Maintenance Charges @x%
11 Escalation Costs @x%
12 Land Acquisition Costs
13 Utility Shifting Costs
14 Any Other Costs
Total Cost of the Project
266
DPR Checklist – Stage 5 – Technical Schedules (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
1 Bid documents- EPC Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2 Bid documents- Other, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 Draft concession agreement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 Schedule C - Project facilities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4 Schedule D - Specifications and standards Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
5 Any other relevant details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
267
DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
2.1 Details of public hearings completed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date of final environment clearance by
2.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
competent authority
3.1
Date of Stage I forest clearance approval
3.2
by competent authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date of final forest clearance approval by
3.3 competent authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Date/ Details of joint site inspection with
4.1
Date of final wildlife clearance approval by
4.2
5.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
competent authority
5.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
5.3 authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
5.4 Approved utility shifting proposal Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
6.2
6.3
6.6
attached Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
268
Details/
Specifications
7.2
7.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
7.5
deposit details for user agency Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
attached
Date of final approval of GAD by competent
8.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
Date of final approval by competent
9.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
authority
10.2 Review of 3a notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.5 Review of 3A notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Date of Joint Measurement Survey with
10.7
10.7.1 Date of survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.2 Land type –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.3 Nature of Land –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.4 Ownership status of plots- by survey
number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.5 Verification of area to be acquired – by
survey number
10.7.6 List of structures on each plot Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.7 Sketches of updated alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.8 Verification from Land revenue department Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.9 Verification by CALA office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
269
1.1.3 DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
2.1
Variation in area and nature of land

against 3D with justification
Method used by CALA to arrive at
2.3
award Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Date of award by CALA and approval
2.4
by NHAI along with valuation report
Total award calculated and details of
2.5 deviation from RFCTLARR act Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 In detail Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
parcel-wise status of:
 Award
 Disbursement
Valuation report and details of award
3.2 calculation- verification by state Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
authority to be included
3.3 Claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3.4 Copies of notifications published Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Copies of land possession certificates
received
Conclusions and
4
recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Report fulfils project objectives and
4.2
scope as per RFP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Report reviewed for errors and
omissions
4.4 observations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
270
1.1.4 DPR Checklist – Stage 8 – Land possession report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks
s
2.1 Total private and public land being acquired Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Date of final award by CALA and approval
2.2
by NHAI
Status of disbursement on date of receipt of
Land possession certificate
Key issues being faced in completing land
2.4 acquisition, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 In detail Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Updated land acquisition tracker with status
of:
 Award
 Disbursement
3.2 Final award and claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Copies of notifications published, land
3.3
possession certificates received Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Report fulfils project objectives and scope as
4.2
per RFP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.4
GIS Map containing digitised details of
5 land parcels acquired with all relevant Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
details
Appendix VIII- Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project Report
271
(Ministry of Road Transport & Highways)
Government of India
Executive summary of detailed project report for:
[Project name, stretch, state]
All figures, details and graphs in

this template are illustrative.
Consultants are to add actual
details and expand tables, chapters
DPR Consultant
as needed while keeping the format
and information required in each
chapter as suggested. Please delete
this sticker upon completion
[Name and logo of consulting agency]
272
Table of Contents
1 Introduction 275
2 Project overview 276
2.1 Key features of project 276
2.2 Key plan of existing project stretch 278
3 Traffic demands on project road 279
3.1 Traffic volume surveys 279
3.2 Axle load survey 280
3.3 Traffic volume forecast 280
3.4 Turning movement surveys 281
4 Pavement and corridor surveys 282
4.1 Pavement condition and distress seen 282
4.2 Pavement composition 282
4.3 Pavement strength 283
4.4 Sub-grade soil survey 283
5 Improvement proposals 284
5.1 Proposed alignment 284
5.2 Bypasses proposed 284
5.3 Road geometry 285
5.4 Widening scheme 285
5.5 Pavement design 285
5.6 Design of structures 287
5.7 Intersections and grade separators 287
5.8 Toll plazas 288
5.9 Wayside amenities proposed 288
6 Environmental impact assessment 289
6.1 Impact and clearances needed 289
6.2 Cost of environmental mitigation 289
7 Social impact assessment and Land acquisition 290
7.1 Social impact assessment 290
7.2 Land acquisition requirements 290
7.3 Key risks envisaged in land acquisition 290
8 Utilities shifting and clearances 291
8.1 Utilities shifting estimates 291
8.2 Total cost of utilities shifting 291
9 Project cost estimates 292
273
10 Material investigation 293
10.1 Borrow pits for soil 293
10.2 Sand 293
10.3 Gravel 293
10.4 Fly ash 293
10.5 Bitumen 293
10.6 Cement 293
10.7 Other local material available 294
10.8 Key risks 294
10.9 Location of material sources 295
11 Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies 296
12 Economic and financial analysis 297
12.1 Economic analysis of the project 297
12.2 Financial analysis 297
13 Execution plan 299
13.1 Packaging 299
13.2 Bidding mode and timelines 299
13.3 Construction time and planning 299
14 Conclusions and recommendation 300
274
1. Introduction
The National Highways Authority of India proposes to implement the <re> the
development, maintenance and management of the <NH-xx> stretch from <Origin> to
<Destination> from chainage <aa km> to <bb km> into <proposed improvement, xx lane
road/ expressway etc.> under the NHDP Phase V programme. The proposed project road
has been selected to <primary reason for project- e.g. to improve connectivity and ease
congestion between aa bb>
<Consultant> was appointed in <mm/yyyy> to prepare the detailed project report for
the project road, and this executive summary covers is submitted along with the
<draft/final> detailed project report to cover the key aspects of the project.
<Any special circumstances or requests made by the Authority for the project that
affect the consultancy assignment e.g.: NHAI desired to restructure project into two
packages, bifurcating the project road at Betulnagar, this report has been revised and
resubmitted providing improvement proposals and bid documents separately for the two
stretches>
275
2. Project overview
As described earlier the project road lies on NH xx (previously NH yy) and connects
<orgin> with <destination>, passing through the states of <state 1, state 2>. The proposed
project alignment passess through <towns/junctions a, b, c, d> for a total length of <xx
km>.
Figure 1: Location of project road
2.1. Key features of project

Table 1: Key features of project
Attributes Details
NH No Xx (old)
Yy (new)
Origin- Destination Origin-destination
Origin point Lat/long – destination point lat/long
Via towns Town 1, 2, 3, 4
Existing carriageway 2L (7.0m) over 80% of the road stretch with 4L

(16.0m) in 20% of the stretch in some urban locations
Service lanes and slip roads Service lanes of 2-4m width for 16 km, largely in urban
areas
Shoulder 2L has paved shoulder of 1-2m width
Condition of existing pavement Good to fair
276
Right of way Typically 45 m along entire stretch
Land use along project road Predominant land use in the area is agricultural (60%
on LHS, 50% on RHS), with the rest being urban and
forest area (20% on LHS, RHS)
Traffic on the stretch Largely commercial, with trucks accounting for 80% of
vehicle volume
Toll infrastructure There are no toll plazas in the current stretch
Terrain Primarily plain and rolling, passing through x

settlements
Structures along stretch 69 structures- 3 ROBs, 7 major bridges, 2 flyovers, 9

minor bridges, 16 VUP/PUPs and 32 culverts
User amenities along stretch 32 bus shelters, 7 truck lay-byes, and 1 rest area
Key utilities in the proposed RoW 4 km 66 kV UG line with 3 crossings, 30in water main
for 7.3 km
Forest Stretches along RoW Xx km of road from <point a> to <point b> crosses
<type of forest> <forest name>
Rail crossings along RoW Railway LC no <x> at chainage yy on the <origin

station> to <destination station> rail line at railway
chainage zz
Other clearance related aspects <please describe any other clearances that will be
required for the project>
277
2.2. Key plan of existing project stretch
<lat/long> <lat/long>
<lat/long>
Figure 2: Key plan of existing project road
278
3. Traffic demands on project road
3.1. Traffic volume surveys
For the purposes of traffic projections and lane design, <xx> individual sections of
road were considered:
Table 2: Traffic survey locations
Length Volume Count
Section Chainages Remarks
(Kms) Locations
Kasia/Tonta mines near
1 Km 163.0 - 192.0 29.0 Km 177.0, 45.0
192.000
End point of proposed Koida
2 Km 192.0 - 219.0 27.0 Km 201.50
bypass at km 218.250
Traffic volume surveys for the project road were < available from IHMCL for x
locations> and were carried out at <x> additional locations along the project road in the
month of <mm/yyyy>. The results are as follows:
Table 3: Results of traffic surveys conducted
Homogenous section 1 1 2
Chainage 45.00 177.00 201.50
Source of data IHMCL Consultant Consultant
Bicycle 47 75 61
2 Wheeler 3320 3288 2630
3 Wheeler 32 47 30
Tractor 24 18 22
Tractor with Trailer 389 385 341
2 Axle SCV 436 386 388
LMV 2 axle 3561 3545 3327
LCV 2 Axle 577 603 563
2 Axle Truck or Bus 908 987 1014
3 Axle Truck or Bus 1142 1062 1086
Multi Axle Vehicles MAV 2033 1962 1994
Oversized Vehicle OSV 2 1 3
Cycle 0 0 0
Earth Moving Equipment 0 0 0
AADT (in vehicles) 12471 12359 11459
279
AADT (in PCUs) 34000 xx xx
3.2. Axle load survey

Axle load surveys were conducted at <x> locations using <xxxx> to understand the
actual load spectrum of commercial vehicles plying on the prject road. The results of the
load survey, were converted to Vehicle Damage Factor (VDF) using equivalency factors
from <IRC xx> for the purpose of MSA calculations
Table 4: Axle load survey results
Mode Section 1 Section 2 Section 2

Observed- Observed- Observed-
at chainage Recommended at chainage Recommended at chainage Recommended
xx xx xx
LCV 0.47 0.47 0.45 0.45
2-axle 3.97 3.97 3.57 3.97
3-axle 3.63 3.63 3.26 3.26
MAV 4.92 4.92 4.07 4.07
Bus 0.78 0.82 0.82 0.82
3.3. Traffic volume forecast

Traffic volume forecast was developed using the <xx> method and converted to
Million Standard Axles (MSA) for the purposes of pavement design. The cumulative load in
MSA for each section is given as under for various horizon years:
Table 5: Projected traffic load on project road in MSA
MSA In x+15 In x+30

Section LHS RHS LHS RHS
1 23.31 22
2 33 40
280
3.4. Turning movement surveys
Classified direction wise turning movement surveys were conducted at <x>

intersections to determine the need for re-design and addition of structure at the
intersection
Table 6: Turning movement survey results
Peak
Total Grade
SL. Existing Hour Peak Intersection
Location Volume separator
No. Chainage Volume Hour type
PCU proposed
PCU
17:00 - 3 arm No
1 0.300 xxx 30988 1915
18:00
09:00 - 4 arm No
2 6.200 xxx 28077 1962
10:00
15:00 - 5 arm Yes
3 10.200 xxx 53333 3599
16:00
10:00 - 4 arm Yes
4 28.000 xxx 64315 3884
11:00
281
4. Pavement and corridor surveys
4.1. Pavement condition and distress seen

The overall pavement condition <description of overall pavement condition- e.g.
from poor to very poor, with high roughness and significant presence of potholes and
raveling>
Table 7: Condition survey of existing pavement
Length affected, in Kms

Type of
distress Area Area Area Area Area
<=10 % 10 %-25 % 25 %-50 % 50 %-75% >75 %
Total Cracking 36 70 0 0 0
Potholes 28 23 55 0 0
Patching 44 61 1 0 0
Raveling 80 4 22 0 0
<other
categories
seen>
Total 106 106 106 106 106
4.2. Pavement composition

The existing pavement structure is a <rigid/flexible/inverted etc.> pavement
consisting of sub-grade and <x> additional layers. The summary of pavement composition
seen is as follows
Table 8: Composition of existing pavement
Granular course Xx
Bituminous course (mm)
Section (mm) (mm)
Min Max Min Max Min Max
1 50 350 100 600
2 40 300 80 500
X
282
4.3. Pavement strength
<xxx FWD/BBD> was carried out to test the strength of the existing pavement, and
the characteristic deflection values have been calculated for each homogeneous section of
road to enable design of an overlay for the road.
Table 9: Strength of existing pavement
Characteristic
Chainage Distance
Section deflection
Start End Km Mm
1 0.400 2.400 2.000 1.6
2 2.400 10.000 7.600 1.3
X
4.4. Sub-grade soil survey

Extensive review of available soil information and testing was done to understand the
sub-grade characteristics. Summary of soil investigation surveys is as follows:
Table 10: Soil investigation survey results
Attribute Results Comments
Sub-grade CBR range (%) 0.6%-14% Low over large lengths of section
Degree of compaction (% of MDD) ~95% Sufficient as per MoRTH guidelines
Swelling ratio (%) 2.5 to 32% Significant variation seen across stretch
<other attributes>
Table 11: Soil types observed

Soil type % of length Plasticity index Comments
Clayey sand (SC) 34% 3 to 15 Poorly graded sand clay
mixture
Silty sand (SM) 9% Non-plastic Poorly graded
Clayey gravel (GC) 9% 11 to 13 Mixture of gravel, sand
and silt
283
5. Improvement proposals
5.1. Proposed alignment

The final alignment chosen for the project in consultation with <xx, yy> will <be along
current project road/ pass through xx, yy new towns- short description of alignment with
changes if any>.
Figure 3: Map showing proposed alignment of project road
5.2. Bypasses proposed

Given increasing urban traffic and congestion and the lack of available RoW in urban
areas through the project route, <x> urban areas are proosed to be by-passed in the
proposed project alignment
Table 12: Proposed by-passes along project length
Bypass plan
Urban area to be
Start End Length Key driver for by-pass
bypassed
chainage chainage proposed
Nagar 1 45.000 52.000 21.000 Heavy local traffic of ~10,000 PCUs in
town limits
Xxxx
284
5.3. Road geometry
The project road has been re-designed to accommodate speeds of <xx>, adopted as
per <standard or consultation with NHAI>. Enabling this higher speed will require re-design
and re-alignemnt of the road in certain sections given their <description of poor geometry>.
5.4. Widening scheme

Basis traffic information available, level of service requirements and consultation
with <NHAI, local authorities etc.>, the following lane configuration is adopted for the
project road:
Table 13: Lane configuration planned for project road
Chainage Traffic
forecast Service
Section Start End Lane config. Comments
k PCUs in lanes
20xx
1 0.00 2.400 43.5 6 Yes High urban traffic influx
2 2.400 60.400 16.4 4 No
3
xx
Basis availability of RoW and land acquisition constraints, a widening scheme has
been proposed that makes optimum use of existing ROW and minimizes need for land
acquisition in urban areas, a summary of which is given below:
Table 14: Summary of widening type proposed
Sl no Type of widening Length, Km

1 Concentric 2.400
2 Eccentric, Right 34.600
3 Eccentric, Left 33.800
4 Green field 16.000
5.5. Pavement design

5.5.1. Design period, loading and pavement type
Using the projected traffic, VDF values,lane and directional distribution factors, the
design traffic loading used for the project is <xx to yy> MSA.
Through preliminary design and lifecycle comparisons, the <flexible/rigid/inverted>
type of pavement was chosen for construction with a design life of <xx> years as per
<IRC/MoRTH/NHAI standards/request> has been considered for design.
285
5.5.2. Design sub-grade strength
Considering the soil investigations conducted in the prject road area, and the
availability of suitable soil in the region, the following sub-grade strength has been assumed
to vary from <xx%> to <yy%> for various sections of the highway
5.5.3. Pavement composition for new carriageway

The proposed pavement composition for the new sections carriageway basis
<standards>, subgrade strength and design traffic is:
Table 15: Proposed pavement composition
Sub-grade Pavement
Design Chainage Layer thickness (mm)
Section strength loading
Start End Min % CBR MSA GSB WMM DBM BC xx
1 0.400 2.400 10% 40 200 250 95-125 40
2 2.400 10.000 8%
X
5.5.4. Strengthening of existing pavement

The strengthening requirements for the existing pavement have been estimated
fromt eh deflection measurements and estimated traffic loadings. The designed overlay
proposed is as below:
Table 16: Overlay thickness required

Characteristic Overlay thickness (mm)
Chainage Distance
Section deflection
Start End Km Mm DBM Xx
1 0.400 2.400 2.000 1.6 95 40
2 2.400 10.000 7.600 1.3 50 40
X
286
5.5.5. Pavement design for service lanes
Pavement for service lanes is designed for MSA of xx-yy with a design CBR of ~xx%.
The composition for the <flexible/rigid> service lane pavement along the project corridor
is as follows:
Table 17: Pavement composition for service road
Layer Layer Thickness in mm

SDBC 25
DBM 50
WMM 250
GSB 150
5.6. Design of structures

Along the project stretch, there are several bridges, culverts, under/overpasses and
flyovers. A summary of the total number and proposed additions is given in the table below
Table 18: Proposed improvement to structures along project road
Sl Construct New
Structure Existing Dismantle Widen Reconstruct Total
No in parallel construction
1 Major bridge 4 1 - 1 2 3 7
2 Minor bridge
3 Flyover
4 Vehicle
overpass
5 Vehicle
underpass
6 Passenger
under pass
7 Culverts
8 xxx
5.7. Intersections and grade separators

Based on the traffic and turning movement surveys conducted, <xx> junctions have
been identified for redesign or grade separation, the details of which are given below
Table 19: Proposed intersection improvement
SL. Existing Est total vol (k Est Peak Hour

Location Improvement proposed
No. Chainage PCU) Vol (k PCU)
Grade separator
1 10.200 xxx 53333 3599
Grade separator
2 28.000 xxx 64315 3884
287
SL. Existing Est total vol (k Est Peak Hour
Location Improvement proposed
No. Chainage PCU) Vol (k PCU)
5.8. Toll plazas

Based on the traffic surveys, O-D surveys and layout of project road, <xx> toll plazas
are proposed along the project road:
Table 20: Location of current and proposed toll plazas
Sl Existing Design Existing no of Proposed no of

Location
No chainage chainage lanes lanes
1 20.400 22.600 Near origin 2 6
2 95.000 101.500 Near via-nagar junction New 6
x xx xx
5.9. Wayside amenities proposed

<local discussions, discussions with authority, demand modelling etc.> was conducted
to locate various way-side amenities across the project road. A summary of the
improvements proposed is given below:
Table 21: Proposed user amenities along project stretch
Sl no Amenity type Current Proposed Comments

1 Passenger rest stops 0 2
2 Truck lay-byes 5 15 High demand due to urban areas
along stretch
3 Bus bays 4 10 Limited increase due to scarcity of
land
4 Bus shelters 2 34 Proposed in lieu of bus-bays
5 Petrol bunks 1 5 Severe shortage along stretch
6
288
6. Environmental impact assessment
6.1. Impact and clearances needed

A environmental impact study was undertaken during the process of creating the
detailed project report to understand impact of the project road on the surrounding
ecology and environment. The project road is categorized as a category <xx> project by
the MoEF and as it is <xx km> in length, it <will/will not> require environmental clearances.
The proposed project <involves/does not involve> the acquisition of

forest/ecologically sensitive land, felling of trees and will impact wildlife habitat and will
hence require individual clearances for each. A summary of the environmental impact and
clearances required is provided below
Table 22: Environmental impact and clearances required
Sl No Impact type Description Clearance status

1 Environmental Required due to nature of project, Form 1 submitted dd/mm/yyyy and
clearance category ‘A’ environmental clearance obtained on
dd/mmm/yyyy
2 Diversion of 27.72 ha of land in <xx> district will Stage II clearance in progress
forest land need to be acquired
3 Trees in RoW 28,460 trees need to be enable road To be taken
expansion
6.2. Cost of environmental mitigation
The Environmental Mitigation and Management Costs were developed based on the
estimation of resources required to implement the mitigation measures proposed and also
number of places where intervention is required. Environmental mitigation cost for the
proposed project is Rs. <xx> cr.
289
7. Social impact assessment and Land acquisition
7.1. Social impact assessment
The existing RoW (x-y m) is <adequate/ in adequate> for the proposed widening and
RoW requirements as required by <NHAI/Authority>. This will lead to the additional
acquisition of <xx>Ha across the states of <states1, 2>, affecting a total of <yy> villages in
<zz> districts. In addition to structures found to be encroaching the current Row, the
required acquisition is poised to affect <xx> residential and <yy> other structures.
Preliminary interactions have been held with locals to understand their issues and
concerns and help communicate the project plan and its impact on them. The key concerns
of title and non-title holders centered around:
 <Key issues expressed over and above land being acquired, and
compensation norms>
7.2. Land acquisition requirements
The state and district wise details and status of land acquisition as on the date of
publishing of this report is as follows:
Table 23: Districtwise land acquisition requirements and status
Private land
Total land 3A done,
Village and to be 3A pending 3D
State required 3D pending
Chainage acquired (Ha) completed
(Ha) (Ha)
(Ha)
Thane
Maharashtra 137 90 10 70 10
(xx to yy)
Gujarat <aaa> 454 400 20 300 80
Gujarat <bbb> 588 588 60 500 28
Gujarat <ccc> 688 320 80 160 80
A total of <xx cr> is expected to be awarded for the acquisition of land required for
this project. The land acquisition process is underway with a total of <xx> CALAs appointed,
and 90% of land is expected to be in possession by <xx, 20xx>.
7.3. Key risks envisaged in land acquisition

Despite the best efforts of the consultant and various lad acquisition teams working
to complete land acquisition, it is envisaged that acquiring possession of the RoW for some
specific sections of the project road may prove to be difficult or be delayed inordinately.
Such potential risks are highlighted below:
 <Highlight any risks foreseen along with chainage and ha affected>
290
8. Utilities shifting and clearances
Utilities belonging to <x> user agencies have been identified that fall within the
project road ROW and will need to be shifted to enable road construction. Shifting
proposals have been submitted to the user agencies and initial estimates have been
received from the concerned agencies. The process of site inspection, review and revision
of the proposals for utilities shifting is in process.
<To enable better management of utilities and installation going forward, all utilities
are being shifted underground/into a utilitiy corridor/out of the road RoW/ utilities trench
is being planned as part of construction>
8.1. Utilities shifting estimates
Table 24: Key utilities shifting requirements
Sl Utility Chainage Agency Shifting Estimated Supervision Current

No affected required cost % status
(INR cr)
1 66kV 123.00- UPVVNL 19km of ~140 cr 15% Final
powerline 145.00 overhead approval
cable, 4 road obtained
crossings
8.2. Total cost of utilities shifting
The total cost of utilities shifting for all the utilities identified in the road RoW is
estimated to be <xx cr> with supervision charges of <yy cr> being paid as supervision
charges to the <z> concerned agencies.
291
9. Project cost estimates
The cost estimates for the project has been carried out based on detailed design, bill
of quantitities, and the schedule of rates for <state/district/authority> of year <xx-yy>.
Table 25: Summary of project cost
No Item Amount in Cr Amount in %

Civil construction cost
1 Site clearance and dismantling 60 2%
2 Earth Work
3 Base courses
4 Paving courses
5a Repair and rehabilitation of structures
5b Bridges
5c Culverts
5d PUP/VUP
5e Flyover and overpass
5f Drainage, protective works and other services
5g RE/toe walls
6 Junctions and interchanges
7 Toll plazas
8 User amenities
9 Traffic signs, road markings, other appurtenences
10 Miscellaneous
11 Maintenance of road during construction
A Total civil cost
12 Add contingencies @ x% on Z
B Estimated project cost
13 Construction supervision @ x% on Z
14 Agency charges @ x% on Z
15 Quality control changes @ x% on Z
16 Road safety cell audit charges @ x% on Z
17 Maintenance costs @ x% on Z
18 Escalation @ x% on Z
C Total project cost
19 R&R cost
20 Environment cost
21 Cost of shifting utilities
22 LA compensation cost
D Total capital cost
292
10. Material investigation
Material investigations were carried out to explore the availability and identify
sources of suitable material for the construction of the road.
<retain only relevant sections>
10.1. Borrow pits for soil

Material investigation of <xxx> locations indicates that soil suitable for embankment
(of CBR>xx% and density yy g/cc) and for sub-grade (CBR>xx% and density yy g/cc) is
available at an average lead of aa to bb km for the project stretch.
<include details on additional material sources like construction rubble, moorum etc>
10.2. Sand
Sand is available in <close proximity> of the project site. Test results show that xx
of yy sand sources satisfy the minimum requirement for use in the project.
<Include details of additional potential for sources such as pond bed desilting, other
excavation happening>
10.3. Gravel
Several quarries were identified for sourcing aggregates in the project zone. Xx of yy
quarries were found to be suitable for use in the construction of the road. <further details
on gravel available and suitability for construction>
10.4. Fly ash

Fly ash is available in close proximity of the project road due to the presence of <xx
steel plant/power plant>. Test results show that the available fly ash <satisfies/does not
satisfy> the minimum requirement of <specification> to use as <material for
embankment/cement mixture/other layers>. The fly ash available has density greater than
xx g/cc and shows an OCM of xx-yy%. <the fly ash located isnon plastic>
10.5. Bitumen
Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an average
lead of <xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for <yy layer>
due to <reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due to <reason>.
10.6. Cement
Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an average
lead of <xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for <yy layer>
due to <reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due to <reason>.
293
10.7. Other local material available
Details of other local material available for construction
Table 26: Localy available and alternative materials
Sl No Material Source
1 Hume pipes Local hume pipe factory in xx yy
2 xx xxxx
10.8. Key risks

Despite the best efforts of the consultant, there continue to be some materials and
sections of the project road where material will have to brought from significant leads.
Table 27: Key risks envisaged in material procurement
Sl No Chainage Material Closest source

1 Entire project Bitument Closest available source is Mumbai at a lead
of 900 km
2 223.00+ Soil of CBR >10% No borrow pit in vicinity, minimum lead of 40
km
294
10.9. Location of material sources
Figure 4: Key plan showing location of potential borrow pits tested
295
11. Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies
Throughout the detailed design of the project, several opportunities for value
engineering and introduction of new technology were explored that will help in reducing
the cost of the project or increase quality and longevity of project road. Approval of these
elements as part of the construction design and suitable instructions to all stakeholders of
the project can help significantly lower the projected cost of construction.
A summary of these opportunities is provided here.
Table 28: Key value engineering opportunities identified
Sl
Value engineering opportunity Potential impact
No
1 Use of inverted pavement with a cement stabilized based and 40% reduction in layer thickness and
granular material in the base layer ~15% reduction in TPC
296
12. Economic and financial analysis
12.1. Economic analysis of the project

The EIRR and NPV of the project has been carried out using <model/software> under
multiple scenarios, and the project returns <justify/do not justify> construction given an
EIRR of xx in the best case and yy in the worst case.
The various sensitivity scenarios considered were as follows:
0. Base case: Base cost and base benfits
1. Sensitivity 1: Base cost plus xx% and base benefits
2. Sensitivity 2: Xx
3. Sensitivity 3: Xx
The results of the base case and sensitivity analysis are presented below:
Table 29: Economic return analysis
RUCS HDM 4
Option Sensitivity Case NPV (in NPV (in
EIRR (in %) EIRR (in %)
million Rs.) million Rs.)
Base Case 0 19199 30.31 2788.5 14.1
Sensitivity 1 18041 27.51 1362.6 12.9
With time
Sensitivity 2 15147 27.1 943.3 12.8
Sensitivity 3 13989 24.56 -ve 11.7
Base Case 0 19199 30.31 2788.5 14.1
Sensitivity 1 18041 27.51 1362.6 12.9
Without time
Sensitivity 2 15147 27.1 943.3 12.8
Sensitivity 3 13989 24.56 -ve 11.7
12.2. Financial analysis

12.2.1. Potential for toll revenue
The projected tollable traffic basis traffic survey and forecasts at the <xx> toll plazas
suggested in year <xx> is given below
Table 30: Tollable traffic on project stretch
Toll Plaza 1 @ Chainage 45.000 2

Traffic type Total Tollable
Bicycle 47 0
2 Wheeler 3320 0
3 Wheeler 32 0
Tractor 24 0
Tractor with Trailer 389 385
2 Axle SCV 436 386
LMV 2 axle 3561 3545
LCV 2 Axle 577 603
2 Axle Truck or Bus 908 800
297
3 Axle Truck or Bus 1142 1062
Multi Axle Vehicles MAV 2033 1962
Oversized Vehicle OSV 2 1
Earth Moving Equipment 0 0
AADT (in vehicles) 12471 6500
12.2.2. Results of financial analysis

With the most likely traffic scenario and assumed costs of construction, maintenance,
financing and tolling over the period of the project, the return on equity at various periods
of concession was calculated. Equity IRR for this project will pass <15%> in year <x> of this
project, hence it <is/is not> possible to bid the project
Figure 5: Equity IRR with increasing concession period for project road
298
13. Execution plan
In consultation with NHAI, it is proposed to complete the proosed project road in a

period of <xx> months. Planning for the project packaging, bidding process and
construction was conducted as a part of this project.
13.1. Packaging
Given the length of the project, the entire project is planned to be bid out in <xx>
packages with <yy> packages.
<include table of package details if more than 1 package>
13.2. Bidding mode and timelines

The authority has proposed to initiate bidding of the project under <bot/epc/ham>
mode <with a grant/premium of xx %>. The tentative timeline for this is:
 Submission of bid documents to authority dd/mmm/yyyy
 Review and finalization of documents dd/mmm/yyyy
 Launch of tender dd/mmm/yyyy
 Tender close date dd/mmm/yyyy
 Tentative date for award of project dd/mmm/yyyy
13.3. Construction time and planning

Upon reviewing the improvements planned and in consultation with NHAI, the design
and construction period for this project has been arrived at <xx> months from the date of
appointment of the contractor/concessionaire. To enable this construction schedule, a
detailed construction plan and timeline has been included in the detailed project report.
This also includes a traffic management and lane closure plan for the period of
construction.
299
14. Conclusions and recommendation
The <expansion/rehabilitation> of the project road from <source> to <destination>,

chainage <a> to <b> on NH <x> in the states of <state 1, state 2> to <n> lane configuration
is recommended for implementation by NHAI as the project is likely to <1 line justification/
need of project: provide much needed connectivity/improve connectivity/provide higher
level of service/rehabilitate the road etc, is needed urgently>.
The project as envisaged is economically viable with an estimated EIRR >12%. The
project with a 30 year concession period is expected to return an equity IRR of <xx%> with
<yy%> <grant/premium> and is hence recommended for implementation in the
<BOT/EPC/HAM> mode.
Table 31: Salient features and key financial aspects of the project road a
Project road
Project road length Xx km
Connecting <origin>- <destination>
On national highway NH No
Proposed features Current road Proposed
Lanes 2 4
Bypasses proposed - 5
Major junctions 5 5
Minor Junctions 18 18
Grade separated interchanges 1 4
Major Bridges 4 6
Minor Bridges 19 21
ROBs 1 3
Culverts 120 200
Vehicle/Pedestrian under/overpasses 16 25
Service roads (kms) 14 32
Slip roads (kms) 8 9
Toll plazas (no) - 2
Bus bays (no) 4 15
Truck lay-byes (no) 2 8
Rest areas (no) 2 6
Financial implications INR Cr/%
Total capital cost 1595
Total project cost 1486
300
Civil construction cost (incl. contingency) 1249
Preconstruction expenses 110
Land acquisition 40
Utilities shifting 30
Rehabilitiation and resettlement costs 20
Other pre-construction expenses 20
Implementation mode proposed BOT (Toll)
Total project cost 1486
Concession period 18 years
<Authority> support (Grant/Premium) 18%
Estimated NPV 50
Project IRR 12%
Equity IRR 15%
301
302

All 15 Projects

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

All 15 Projects

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

All 15 Projects

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

National Highways Authority of India

(Ministry of Road Transport&Highways)

Consultancy Services for Preparation of DPR for Upgradation of

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)

G-5&6, Sector-10, Dwarka-New Delhi-

Sl. No. Content Page No.

2 Letter of Invitation 4-18

3 Annex -I : Details of the Proposed Stretch 19

Annex-II : Procedure of Assessment of Least Cost to NHAI under

5 Data Sheet 26-35

6 Appendix - I : Terms of Reference 36-105

7 Supplement -I: Additional Requirements for Hill Roads 106-110

8 Supplement - II: Additional Requirements for Bridges 111-113

9 Supplement – III : Additional requirement for safety audit 114-118

10 Enclosure - I : Manning Schedule 119-120

11 Enclosure - II : Qualification Requirements of Key Personnel 121-130

14 Appendix – II : Formats for Eligibility 139-145

15 Appendix - III : Formats for Technical Proposals 146-156

16 Appendix - IV: Formats for Financial Proposals 157-166

17 Appendix - V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria 167-186

18 Appendix - VI: Draft Contract Agreement 187-231

20 Appendix- VIII: Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project Report 272-301

NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT)

6. The following schedule is to be followed for this assignment:

NHAI/11013/UP/Tech./DPR/Lot-1/2019 Dated: 10.01.2019

Sub: Consultancy Services for Preparation of DPR for Upgradation of

1.3 The consultants shall submit proposals either in sole capacity or in JV or in

1.7 The proposals must be properly signed as detailed below:

1.8.1 i. by the proprietor in case of a proprietary firm

1.8.2 In case a Joint Venture/Association of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied

1.10 Bid Security

The proposal must be prepared in three parts viz.

3.1 Document in support of proof of eligibility

(i) Forwarding letter for Proof of Eligibility in the Form-E1.

(vi) Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs.100 and duly notarized

(vii) In case of Joint Venture/ Association of firms, the proposal shall be

3.2 Technical Proposal

Total assignment period is as indicated in the enclosed TOR. A manning schedule

i) Forwarding letter for Technical proposal duly signed by the authorized

v) The composition of the proposed Team and Task Assignment to individual

x) CVs of 4 (four) Key Personnels (Team Leader cum Senior Highways

3.2.4 CVs of Key Persons:

ii. No alternative to key personnel may be proposed and only one CV

viii. A good working knowledge of English Language is essential for key

x. Availability of few key personnel engaged for preparation of Detailed

3.3 Financial Proposal

Consultancy Package Nos. ……….. Project Name …………………………..

Do not open, except in presence of the evaluation committee

5.1 Stage I- Proof of Eligibility

i) The proposal is accompanied by Document fee

A Consultant satisfying the minimum Eligibility Criteria as mentioned in the Data

5.2 Stage II- Technical evaluation

A proposal securing 75 points shall be declared pass in the evaluation of Technical

5.3 Stage III- Evaluation of Financial Proposal

5.4 Combined evaluation of Technical and Financial Proposals.

T and f are values of weightage for technical and financial proposals

5.5 Most Preferred Bidder (H-1).

9. Signing of Contract Agreement

i) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT)